JP2005224342A5 - - Google Patents
Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- JP2005224342A5 JP2005224342A5 JP2004034841A JP2004034841A JP2005224342A5 JP 2005224342 A5 JP2005224342 A5 JP 2005224342A5 JP 2004034841 A JP2004034841 A JP 2004034841A JP 2004034841 A JP2004034841 A JP 2004034841A JP 2005224342 A5 JP2005224342 A5 JP 2005224342A5
- Authority
- JP
- Japan
- Prior art keywords
- ball
- game
- game ball
- symbol
- launch
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Granted
Links
- 238000010304 firing Methods 0.000 claims description 234
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 claims description 22
- 230000000903 blocking Effects 0.000 claims description 21
- 238000007599 discharging Methods 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 242
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 58
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 58
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 43
- 230000000875 corresponding Effects 0.000 description 29
- 101710038810 CS2 Proteins 0.000 description 27
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 27
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 26
- 239000005357 flat glass Substances 0.000 description 25
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 25
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 23
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 23
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 23
- 230000003014 reinforcing Effects 0.000 description 22
- 210000000614 Ribs Anatomy 0.000 description 21
- 229920000122 Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Polymers 0.000 description 19
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 19
- 125000000471 iminomethylidene group Chemical group [H]N=C=* 0.000 description 17
- 210000000078 Claw Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 15
- 230000002093 peripheral Effects 0.000 description 15
- 206010008415 Chediak-Higashi syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 11
- 229920003002 synthetic resin Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 239000000057 synthetic resin Substances 0.000 description 10
- 210000000282 Nails Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000001965 increased Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000001681 protective Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000004308 accommodation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001070 adhesive Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000005034 decoration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000789 fastener Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229920005668 polycarbonate resin Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000004431 polycarbonate resin Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000002829 reduced Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000000474 Heel Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000003063 flame retardant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000002066 L-histidyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])=NC(C([H])([H])[C@](C(=O)[*])([H])N([H])[H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- 230000001174 ascending Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000881 depressing Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002274 desiccant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000005281 excited state Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001105 regulatory Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004397 blinking Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003990 capacitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromium Chemical class [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 101710041798 cys-12 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007667 floating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001264 neutralization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000149 penetrating Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002040 relaxant effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000717 retained Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000630 rising Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002344 surface layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004642 transportation engineering Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241000256844 Apis mellifera Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000209202 Bromus secalinus Species 0.000 description 1
- 210000000887 Face Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004247 Hand Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000004831 Hot glue Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000287127 Passeridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000196435 Prunus domestica subsp. insititia Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002725 Thermoplastic elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000003813 Thumb Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010044565 Tremor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910001297 Zn alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminum Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002238 attenuated Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 1
- JOPOVCBBYLSVDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromium(6+) Chemical compound [Cr+6] JOPOVCBBYLSVDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019504 cigarettes Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000023298 conjugation with cellular fusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000994 depressed Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002845 discoloration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005489 elastic deformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009429 electrical wiring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005562 fading Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005755 formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001746 injection moulding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000013011 mating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006011 modification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011120 plywood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004381 surface treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001360 synchronised Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000021037 unidirectional conjugation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009423 ventilation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002023 wood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010457 zeolite Substances 0.000 description 1
Description
ๆฌ็บๆใฏใใใใณใณๆฉใซไปฃ่กจใใใๅผพ็ๅผใฎ้ๆๆฉใซ้ขใใใใฎใงใใใ ย ย The present invention relates to a ball-type game machine represented by a pachinko machine.
ไธ่ฌใซใใใณใณๆฉใซไปฃ่กจใใใๅผพ็ๅผใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใฏใๅคๆฐใฎ้ใ้ขจ่ปใพใใฏๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใชใฉใ้ ่จญใใใ้ๆ้ ๅใธ้ๆ็ใๆใก่พผใพใใใใฎ้ๆ็ใ้็ญใฎ้ๅฎณ็ฉใซๅฝๆฅใใคใค่ช้ใซใใๆตไธใใใใฎๆตไธไธญใซๆๅฎใฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใธๅ ฅใใๅฆใใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณใฎใฟใคใใณใฐ็ญใ้ๆ็ใฎๆๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใใ้ๆ้ ๅใธใฎ้ๆ็ใฎๆใก่พผใฟใฏใ็ๅ็ฟใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใ้ๆ็ใ็้ใๆฉๆงใซใใฃใฆ๏ผ็ใใคๆๅฎใฎ็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎใธ้ๅบใใใๅพใ็บๅฐ่ฃ ็ฝฎใซๆๆใใใฆ็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎใใๆใกๅบใใใใใจใซใใ่กใใใใ ย ย Generally, in a ball-type game machine represented by a pachinko machine, a game ball is driven into a game area where a large number of nails, windmills or winning holes are arranged, and the game ball hits an obstacle such as a nail. A game is played in accordance with the behavior of the game ball, such as whether or not to enter a predetermined winning opening during the flow and the timing of winning the prize. The game balls are driven into the game area by the game balls stored in the ball tray being sent to a predetermined launch position one by one by the ball feed mechanism, and then hit by the launcher and launched from the launch position. Is called.
ๅใใใฎ็จฎใฎ้ๆๆฉใฏใ้ๅธธ้ๆๅ ดใซๅคๆฐไธฆในใฆ้
็ฝฎใใใฆใใใ้ๆ่
ใฏใใใๆๅฉใซ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆๆฉใๆขใใคใค่คๆฐใฎ้ๆๆฉใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใจใๅคใใใใฎใใใ็ๅ็ฟใซใฏ้ๆ่
ใฎๆไฝใซใใฃใฆ้้ใใใ็ๆใๅฃ๏ผ็ๅ็ฟใฎๆๅบๅฃ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ้ๆใ่กใ้ๆๆฉใๅคๆดใใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใจใใซใ็ๅ็ฟๅ
ใฎ้ๆ็ใๆใๅใๅฏ่ฝใจใใใฆใใใ
ใใใใชใใใ็ๅ็ฟใใ็้ใๆฉๆงใซๅฐๅ ฅใใใ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎใธ้ๅบใใใ้ๆ็ใฏใ็ๆใๅฃใ้ๆพใใใฆใๆใๅใใใใซใใฎใพใพๆฎใฃใฆใใพใใจใใๅ้ก็นใใใฃใใใใฎใใใ้ๆ่ ใฏใ็ๆใๅฃใ้ๆพใใใฆใใ็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎใธ้ๅบใใใ้ๆ็็ญใใใใใ้ๆ้ ๅใธๆใก่พผใใ ใใใใกใผใซ็ใซใใใใใใชใฉใฎ้ขๅใชๆไฝใใใชใใใฐใชใใชใใฃใใใพใใ้ๆๅ ดใซใใใฆใ้ๆ็ใฏ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅใซใฆๅใๅบใๆไพก็ฉใงใใใใใ้ๆๅพใซ้ๆ่ ใซ็ฐกๅใใค็ขบๅฎใซ้ๆ็ใ่ฟๅดใใใชใใจใไธๆบๆใๆฑใใใไธๅนณใ่จดใใ้ๆ่ ใจ้ๆๅ ดใจใฎ้ใงๅ้กใ็ใๅ ผใญใชใใ ย ย However, there is a problem that the game ball introduced into the ball feeding mechanism from the ball tray and the game ball sent to the launch position remain as they are without being extracted even when the ball outlet is opened. For this reason, the player has to perform troublesome operations such as driving the game ball sent to the launching position into the game area or making it a foul ball after opening the ball outlet. In addition, game balls are valuable resources that can be borrowed from players for a fee at the game hall. There may be a problem between the game and the playground.
ๆฌ็บๆใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใๅ้ก็นใ่งฃๆฑบใใใใใซใชใใใใใฎใงใใใ็้ใๆฉๆงใฎๅ ้จใ็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ๆ็ใๆฎใใใจใชใ็ๆใใ่กใใใจใใงใใ้ๆๆฉใๆไพใใใใจใ็ฎ็ใจใใฆใใใ ย ย The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine capable of removing a ball without leaving a game ball in the ball feeding mechanism or in a launch position. Yes.
ใใฎ็ฎ็ใ้ๆใใใใใซ่ซๆฑ้ ๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใฏใ้ๆ็ใ่ฒฏ็ใใใจๅ ฑใซ้ๆ่ ใฎๆไฝใซใใฃใฆ็ๆใใ่กใใใ็ๅ้จใๅฝขๆใใ็ๅ็ฟ้จๆใจใใใฎ็ๅ็ฟ้จๆใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใ้ๆ็ใ๏ผ็ใใคๆๅฎใฎ็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎใธ้ๅบใใ้ๅบ้จๆใจใใใฎ้ๅบ้จๆใซใใ้ๅบใใใ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใจใใใฎ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใซใใ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใใใฎ็บๅฐๆไฝใ่กใใใๆไฝๆๆฎตใจใๅ่จ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใ้งๅใใฆ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใ่ช้ใซใใๆตไธใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใ้ๆ้ ๅใจใใใฎ้ๆ้ ๅใจๅ่จ็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎใจใ็นใ็บๅฐ้่ทฏใจใใใฎ็บๅฐ้่ทฏใใๅๅฒใใฆๅฝขๆใใๅ่จ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใซใใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใฎใใกๅ่จ้ๆ้ ๅใซๅฑใใชใ้ๆ็ใใใกใผใซ็ใจใใฆๆๅบใใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใจใๅ่จ็ๅ็ฟ้จๆใฎ็ๅ้จใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ่จ้ๅบ้จๆๅดใซๅฐๅบใใ็ๅบๅฃใจใใใฎ็ๅบๅฃใจใฏๅฅใฎๅดใซๅๅฒใใฆๅฝขๆใใๅ่จ็ๅ็ฟ้จๆใฎ็ๅ้จใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใ้ๆ็ใๆๅบใใ่ฒฏ็ๆๅบๅฃใจใใใฎ่ฒฏ็ๆๅบๅฃใ้ๆ่ ใฎๆไฝใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆ้้ใใ้้้จๆใจใๅ่จ็ๅบๅฃใจๅ่จ้ๅบ้จๆใจใฎ้ใซๅฐใชใใจใ๏ผไปฅไธใฎ้ๆ็ใๆป็ๅฏ่ฝใชๆป็้จใๅฝขๆใใๆป็้จๅฝขๆ้จๆใจใๅ่จ็ๅบๅฃใ้้ใใฆๅ่จ็ๅ็ฟ้จๆใฎ็ๅ้จใจๅ่จ้ๅบ้จๆใจใ้ฃ้ใใ้ๆ็ใฎ้่ทฏใ้ฎๆญใใใใฎใงใใฃใฆๅ่จ้้้จๆใซๆฏๆใใใ้ๆ็ใฎใใกๆใไธๆตๅดใซไฝ็ฝฎใใ้ๆ็ใซๅฏพๅใใฆ้ ็ฝฎใใใ้ฎๆญ้จๆใจใๅ่จๆไฝๆๆฎตใซๅฏพใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅฎ่กๆ็กใๆคๅบใใ็บๅฐๆไฝๆคๅบๆๆฎตใจใใใฎ็บๅฐๆไฝๆคๅบๆๆฎตใซใใๆคๅบใใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅฎ่กๆ็กใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆๅ่จ้ฎๆญ้จๆใ้งๅใใ้ฎๆญ้จๆ้งๅๆๆฎตใจใๅ่จ็บๅฐๆไฝๆคๅบๆๆฎตใซใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใๅฎ่กไธญใใ้ๅฎ่กใซๅใๆฟใใฃใใใจใๆคๅบใใๅ ดๅใซๅฐใชใใจใๅ่จๆป็้จใซๆป็ๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆ็ใฎๆฐๅไปฅไธๅ่จ้ๅบ้จๆใฎ้ๅบๅไฝใจๅ่จ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใจใ่กใใใฆ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใๅถๅพกใ่กใ้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใจใใใฎ้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎๅถๅพกใซใใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ่จ้ๆ้ ๅใซๅฑใใชใใใใซ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฃใณ้ใ่ชฟๆดใใ้ฃใณ้่ชฟๆดๆๆฎตใจใๅใใฆใใใ ย ย In order to achieve this object, the gaming machine according to claim 1 stores a game ball and stores a ball receiving plate member that forms a ball receiving portion where a ball is removed by a player's operation, and the ball receiving plate member. A sending member that sends out each game ball to a predetermined launch position, a launching unit that launches the game ball sent by the delivery member, and a launching operation for launching the game ball by the launching unit are performed Operation means, a game area in which a game ball launched by driving the launching means flows down due to its own weight, a launch path connecting the game area and the launch position, and a branch from the launch path A game ball stored in a ball receiving portion of the ball receiving plate member and a foul ball passage for discharging a game ball that does not reach the game area as a foul ball among the game balls that are formed and fired by the launching means are sent out. Part A ball outlet that leads out to the side, a storage ball outlet that branches off to a side different from the ball outlet, and that discharges the game balls stored in the ball receiver of the ball tray member, and the storage outlet A closing member that opens and closes in response to a player's operation, a staying part forming member that forms a staying part in which at least one game ball can stay between the ball outlet and the delivery member, and the ball outlet A game ball located at the most downstream side among the game balls supported by the closure member, which is configured to block the passage of the game ball connecting the ball receiving portion of the ball tray member and the delivery member. A blocking member disposed opposite to the control unit, a firing operation detecting unit for detecting whether or not the firing operation is performed on the operation unit, and the blocking member corresponding to whether or not the firing operation is detected by the firing operation detecting unit. Blocking member driving means for driving the firing operation; When the detection means detects that the firing operation has been switched from being executed to being not executed, the delivery operation of the delivery member and the firing operation of the launching means are performed at least for the number of game balls that can stay in the stay portion. And non-input launching means for controlling the launch of the game ball, and jump amount adjusting means for adjusting the jump amount of the game ball so that the game ball launched by the control of the non-input launch means does not reach the game area And.
ใใฎ่ซๆฑ้ ๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฐใ็ๅ็ฟ้จๆใซ้ๆ็ใๆๅ ฅใใฆใใๆไฝๆๆฎตใซๅฏพใใฆ็บๅฐๆไฝใ่กใใจใ้ๆ็ใฏใ้ๅบ้จๆใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎใธใจ้ๅบใใใๅพใซ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใซใใ็บๅฐใใใใ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใซใใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐ้่ทฏใ็ต็ฑใใฆ้ๆ้ ๅใซๅฑใใจใใใฎๅพใซ้ๆ็ใ่ช้ใซใใๆตไธใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใใ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใซใใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใฎใใก้ๆ้ ๅใซๅฑใใชใ้ๆ็ใฏใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใ็ต็ฑใใฆใใกใผใซ็ใจใใฆๆๅบใใใใ ย ย According to the gaming machine of the first aspect, when the game ball is thrown into the ball receiving member and then the operation means is subjected to a launch operation, the game ball is fired after being sent to the launch position by the delivery member. Fired by means. When the game ball launched by the launching means reaches the game area via the launch path, the game ball then flows down due to its own weight and the game is played. Of the game balls launched by the launching means, the game balls that do not reach the game area are discharged as foul balls through the foul ball passage.
้ๆ่ ใซใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅฎ่กใฏ็บๅฐๆไฝๆคๅบๆๆฎตใซใใฃใฆๆคๅบใใใใใฎ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅฎ่กๆ็กใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆ้ฎๆญ้จๆ้งๅๆๆฎตใซใใ้ฎๆญ้จๆใ้งๅใใใใใใฎ้ฎๆญ้จๆ้งๅๆๆฎตใซใใฃใฆใ็ๅ็ฟ้จๆใฎ็ๅ้จใจ้ๅบ้จๆใจใ้ฃ้ใใฆ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐใ่จฑๅฎนใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใจใ้ๆ็ใฎ้่ทฏใ้ฎๆญใใฆไธๅฎๆฐใฎ้ๆ็ใฎใฟใ็ๅบๅฃใใ้ๅบ้จๆๅดใฎๆป็้จใธๅฐๅ ฅใใใ้ฎๆญ็ถๆ ใจใใ้ๆ่ ใฎ็บๅฐๆไฝใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆๅฝขๆใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซใฏ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใจใชใฃใฆ้ๅบ้จๆๅดใธ้ๆ็ใ้ฃใชใฃใฆๅฐๅ ฅใใใใไธๆนใ้ๆ่ ใ็บๅฐๆไฝใ้ๅฎ่กใซใใ๏ผๅๆญขใใ๏ผใจ้ฎๆญ็ถๆ ใจใชใฃใฆๆป็้จใธไธๅฎๆฐใฎ้ๆ็ใๆป็ใใ็ถๆ ใง้ๆ็ใฎ้่ทฏใ้ฎๆญใใใใ ย ย Execution of the firing operation by the player is detected by the firing operation detecting means, and the blocking member is driven by the blocking member driving means in accordance with whether or not the firing operation is performed. By this blocking member driving means, a normal state in which the ball receiving portion of the ball tray member and the delivery member are communicated to permit the launching of the game ball and the path of the game ball are blocked, and only a certain number of game balls are exited from the ball. The shut-off state introduced into the staying portion on the delivery member side is formed corresponding to the player's launch operation. During the execution of the launch operation by the player, the game balls are brought into a normal state and game balls are continuously introduced to the delivery member side. On the other hand, when the player does not execute (stops) the launching operation, the game ball passage is blocked while a certain number of game balls stay in the staying portion.
็บๅฐๆไฝใๅฎ่กไธญใใ้ๅฎ่กใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็บๅฐๆไฝๆคๅบๆๆฎตใซใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใ้ๅฎ่กใซๅใๆฟใใฃใใใจใๆคๅบใใใ้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎๅถๅพกใซใใ้ๅบ้จๆใฎ้ๅบๅไฝใจ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใจใ่กใใใใใใฎ้ๅบๅไฝใจ็บๅฐๅไฝใจใฏใๅฐใชใใจใๆป็้จใซๆป็ๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆ็ใฎๆฐๅไปฅไธ่กใใใใฎใงใ้ฎๆญ้จๆ้งๅๆๆฎตใซใใ้ฎๆญ็ถๆ ใๅฝขๆใใใใจใใซๆป็้จๅ ใซๆป็ใใฆใใ้ๆ็ใฏ้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎๅถๅพกใซใใๆฎใใ็บๅฐใใใใ้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎๅถๅพกใซใใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใฏใ้ฃใณ้่ชฟๆดๆๆฎตใซใใ้ๆ้ ๅใซๅฑใใชใใใใซ่ชฟๆดใใใฆใใกใผใซ็ใจใชใใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใ็ต็ฑใใฆๆๅบใใใใใใฎใใใ้ๆ่ ใ็บๅฐๆไฝใๅๆญขใใใจใใใฎๅพใซๆไฝใ่กใใชใใฆใๆป็้จใซๅฐๅ ฅใใใ้ๆ็ใๆฎใใใใกใผใซ็ใจใชใฃใฆๆๅบใใใใ้ๆ่ ใ้ๆใๅๆญขใใฆ้ๆๆฉใใ็งปๅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฟ ใ็บๅฐๆไฝใๅๆญขใใ๏ผ่พใใ๏ผใฎใงใใใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใง้ๅบ้จๆใฎ้ๅบๅไฝใจ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใจใ่กใใใฆๆป็้จๅ ใฎ้ๆ็ใๆๅบใใใใจใซใใใ้ๆๆฉใใ็งปๅใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆป็้จๅ ใซ้ๆ็ใๆฎใใใซ่ฟๅดใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย When the firing operation is not executed from being executed, it is detected by the firing operation detecting means that the firing operation has been switched to non-execution, and the sending operation of the sending member and the firing of the launching means are controlled by the control of the non-input launching means. Action. Since the delivery operation and the firing operation are performed for at least a few minutes of the game balls that can stay in the stay portion, the game balls that have stayed in the stay portion when the shut-off state is formed by the shut-off member driving means are not It is fired all by the control of the input firing means. The game ball fired by the control of the non-input launching means is adjusted so as not to reach the game area by the jump amount adjusting means, becomes a foul ball, and is discharged through the foul ball path. For this reason, when the player stops the launch operation, the game balls introduced into the staying portion are not left and are discharged as foul balls without performing any subsequent operation. When the player stops the game and moves from the gaming machine, the firing operation is always stopped (quits), so at this timing, the sending operation of the sending member and the firing operation of the launching means are performed, By discharging the game ball, it can be returned to the player moving from the gaming machine without leaving the game ball in the staying portion.
ใพใใ้ฎๆญ้จๆใฏใ้้้จๆใซๆฏๆใใใ้ๆ็ใฎใใกๆใไธๆตๅดใซไฝ็ฝฎใใ้ๆ็ใซๅฏพๅใใฆ้
็ฝฎใใใใฎใงใ้ฎๆญ้จๆใซใใ้ๅบ้จๆๅดใธใฎ้ๆ็ใฎ้่ทฏใ้้ใใใ้ฎๆญ็ถๆ
ใง้้้จๆใๅไฝใใฆ่ฒฏ็ๆๅบๅฃใ้ๆพใใใใจใ้ฎๆญ้จๆใใไธๆตๅดใฎๅ
จใฆใฎ้ๆ็ใ่ฒฏ็ๆๅบๅฃใใๆๅบใใใใใใฃใฆใ็บๅฐๆไฝใๅๆญขใใๅพใซ็ๅ็ฟ้จๆใฎ็ๆใๆไฝใ่กใใจใ็ๅ็ฟ้จๆๅ
ใฎ้ๆ็ใจๆป็้จๅ
ใฎ้ๆ็ใจใๅ
จใฆๆใๅใใใ้ๆๅพใซใฏ้ๆ่
ใซๅ
จใฆใฎ้ๆ็ใ่ฟๅดใใใใ
่ซๆฑ้
๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใฏใ่ซๆฑ้
๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๅ่จ้ฃใณ้่ชฟๆดๆๆฎตใฏใ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฃใณ้ใๅ่จ็บๅฐ้่ทฏไธใงใใฃใฆๅ่จใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใจใฎๅๅฒไฝ็ฝฎใ่ถใใใใฎใฎๅ่จ้ๆ้ ๅใซใฏๅฑใใชใ็ฏๅฒๅ
ใจใชใ็บๅฐๅใซๅ่จ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎ็บๅฐๅใ่ชฟๆดใใใใฎใงใใใ
่ซๆฑ้
๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใฏใ่ซๆฑ้
๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผใซ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๅ่จ้ๅ
ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฏใ้ๆ่
ใซใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซใใใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐ้้ใใ้ทใๆ้้้ใงใใฃใฆๅพใซ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใใใฎ็ดๅใซ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใซ็บๅฐ้่ทฏๅ
ใง่ก็ชใใชใๆ้้้ใ้ใฆใฆๅ่จ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใ่กใใใใใฎใงใใใ
่ซๆฑ้
๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใฏใ่ซๆฑ้
๏ผใใ๏ผใฎใใใใใซ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๅ่จ้ๅ
ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฏใๅฐใชใใจใๅ่จๆป็้จใซๆป็ใใๆๅคงๆฐใใๅคใๅ่จ้ๅบ้จๆใฎ้ๅบๅไฝใจๅ่จ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใจใ่กใใใฆ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใๅถๅพกใ่กใใใฎใงใใใ
In addition, since the blocking member is disposed to face the game ball located on the most downstream side of the game balls supported by the closing member, the blocking member closes the passage of the game ball to the sending member side. When the closing member operates in the state and the storage ball discharge port is opened, all the game balls upstream from the blocking member are discharged from the storage ball discharge port. Therefore, if the ball removal operation of the ball receiving tray member is performed after stopping the launch operation, all the game balls in the ball receiving tray member and the game balls in the staying portion are extracted, and after the game, all game balls are returned to the player Is done.
The gaming machine according to claim 2 is the gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the jump amount adjusting means is configured such that the jump amount of the game ball is on the launch passage and exceeds a branch position with the foul ball passage. The firing force of the launching means is adjusted to a launch force that falls within a range that does not reach the game area.
The gaming machine according to claim 3 is the gaming machine according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the non-input launching means is a time interval longer than a launch interval of game balls during execution of a launch operation by a player, and later. The fired game ball is caused to perform the firing operation of the launching means at a time interval that does not collide with the game ball fired immediately before in the launch path.
The gaming machine according to claim 4 is the gaming machine according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the non-input emission means is at least more than a maximum number staying in the staying portion and the sending operation of the sending member and the The launching operation of the launching means is performed to control to launch the game ball.
่ซๆฑ้ ๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฐใ็ๅบๅฃใ็ต็ฑใใฆๆป็้จใซ้ๅบใใใ้ๆ็ใฏใ้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎๅถๅพกใซใใ้ๅบ้จๆใฎ้ๅบๅไฝใจ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใจใ่กใใใฆ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใซใใ็บๅฐใใใใจใ้ฃใณ้่ชฟๆดๆๆฎตใฎ่ชฟๆดใซใใฃใฆใใกใผใซ็ใจใใฆใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใ็ต็ฑใใฆๆๅบใใใใ้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฏใ็บๅฐๆไฝๆคๅบๆๆฎตใซใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใๅฎ่กไธญใใ้ๅฎ่กใซๅใๆฟใใฃใใใจใๆคๅบใใๅ ดๅใๅณใก้ๆ่ ใ็บๅฐๆไฝใๅๆญขใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ๅบ้จๆใฎ้ๅบๅไฝใจ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใจใ่กใใใใฎใงใ้ๆ่ ใซใใ็บๅฐๆไฝ็กใใซใ็บๅฐๆไฝๅๆญขๅใซๆป็้จใซๅฐๅ ฅใใใ้ๆ็ใใใกใผใซ็ใจใชใฃใฆๆๅบใใใใใใฃใฆใ็บๅฐๆไฝใๅฟ ่ฆใจใใชใใง็ฐกๅใซๆป็้จๅ ใฎ้ๆ็ใ้ๆ่ ใซ่ฟๅดใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ ย ย According to the gaming machine of the first aspect, the game ball sent to the staying part via the ball outlet is subjected to the sending operation of the sending member and the firing operation of the launching means under the control of the non-input launching means. When it is fired by the launching means, it is discharged as a foul ball via the foul ball passage by adjustment of the jump amount adjusting means. The non-input launching means is configured such that when the firing operation detecting means detects that the firing operation has been switched from being executed to not being executed, that is, when the player stops the firing operation, the sending operation of the sending member and the launching of the launching means are performed. Therefore, the game ball introduced into the staying part before the firing operation is stopped is discharged as a foul ball without the player's launch operation. Therefore, there is an effect that the game ball in the staying part can be easily returned to the player without requiring a firing operation.
ใพใใ้ฎๆญ้จๆใฏใ้้้จๆใซๆฏๆใใใ้ๆ็ใฎใใกๆใไธๆตๅดใซไฝ็ฝฎใใ้ๆ็ใซๅฏพๅใใฆ้
็ฝฎใใใใฎใงใ้ฎๆญ้จๆใซใใ้ๅบ้จๆๅดใธใฎ้ๆ็ใฎ้่ทฏใ้้ใใใ็ถๆ
ใง้้้จๆใๅไฝใใฆ่ฒฏ็ๆๅบๅฃใ้ๆพใใใใจใ้ฎๆญ้จๆใใไธๆตๅดใฎๅ
จใฆใฎ้ๆ็ใ่ฒฏ็ๆๅบๅฃใใๆๅบใใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่
ใฏใ็บๅฐๆไฝใๅๆญขใใๅพใซ็ๅ็ฟ้จๆใฎ็ๆใๆไฝใ่กใใใจใซใใใ็ๅ็ฟ้จๆๅ
ใฎ้ๆ็ใจๆป็้จๅ
ใฎ้ๆ็ใจใๅ
จใฆๆใๅใใใจใใงใใ้ๆ่
ใฎ็บๅฐๆไฝใๅฟ
่ฆใจใใชใใง็ฐกๅใซ้ฎๆญ้จๆใจ้ๅบ้จๆใจใฎ้๏ผๆป็้จ๏ผใ็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ๆ็ใๆฎใใใจใชใ็ๆใใ่กใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ
่ซๆฑ้
๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฐใ่ซๆฑ้
๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ้ฃใณ้่ชฟๆดๆๆฎตใซใใฃใฆใ็บๅฐ้่ทฏไธใงใใฃใฆใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใจใฎๅๅฒไฝ็ฝฎใ่ถใใใใฎใฎ้ๆ้ ๅใซใฏๅฑใใชใ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฃใณ้ใจใชใ็บๅฐๅใซ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎ็บๅฐๅใ่ชฟๆดใใใใใใฎใใใ็บๅฐ้่ทฏไธใซใใใใในใใใ้จๆ็ญใฎ้ๅฎณ็ฉใ็ชๅบใใใใใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใซๆฏในใฆใ้ๆ้ ๅใซ้ๆ็ใๅฑใใชใใใใซใใใใใซๅฟ
่ฆใชๆงๆ้จๅใ็ฐก็ฅๅใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใไฝใณในใใง้ๅ
ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎๅถๅพกใซใใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใใใกใผใซ็ใซใใฆ้ๆ่
ใซ่ฟๅดใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ
่ซๆฑ้
๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฐใ่ซๆฑ้
๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผใซ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ้ๆ่
ใซใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซใใใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐ้้ใใ้ทใๆ้้้ใงใใฃใฆๅพใซ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใใใฎ็ดๅใซ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใซ็บๅฐ้่ทฏๅ
ใง่ก็ชใใชใๆ้้้ใ้ใฆใฆ้ๅ
ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใ่กใใใใใใฎใใใ็บๅฐๆไฝๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็บๅฐ้้ใงใฏใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏๅ
ใธ้ๆ็ใๆตๅ
ฅใใๅใซๆฌกใฎ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใฆ้ๆ็ๅๅฃซใ่ก็ชใใ็บๅฐ้่ทฏๅ
ใซ้ๆ็ใๆฎใใใใจใใๆง้ ใฎ้ๆๆฉใงใใฃใฆใใ้ๅ
ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎๅถๅพกใซใใ้ๆ็ใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏๅ
ใธ้ ๆฌกๆตๅ
ฅใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใธ้ๆ็ใๆตๅ
ฅใใๅใซใๆฌกใฎ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใฆ้ๆ็ๅๅฃซใ่ก็ชใใฆใ็บๅฐ้่ทฏๅ
ใซ้ๆ็ใๆฎใใใใใจใๆช็ถใซ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ
่ซๆฑ้
๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฐใ่ซๆฑ้
๏ผใใ๏ผใฎใใใใใซ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ้ๅ
ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฏใๅฐใชใใจใๆป็้จใซๆป็ใใๆๅคงๆฐใใๅคใ้ๅบ้จๆใฎ้ๅบๅไฝใจ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใจใ่กใใใใฎใงใ่จญ่จไธใใใๅคใใฎ้ๆ็ใๆป็ใใฆใใใ็ขบๅฎใซๆป็้จๅ
ใฎ้ๆ็ใๅ
จใฆ้ๅบใใใใจใใงใใใใใฎใใใๆป็้จใๅฝขๆใใ้จๆ่ชไฝใใใฎ้
็ฝฎไฝ็ฝฎ็ญใฎ็ฒพๅบฆใไฝใๆใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆ็ใฎ้ๅบใซๅฝฑ้ฟใใๅฏธๆณ็ฒพๅบฆใๆๆใฎๅถ้ใ็ทฉๅใใฆไฝใณในใใง้ๆๆฉใ่ฃฝ้ ใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ
In addition, since the blocking member is disposed opposite to the game ball located on the most downstream side among the game balls supported by the closing member, the passage of the game ball to the sending member side is closed by the blocking member When the closing member operates to open the storage ball discharge port, all the game balls upstream from the blocking member are discharged from the storage ball discharge port. Therefore, the player can pull out all the game balls in the ball receiving tray member and the game balls in the staying portion by performing the ball pulling operation of the ball receiving tray member after stopping the launching operation. There is an effect that it is possible to easily remove the ball without leaving the game ball between the blocking member and the delivery member (the staying portion) or at the launch position without the need for a ball.
According to the gaming machine of the second aspect, in addition to the effect achieved by the gaming machine of the first aspect, the jumping amount adjusting means causes the gaming area of the one that exceeds the branching position with the foul ball path on the launch path. The launching force of the launching means is adjusted to the launching force that is the amount of game balls that will not reach. For this reason, it is possible to simplify the components necessary to prevent the game ball from reaching the game area, as compared to a case where an obstacle such as a stopper member protrudes on the launch path. . Therefore, there is an effect that the game ball launched by the control of the non-input launching means can be returned to the player at a low cost as a foul ball.
According to the gaming machine of the third aspect, in addition to the effect achieved by the gaming machine according to the first or second aspect, the time interval is longer than the game ball firing interval during the execution of the launching operation by the player, and then fired later. The non-input launching means causes the launching means to perform the firing operation at a time interval in which the played game ball does not collide with the game ball launched immediately before in the launch path. For this reason, at the launch interval during the launch operation, the next game ball is launched before the game ball flows into the foul ball passage, the game balls collide with each other, and the game ball remains in the launch passage. Even in a gaming machine, it is possible to sequentially flow gaming balls into the foul ball passage by controlling the non-input launching means. Therefore, before the game ball flows into the foul ball passage, it is possible to prevent the next game ball from being fired and the game balls colliding with each other and leaving the game ball in the launch passage. There is.
According to the gaming machine of the fourth aspect, in addition to the effect achieved by the gaming machine according to any one of the first to third aspects, the non-input launching means delivers at least the maximum number of delivery members that stay in the staying portion. Since the operation and the launching operation of the launching unit are performed, even if more game balls stay than in the design, all the game balls in the staying portion can be more reliably delivered. For this reason, it is possible to reduce the accuracy of the member itself that forms the staying portion and the arrangement position thereof, and to manufacture the gaming machine at low cost by relaxing the dimensional accuracy and material restrictions that affect the delivery of the game ball. There is an effect that can be.
ไปฅไธใใใใณใณ้ๆๆฉ๏ผไปฅไธใๅใซใใใใณใณๆฉใใจใใ๏ผใฎไธๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใใๅณ้ขใซๅบใฅใใฆ่ฉณ็ดฐใซ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผใฏใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผใฏๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใจไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใจใ้ๆพใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆ่ฆๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผใฏใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขๅณใงใใใใใใงใๅณ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏใไพฟๅฎไธใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผๅใณใฌใฉในใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ็็ฅใใฆ็คบใใฆใใใ ย ย Hereinafter, an embodiment of a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter simply referred to as a โpachinko machineโ) will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 2 is a perspective view of the pachinko machine 10 in which the front frame 14 and the lower dish unit 15 are opened. FIG. 3 is a front view of the game board 16 of the pachinko machine 10. Here, in FIG. 2, for convenience, the game board 16 and the glass unit 17 are omitted.
ใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผๅใณๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใ็ฅ็ฉๅฝข็ถใซ็ตใฟๅใใใๆจๆ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใๅคๆฎปใๅฝขๆใใใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใจใใใฎๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใจ็ฅๅไธใฎๅคๅฝขๅฝข็ถใซๅฝขๆใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅใใฆใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎไธญๅคฎ้จใซ็ฅๅๅฝขใซ้ๅฃใใไธญๅคฎ็ช๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆใใๅๆๆจน่่ฃฝใฎๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใซ้่ทฏๅฝขๆ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใๅใไปใใใใฎใงใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅคๆฐใฎ้ใๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใๆใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใ่ฃ้ขๅดใใๅใไปใใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธญๅคฎ็ช๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขใ่ฆ่ชๅฏ่ฝใจใชใฃใฆใใใใใฎ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขใ้ๆ็ใๆตไธใใใใจใซใใๅผพ็้ๆใ่กใใใใ ย ย As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the pachinko machine 10 includes an outer frame 12 in which an outer shell is formed by a wooden frame 20 (see FIG. 4A) combined in a substantially rectangular shape, and the outer frame 12 is substantially the same as the outer frame 12. And an inner frame 13 having the same outer shape. The inner frame 13 is obtained by attaching a passage forming member 36, a ball launching unit 90, and the like to an inner frame base 30 made of synthetic resin having a central window 30a opened in a substantially circular shape at the center thereof. A game board 16 having a large number of nails, winning holes 63, 64, and the like is attached to the inner frame 13 from the back side, and the front surface of the game board 16 is visible from the central window 30a of the inner frame 13. A game ball is played by the game ball flowing down the front surface of the game board 16.
ใพใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎไธๅด๏ผใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏๆญฃ้ข่ฆๅทฆๅด๏ผใฎไธไธ๏ผ็ฎๆใงๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ปธๆฏใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๆญฃ้ขๆๅๅดใธ้ๆพๅฏ่ฝใซๅใไปใใใใฆใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅดใซใฏใใใฎๅ้ขไธๅดใ่ฆใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใจใใใฎไธๅดใ่ฆใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใจใ่จญใใใใใใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅใณไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขใ้้ๅฏ่ฝใซๅใไปใใใใฆใใใ ย ย In addition, the inner frame 13 is pivotally supported by the outer frame 12 at two upper and lower portions on one side thereof (left side in front view in the pachinko machine 10), and the inner frame 13 is attached so as to be openable to the front front side. On the front side of the inner frame 13, there are provided a front frame 14 that covers the upper side of the front surface and a lower dish unit 15 that covers the lower side of the inner frame 13. The front frame 14 and the lower dish unit 15 open and close the front surface of the inner frame 13. It is attached as possible.
ๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅๆๆจน่่ฃฝใฎๅ้ขๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฃ ้ฃพ็จใฎๆจน่้จๅใ้ปๆฐ้จๅ็ญใ็ตใฟไปใใใใฎใงใใใใใฎ็ฅไธญๅคฎ้จใซใฏใ็ฅๅๅฝข็ถใฎ้ๅฃ๏ผ็ช้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซใฏ๏ผๆใฎๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใใฌใฉในใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใใใฎๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขๅดใซ่ฆ่ชๅฏ่ฝใจใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย The front frame 14 is a synthetic resin front frame base 200 assembled with decorative resin components, electrical components, and the like, and has a substantially circular opening (window portion 14c) at a substantially central portion thereof. ing. A glass unit 17 (see FIG. 13) having two sheet glasses 151 is disposed on the rear surface side of the front frame 14, and the front surface of the game board 16 is visible on the front side of the pachinko machine 10 through the sheet glass 151. It has become.
ๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ้ๆ็ใ่ฒฏ็ใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅๆนใธๅผตใๅบใใฆไธ้ขใ้ๆพใใ็ฅ็ฎฑ็ถใซๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใใฎไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ณ็ใ่ฒธๅบ็ใชใฉใๆๅบใใใฆไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅบ้ขใใใณๅด้ขใซๅฒใใใ้จไฝใซ้ๆ็ใ่ฒฏ็ใใใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅบ้ขใฏใ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใใใฎ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใไฝ็ฝฎใใๆญฃ้ข่ฆๅณๅดใซไธ้ๅพๆใใฆๅฝขๆใใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆๅ ฅใใใ้ๆ็ใฏ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๆกๅ ใใใใ ย ย On the front frame 14, an upper plate 201 for storing game balls is formed in a substantially box shape projecting forward and opening the upper surface, and prize balls, rental balls, etc. are discharged to the upper plate 201. A game ball is stored in a portion surrounded by the bottom surface and the side surface. The bottom surface of the upper plate 201 is formed to be inclined downward to the right in the front view where the ball launch unit 90 for launching the game ball is located, and the game ball thrown into the upper plate 201 is guided to the ball launch unit 90. The
ไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅดใซไฝ็ฝฎใใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใฎไธญๅคฎ้จใซไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใใชใใฃใ้ๆ็ใ่ฒฏ็ใใใใใฎไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธ้ขใ้ๆพใใ็ฅ็ฎฑ็ถใซๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณๅดใซใฏใ้ๆ็ใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขใธๆใก่พผใใใใซ้ๆ่ ใซใใฃใฆๆไฝใใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใใใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้จใซใฏ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้งๅใ่จฑๅฏใใใใใฎใฟใใใปใณใตใจใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅๆไฝ้ใ้ปๆฐๆตๆใฎๅคๅใซใใๆคๅบใใๅฏๅคๆตๆๅจใจใๅ ่ตใใใฆใใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ่ ใซใใฃใฆๅณๅใใซๅ่ปขๆไฝใใใใจใใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใณใใใใจๅ ฑใซๅฏๅคๆตๆๅจใฎๆตๆๅคใๆไฝ้ใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆๅคๅใใใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅๆไฝ้ใซๅฟใใฆๅคๅใใๅฏๅคๆตๆๅจใฎๆตๆๅคใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅผทใใง้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใใฎใงใใใใใใซใใ้ๆ่ ใฎๆไฝใซๅฏพๅฟใใ้ฃใณ้ใง้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขใธ้ๆ็ใๆใก่พผใพใใใ ย ย In the lower tray unit 15 located on the lower side of the upper tray 201, a lower tray 301 for storing game balls that could not be stored in the upper tray 201 is formed in a substantially box shape having an open upper surface. ing. On the right side of the lower plate 301, an operation handle 310 that is operated by a player to drive a game ball into the front surface of the game board 16 is disposed. Inside the operation handle 310, a launch solenoid 92 of a ball launch unit 90 is provided. And a variable resistor that detects the amount of rotation of the operation handle 310 based on a change in electrical resistance. When the operation handle 310 is rotated clockwise by the player, the touch sensor is turned on and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes corresponding to the operation amount. The launch solenoid 92 is for firing a game ball with a strength corresponding to the resistance value of the variable resistor that changes in accordance with the amount of rotation of the operation handle 310, and thereby the amount of flight corresponding to the player's operation. Then, a game ball is driven into the front of the game board 16.
้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใๆญฃ้ข่ฆ็ฅๆญฃๆนๅฝข็ถใซๅๅๅ ๅทฅใใๆจ่ฃฝใฎใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใซใ้ๆ็ๆกๅ ็จใฎๅคๆฐใฎ้ใใใณใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธ่ฌๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใไธฆใณใซใๆถฒๆถใใฃในใใฌใค๏ผไปฅไธๅใซใ๏ผฌ๏ผฃ๏ผคใใจ็ฅใใ๏ผใงๆงๆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใ็ตใฟไปใใฆๆงๆใใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขใซใฏใๅธฏ็ถใฎ้ๅฑๆฟใ็ฅๅๅผง็ถใซๅฑๆฒๅ ๅทฅใใฆๅฝขๆใใๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใๆค็ซใใใใใฎๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅดไฝ็ฝฎใซใฏๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใจๅๆงใซๅธฏ็ถใฎ้ๅฑๆฟใงๅฝขๆใใๅๅผง็ถใฎๅ ใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใๆค็ซใใใใใใฎๅ ใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใจๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใจใซใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅคๅจใๅฒใพใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใจใฌใฉในใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใซใใๅๅพใๅฒใพใใใใจใซใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขใซใฏใ้ๆ็ใฎๆๅใซใใ้ๆใ่กใใใ้ๆ้ ๅใๅฝขๆใใใใ ย ย As shown in FIG. 3, the game board 16 includes a wooden base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape when viewed from the front, a large number of nails and rails 61 and 62 for guiding game balls, a general winning opening 63, and a liquid crystal display. The first symbol display device 81 and the like configured by a display (hereinafter simply referred to as โLCDโ) are assembled. An outer rail 62 formed by bending a strip-shaped metal plate into a substantially arc shape is planted on the front surface of the game board 16, and the strip-shaped metal plate is located at an inner position of the outer rail 62 in the same manner as the outer rail 62. The arc-shaped inner rail 61 formed by the above is planted. The inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62 surround the outer periphery of the front surface of the game board 16, and the game board 16 and the glass unit 17 (the plate glass 151) surround the front and rear. A game area where a game is played is formed according to the behavior.
้ๆ้ ๅใซใฏใ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใซใใ๏ผๅใใ๏ผ๏ผๅใฎ็ใ่ณ็ใจใใฆๆใๅบใใใ่คๆฐใฎไธ่ฌๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใใพใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎไธญๅคฎ้จๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใใใฎๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใๅพ่ฟฐใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๅถๅพกใใใใใจใซใใใ่คๆฐ็จฎ้กใฎ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใจใใฆใฎๅณๆใไบใๅฎใใ้ ๅบใซๅพใฃใฆๅคๅใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขไธใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใชใใ๏ผฌ๏ผฃ๏ผคใซไปฃใใฆใไพใใฐใใชใผใซ็ญใ็จใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใๆงๆใใใใใซใใฆใ่ฏใใ ย ย The game area is provided with a plurality of general winning ports 63 through which 5 to 15 balls are paid out as prize balls when a game ball wins. Further, a variable display device unit 80 having a first symbol display device 81 is disposed in the central portion of the game area, and the variable display device unit 80 is controlled by a display control device 505 described later, so that a plurality of types can be obtained. A variation display in which the symbols as the identification information vary according to a predetermined order is displayed on the display screen of the first symbol display device 81. Instead of the LCD, for example, the first symbol display device 81 may be configured using a reel or the like.
ๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆนใซใฏใ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใๅพใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใจ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซ่จญใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใชใณใจใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใงๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ้ๅงใใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใจ๏ผๅใฎ้ๆ็ใ่ณ็ใจใใฆๆใๅบใใใๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใฎ๏ผใคใซใใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย Below the variable display unit 80, a first entrance 64 into which a game ball can enter is disposed. When a game ball enters the first entrance 64, the first entrance switch 524 (see FIG. 22) provided on the back side of the game board 16 is turned on, and the symbol is displayed on the first symbol display device 81 described above. Fluctuation display starts. The first entrance 64 is also one of the entrances through which 5 game balls are paid out as prize balls when game balls enter.
็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆนใซใฏๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใใใฎ็ฅไธญๅคฎ้จๅใซๆจช้ท็ฉๅฝข็ถใฎ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผๅคง้ๆพๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃใธใฎ้ๆ็ใฎๅ ฅ็ใๅฅๆฉใจใใๆฝ้ธใ่กใใใใใฎๆฝ้ธใซๅฝ้ธใใใจๅคงๅฝใใใจใชใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅพใซไบใๅฎใใใใๅณๆใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใฎ๏ผใคใ่กจ็คบใใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๅคงๅฝใใใฎ็บ็ใ็คบใใใใใฎๅพใ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใๆใ็นๅฅ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ท็งปใใใใใฎ็นๅฅ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใฆใ้ๅธธๆใซใฏ้้ใใใฆใใ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง็ต้ใใใพใงใๆใใฏใ้ๆ็ใ๏ผ๏ผๅๅ ฅ่ณใใใพใง๏ผ้ๆพใใใใ ย ย A variable winning device 65 is disposed below the first ball opening 64, and a horizontally long rectangular specific winning opening (large opening) 65a is provided at a substantially central portion thereof. In the pachinko machine 10, a lottery is performed when a game ball enters the first entrance, and when the lottery is won, the lottery is won, and the first symbol display device 81 is pre- One of the determined symbol combinations is displayed to indicate to the player that the jackpot has been generated, and then the gaming state transitions to a special gaming state in which the game ball is easy to win. As this special gaming state, the special winning opening 65a that is normally closed is opened for a predetermined time (for example, until 30 seconds elapses or 10 game balls are won).
ใใฎ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ ใซใฏใ้ๅธธ้ ๅใจใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใจใใฆใฎ๏ผถใพใผใณใจใๅบๅใใใฆ่จญใใใใฆใใใ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพไธญใซใ้ๆ็ใ๏ผถใพใผใณใ้้ใใใจใ็ถ็ถๆจฉใๆ็ซใใฆใ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้้ๅพใๅๅบฆใใใฎ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎๆ้้ๆพใใใใใใฎ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้้ๅไฝใฏใๆ้ซใงไพใใฐ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ๏ผ็นฐใ่ฟใๅฏ่ฝใซใใใฆใใใใใฎ้้ๅไฝใ่กใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใใ้ๆ่ ใซใจใฃใฆๆๅฉใช็นๅฅ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎไธๅฝขๆ ใงใใใ้ๆ่ ใซใฏใ้ๆไธใฎไพกๅค๏ผ้ๆไพกๅค๏ผใฎไปไธใจใใฆ้ๅธธๆใใๅค้ใฎ่ณ็ใฎๆใๅบใใ่กใใใใ ย ย In the specific winning opening 65a, a normal area and a V zone as the specific area are separately provided. If the game ball passes through the V zone while the specific winning opening 65a is opened, the continuation right is granted. After the establishment of the specific winning opening 65a, the specific winning opening 65a is opened again for a predetermined time. The opening / closing operation of the specific winning opening 65a can be repeated up to 16 times (16 rounds), for example. The state in which this opening / closing operation is performed is one form of a special gaming state advantageous to the player, and the player is given out a larger amount of prize balls than usual to give gaming value (game value). Is done.
ใชใใไธ่จใใๅฝขๆ ใซ็นๅฅ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฏ้ๅฎใใใใใฎใงใฏใชใใ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใฏๅฅใซ้้ใใใๅคง้ๆพๅฃใ้ๆ้ ๅใซ่จญใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅๅพใฎ่กจ็คบ็ตๆใไบใๅฎใใใใๅณๆใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใฎ๏ผใคใจไธ่ดใใๅ ดๅใซใ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎๆ้้ๆพใใใใใฎ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพไธญใซใ้ๆ็ใ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ ใธๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใๅฅๆฉใจใใฆ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใฏๅฅใซ่จญใใใใๅคง้ๆพๅฃใๆๅฎๆ้ใๆๅฎๅๆฐ้ๆพใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็นๅฅ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใฆๅฝขๆใใใใใซใใฆใ่ฏใใ ย ย Note that the special gaming state is not limited to the above-described form. When the game area is provided with a large opening that is opened and closed separately from the specific winning opening 65a, and the display result after the change of the first symbol display device 81 matches one of the predetermined symbol combinations, the specific winning opening 65a is opened for a predetermined time, and when the specific winning opening 65a is opened, a large opening provided separately from the specific winning opening 65a when the game ball wins into the specific winning opening 65a is predetermined for a predetermined time. A gaming state that is released a number of times may be formed as a special gaming state.
ๆฌกใซใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใใฌใฉในใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใซๅคงๅฅใใฆ้ ใซ่ชฌๆใใใใฎๅพใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ขๅดใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใพใใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆๅณ๏ผใใใณๅณ๏ผใไธปใซๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆ่ฆๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅใ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผๅจ่พบใๆกๅคงใใฆ็คบใใๆ่ฆๅณใงใใใ ย ย Next, the configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be roughly divided into an outer frame 12, an inner frame 13, a game board 16, a front frame 14, a lower tray unit 15, and a glass unit 17, and then the configuration on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. Will be described. First, the configuration of the outer frame 12 will be described with reference mainly to FIGS. Here, FIG. 4A is a perspective view of the outer frame 12, and FIG. 4B is an enlarged perspective view showing the periphery of the metal fitting 23 of the outer frame 12.
ๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใฎๅคๆฎปใๅฝขๆใใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใใใฎๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ๅฏ่ฝใซๆฏๆใใใใ้ๆๅ ดใซใใใฆใฏใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅจ้ขใ้ๆๅ ดใฎๅณถใจๅผใฐใใ่จญ็ฝฎ็ฎๆใซๅบๅฎใใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใใใณไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅ้ขๅดใซ้ๆพๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใใฎใงใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅดใใใฏ่งฆใใใใชใ่ฃ้ขๅดใๅ ้จใซๅฏพใใฆใฎ็นๆคใ่ชฟๆดใฏใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใๅ้ขๅดใซ้ๆพใใฆ่กใใใใ ย ย As shown in FIG. 2, the pachinko machine 10 is provided with an outer frame 12 that forms an outer shell thereof, and an inner frame 13 is supported by the outer frame 20 so as to be opened and closed. In the game hall, the outer peripheral surface of the outer frame 20 is fixed to an installation location called an island of the game hall. Since the inner frame 13, the front frame 14, and the lower dish unit 15 are configured to be openable to the front side with respect to the outer frame 12, Inspection and adjustment are performed with the inner frame 13 and the like opened to the front side with respect to the outer frame 12.
ๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆจ่ฃฝใฎๆฟๆใงไธไธๅทฆๅณใฎๅ่พบใๆงๆใใฆๅ จไฝใจใใฆ็ฉๅฝข็ถใฎๆจๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๅฝขๆใใใใฎๆจๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซใใณใธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๅใ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅใไปใใใใฎใงใใใๆจๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฅๅ้จใฏใๅฐใใธ็ญใฎ้ข่ฑๅฏ่ฝใช็ท ็ตๅ ทใซใใๅบๅฎใใใ้ใใชใใใใไฝฟใฃใฆๅบๅฎใใๆง้ ใจๆฏในใฆใๆจๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จใๅฎนๆใซๅๅฉ็จใงใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธไธๆนๅใฎๅคๅฏธใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผๅ ๅฏธ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใๅทฆๅณๆนๅใฎๅคๅฏธใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผๅ ๅฏธ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใจใชใฃใฆใใใใชใใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใขใซใใใฆใ ็ญใฎ่ปฝ้ๅฑใๆจน่ใซใใๆงๆใใใใใซใใฆใใใใ ย ย The outer frame 12 is composed of a wooden plate material that forms four sides on the top, bottom, left, and right to form a rectangular wooden frame 20 as a whole, and hinges 21 and 22 and receiving brackets 23 and 23 are attached to the wooden frame 20. is there. The joint portion of the wooden frame 20 is fixed by a detachable fastener such as a small screw, and a part of the wooden frame 20 can be easily reused as compared with a structure that is fixed using a nail or a rivet. Yes. In the present embodiment, the outer dimension of the outer frame 12 is 809 mm (inner dimension of about 710 mm), and the outer dimension of the left and right direction is 518 mm (inner dimension of about 480 mm). The outer frame 12 may be made of a light metal such as aluminum or a resin.
ๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๆฏๆใใใใใซๆญฃ้ข่ฆๅทฆๅดใฎไธไธ๏ผใซๆใซ้ๅฑ่ฃฝใฎไธใใณใธ๏ผ๏ผใใใณไธใใณใธ๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใฆใใใใใฎใใณใธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใๅดใ้้ใฎ่ปธใจใใฆๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฏ้้ๅฏ่ฝใซๆฏๆใใใใ ย ย As shown in FIG. 4A, metal upper hinges 21 and lower hinges 22 are attached to the outer frame 12 at two upper and lower positions on the left side when viewed from the front to support the inner frame 13. The inner frame 13 is supported so as to be openable and closable by using the side on which the hinges 21 and 22 are provided as an opening / closing axis.
ๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅใ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆจๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้ขใงใใฃใฆใใณใธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ข้ใใๅดใฎไธ่พบใซใใใไธไธ๏ผใซๆใซใใธใซใใ่บ็ใใใฆใใใๅๅใ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ๅฑๆฟใๅฑๆฒๅ ๅทฅใใฆๅฝขๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้ขใซๅฏ็ใใๅไป้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใใใฎๅไป้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้ขๅดใซๅใใฆๅ็ดใซ็ซใกไธใใไฟๅ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใใใฎไฟๅ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅ ็ซฏๅดใซใฆๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้ๆนๅๅด๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅทฆไธๅด๏ผใซๅใใฆ็ชๅบใใฆๅฝขๆใใใ็ชๅบ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใๅใใฆใใใใใฎๅใ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผใฎไฟๅ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฏใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใใ้คๅฝขใซ็ชๅบใใฆๅฝขๆใใใๅ ๆ ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๅ ็ซฏ้จใๅผใฃๆใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฏ้้ใใใใ ย ย The metal fittings 23 of the outer frame 12 are screwed into the upper and lower two places on one side of the inner side of the wooden frame 20 and away from the hinges 21 and 22 with screws. Each of the metal fittings 23 is formed by bending a metal plate, and as shown in FIG. 4B, a mounting portion 23a that is in close contact with the inner surface of the outer frame 12, and the inner surface side of the outer frame 12 from the mounting portion 23a. An engaging portion 23b that rises vertically toward the end, and a protruding portion 23c that protrudes toward the closing direction side of the inner frame 13 (the upper left side in FIG. 4B) at the distal end side of the engaging portion 23b. And. The front end portion of the inner frame collar member 411 (see FIG. 23) formed so as to project from the inner frame 13 in a hook shape is caught on the engagement portion 23 b of the metal fitting 23, and the inner frame 13 is closed.
ๅใ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ชๅบ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใใ็ถๆ ใซใฆใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้ขๅด๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅทฆไธๅด๏ผใซๅใใฃใฆใๅ ๆ ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆนใซ็ชๅบใใๅ ็ซฏ้จๅใซ้ใชใ้ทใไปฅไธใซ็ชๅบใใฆๅฝขๆใใใใใใฎใใใๅ ๆ ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ็ซฏ้จใฏใ็ชๅบ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅ ้ขๅดใธใฎ็งปๅใ่ฆๅถใใใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅ ้ขๅดใธใฎๅใ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ชๅบ้ใๅฐใชใใใคใคใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใใคใใซใใๅ ๆ ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ชคใฃใฆๅใ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผใใๅคใใฆใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใไธ็จๆใซ้ๆพใใใใใจใ้ฒๆญขใใใฆใใใ ย ย The protruding portion 23c of the metal fitting 23 has an inner frame flange toward the inner surface side (the lower left side in FIG. 4B) of the outer frame 12 in a state where the inner frame 13 is closed with respect to the outer frame 12. It is formed so as to protrude beyond the length that overlaps the tip portion protruding downward of the member 411. For this reason, the movement of the distal end portion of the inner frame collar member 411 toward the inner surface side of the outer frame 12 is restricted by the protruding portion 23c, and the protruding amount of the metal fitting 23 toward the inner surface side of the outer frame 12 is reduced. It is prevented that the inner frame collar member 411 is accidentally detached from the receiving metal fitting 23 due to the shakiness of 13 and the inner frame 13 is inadvertently opened.
ๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅดใซใฏใๆจช้ท็ฉๅฝขใฎๅๆๆจน่ใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่ใฎๆฟใซใใๅฝขๆใใใ้ฃพใๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใใๆจๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ่ฒซ้ใใใใธใซใใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ขๅดใใๅบๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฎ้ฃพใๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅดใซ้ฒๅบใใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคง้จๅใฏใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใใใณไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใจๅๆงใซๅๆๆจน่่ฃฝใจใชใใๅ้จๆ้ใซไธไฝๆใ็ใพใใฆๅค่ฆณๅ่ณชใฎๅไธใๅณใใใใใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใฆใฏ็็ฅใใใใ้ฃพใๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขใซไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฝข็ถใซๅฃใฃใฆๆจกๆงใไปใใใจใซใใใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆจ่ฃฝ้จๅใงใใๆจๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ฑ็จใใคใค็ฐใชใๅค่ฆณๅฝข็ถใๆใใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ่ฃฝ้ ใใใใจใใงใใๆจๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๆๅน็ใซๅๅฉ็จใใคใคใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅค่ฆณๅ่ณชใๅไธใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย On the lower side of the outer frame 12, a decorative plate 24 formed of a horizontally long rectangular synthetic resin, specifically, an ABS resin plate, is fixed from the back side of the outer frame 12 by screws passing through the wooden frame 20. Yes. Due to the decorative plate 24, most of the outer frame 12 exposed to the front side of the pachinko machine 10 is made of synthetic resin like the inner frame 13, the front frame 14 and the lower plate unit 15, and a sense of unity is provided between the members. Born to improve appearance quality. Although omitted in the present embodiment, different external shapes are shared while sharing the wooden frame 20 which is the wooden portion of the outer frame 12 by applying a pattern following the shape of the lower dish unit 15 on the front surface of the decorative plate 24. Can be manufactured, and the appearance quality of the pachinko machine 10 can be improved while effectively reusing the wooden frame 20.
้ฃพใๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใซใฏใ้ๅฑ่ฃฝใฎๆปใๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใณใธ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ข้ใใๅดใฎ็ซฏ้จใจไธญๅคฎ้จใจใฎ๏ผใซๆใซ่จญใใใใฆใใใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใฎๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ่ช้ใซใใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆไธๅดใซ่ฝใก่พผใใงใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใใใจใใซใฏใใใฎไธ้ขใๆปใๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฆใใใคใคๆใกไธใใใใฆใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅฎไฝ็ฝฎใซๆกๅ ใใใใใใฎใใใไฝๆฅญ่ ใใใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๆใกไธใใชใใ้้ๆไฝใ่กใๅฟ ่ฆใใชใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้ๆไฝใฎๅฉไพฟๆงใ้ซใใใใฆใใใใพใใๆจน่ใพใใฏๆจ่ฃฝใฎ้จๅใงๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎไฝ็ฝฎใซๆกๅ ใใ้จๅใๅฝขๆใใใๅ ดๅใซๆฏในใฆใ้้ๆไฝใฎ็นฐใ่ฟใใซใใๆฆใใซใใฃใฆ้จๅใๅใใใใใ็ ดๆใใใใใใใจใ้ฒๆญขใใใใฎใงใ้ทๆใซใใใฃใฆๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้ๆไฝใๅฎนๆใซ่กใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย On the upper surface of the decorative plate 24, metal sliding plates 25 and 26 are provided at two locations, that is, an end portion on the side away from the hinge 22 and a central portion. Even if the opened inner frame 13 falls downward with respect to the outer frame 12 due to its own weight, when the inner frame 13 is closed, its lower surface is lifted while being rubbed against the sliding plates 25 and 26, and the inner frame 13 Guided to a fixed position. For this reason, it is not necessary for the operator to perform the closing operation while lifting the inner frame 13, and the convenience of the opening / closing operation of the inner frame 13 is enhanced. In addition, compared to the case where a part that guides the inner frame 13 to a fixed position is formed by a resin or wooden part, parts are prevented from being scraped or damaged due to rubbing due to repeated opening and closing operations. The opening and closing operation of the inner frame 13 can be easily performed over a long period of time.
ใใใ๏ผใคใฎๆปใๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใกไธๆนใฎๆปใๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้่ปธใจใชใใใณใธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ข้ใใๅดใฎ็ซฏ้จใซ่จญใใใใใใใฎใใใ้ๅฑ่ฃฝใฎไธใใณใธ๏ผ๏ผใจๆปใๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใจใซใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้ขไธก็ซฏๅดใๆฏๆใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใใใๅฎๅฎใใ็ถๆ ใงๅฎไฝ็ฝฎใซๆกๅ ใใใใใพใใใใ๏ผใคใฎๆปใๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใณใธ๏ผ๏ผใจๆปใๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใจใฎใปใผไธญ้ไฝ็ฝฎใซ่จญใใใใใใณใธ๏ผ๏ผใจใ็ซฏ้จใซ่จญใใๆปใๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใจใฎๆฏๆใซใใๆใ่ฝใก่พผใฟๆใ้จๅใๆกๅ ใใใใใจใจใชใใใใฎใใใซใ๏ผใคใฎๆปใๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ฃพใๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใซใใใใใณใธ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ข้ใใๅดใฎ็ซฏ้จใจไธญๅคฎ้จใจใซ่จญใใใใจใซใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎไฝ็ฝฎใซใใ็ขบๅฎใซๆกๅ ใใใใจใใงใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅค้ใซๅ ฅใ็ญใใฆๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฒ ่ทใใใ้ใฟใๅขๅคงใใฆใใๅ ๆ ใฎ้้ๆไฝใฏๅฎนๆใซ่กใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย One of the two sliding plates 25, 26 is provided at an end portion on the side away from the hinges 21, 22 serving as the opening / closing shaft of the inner frame 13. For this reason, both lower end sides of the inner frame 13 are supported by the metal lower hinge 22 and the sliding plate 26, and the inner frame 13 is guided to a fixed position in a more stable state. Further, the other sliding plate 25 is provided at a substantially intermediate position between the hinge 22 and the sliding plate 26, and the most easily depressed portion is guided by the support of the hinge 22 and the sliding plate 26 provided at the end. It becomes. Thus, by providing the two sliding plates 25 and 26 at the end portion and the central portion on the upper surface of the decorative plate 24 on the side away from the hinge 22, the inner frame 13 can be reliably guided at a fixed position, Even if the weight applied to the inner frame 13 increases due to a large amount of game balls entering the upper plate 201 or the lower plate 301, the opening / closing operation of the inner frame can be easily performed.
้ฃพใๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้ขๅฅฅๅดใซใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅพๆนๅใซๆฒฟใฃใฆๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏ้จใซ้ใชใไฝ็ฝฎใพใงไธๆนใซ็ชๅบใใฆๅฝขๆใใใใชใ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใพใใใชใ๏ผ๏ผใฎไปใๆ น้จๅใซใฏใ้ฃพใๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใซๆฒฟใฃใฆ่้ขๅดใซ็ชชใใ ๆบ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฝขๆใใใใชใ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏ้จใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅดใซ็ชๅบใใใใใซๅฝขๆใใใใใใใณใณๆฉใซๅฏพใใฆใฏใ่ๆฟ็ถใฎๅทฅๅ ท็ญใ้จๆ้ใฎ้้ใใๅทฎใๅ ฅใใฆ่กใไธๆญฃ่ก็บใ้ ป็นใซๅ ฑๅใใใฆใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅดใใๅทฅๅ ท็ญใๅทฎใๅ ฅใใ่ก็บใใชใ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ้ปๆญขใใใใฎใงใไธๆญฃ่ก็บใ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใจ้ฃพใๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใจใฎ้ใใๅทฎใๅ ฅใใๅทฅๅ ทใฏใชใ๏ผ๏ผใฎไปใๆ น้จๅใซ่จญใใๆบ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅตใพใๆใใไธๆญฃ่ก็บใไธๅฑคๅฐ้ฃใชใใฎใจใใฆใใใ ย ย On the back side of the upper surface of the decorative plate 24, a rib 27 is provided so as to protrude upward to a position overlapping the lower end portion of the inner frame 13 along the front-rear direction of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, a groove 27 a that is recessed toward the back side along the upper surface of the decorative plate 24 is formed at the base portion of the rib 27, and the upper end portion of the rib 27 is formed so as to protrude toward the front side of the pachinko machine 10. For pachinko machines, fraudulent acts that are performed by inserting a thin plate-like tool or the like through a gap between members are frequently reported. However, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment, a tool from the lower side of the inner frame 13 is reported. Since the rib 27 prevents the action of inserting etc., fraudulent acts can be prevented. Further, the tool inserted from between the inner frame 13 and the decorative plate 24 is likely to be fitted into the groove 27a provided at the base portion of the rib 27, which makes it more difficult to cheat.
้ฃพใๆฟ๏ผ๏ผไธ้ขใฎใชใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ซใใฏใ้ฃพใๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆ็ใฎๅๅพใใไฝใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้ๆใซ้ฃพใๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใซ้ๆ็ใไนใฃใฆใใฆใใใใฎ้ๆ็ใฏใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏ้จใจใชใ๏ผ๏ผใจใฎ้ใซๆใพใใๅพใซใชใ๏ผ๏ผใไนใ่ถใใใใใฃใฆใใชใ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใจใซใใไธๆญฃ่ก็บใ้ฒๆญขใใคใคใใชใ๏ผ๏ผใจๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใจใฎ้ใซ้ๆ็ใๆใฟ่พผใพใใฆๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใ็ดใๆ้ใ็บ็ใใใใจใใชใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้ๆไฝใซๅฏพใใๅฉไพฟๆงใ้ซใ็ถญๆใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย The height of the ribs 27 on the upper surface of the decorative plate 24 is set lower than the radius of the game ball with respect to the upper surface of the decorative plate 24. For this reason, even if a game ball is on the top surface of the decorative plate 24 when the inner frame 13 is closed, the game ball gets over the rib 27 after being sandwiched between the lower end portion of the inner frame 13 and the rib 27. Accordingly, the provision of the rib 27 prevents illegal actions, and the game ball is not sandwiched between the rib 27 and the inner frame 13 so that the trouble of reclosing the inner frame 13 does not occur. Convenience for the opening / closing operation can be kept high.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผใใใณๅณ๏ผใไธปใซๅ็ งใใฆๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใใใณไธ็ฟใปใใ๏ผ๏ผใๅใๅคใใ็ถๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผถ๏ฝโ๏ผถ๏ฝ็ทใซใใใๆญ้ขๅณใงใใใใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏใไพฟๅฎไธใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผ้ขไธใฎ้ๆ้ ๅๅ ใฎๆงๆใฎไธ้จใ็ฉบ็ฝใง็คบใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏ็ในใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅจ่พบใฎไธ้จใฎ้จๅใฎใฟใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใฆใใใ ย ย Next, the inner frame 13 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 2 and 5. 5A is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 with the front frame 14 and the lower plate set 15 removed, and FIG. 5B is a cross-sectional view taken along the line Vb-Vb in FIG. 5A. is there. Here, in FIG. 5A, for the sake of convenience, a part of the configuration in the game area on the surface of the game board 16 is shown as blank, and in FIG. Is shown.
ๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฉๅฝข็ถใซๅฝขๆใใใ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่่ฃฝใฎๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใไธปไฝใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใฎไธญๅคฎ้จใซใฏ็ฅๅๅฝข็ถใฎไธญๅคฎ็ช๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซใฏ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅไป้จใ่จญใใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใ็่ฑๅฏ่ฝใซ่ฃ ็ใใใใ ย ย The inner frame 13 is mainly composed of an ABS resin-made inner frame base 30 formed in a rectangular shape, and a substantially circular central window 30 a is formed at the center of the inner frame base 30. An attachment portion for the game board 16 is provided on the back side of the inner frame base 30, and the game board 16 is detachably attached.
ๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ่ฟฐใใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธใใณใธ๏ผ๏ผใใใณไธใใณใธ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅๅๅฏ่ฝใซๆฏๆใใใๆ็ถใฎ้จๆใงใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้่ปธ็ทใฏใใใณใธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆๅทฆๅดใซไธไธใซๅปถ่จญใใใใใฎ้้่ปธ็ทใ่ปธๅฟใซใใฆๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅๆนๅดใซ้ๆพใใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้่ปธ็ทใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆๅณๅดใซ่จญใใใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจใฏๅๅฏพๅด๏ผๆญฃ้ข่ฆๅทฆๅด๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใใใๅคงใใ้ๆพใงใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใ้ๅธธใใใณใณใใผใซใงใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฏไบใใซ้ฃๆฅใใฆ้ ่จญใใใใฎใงใ้้่ปธ็ทใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใซ่จญใใใจใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพใจๅ ฑใซ็งปๅใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ฃใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ใซ่จญใใใใใซใผใใฆใใใ็ญใซๅฝๆฅใใฆ้ๆพ้ใๅถ้ใใใใใใงใใใ ย ย The inner frame 13 is a door-like member that is rotatably supported with respect to the outer frame 12 by the upper hinge 21 and the lower hinge 22 of the outer frame 12 described above. The opening / closing axis of the inner frame 13 extends vertically on the left side of the front view of the pachinko machine 10 provided with the hinges 21, 22, and the inner frame 13 is opened forward with the opening / closing axis serving as an axis. The opening / closing axis of the inner frame 13 is set on the side (left side in front view) opposite to the operation handle 310 (see FIG. 1) provided on the right side in front view of the pachinko machine 10 so that the inner frame 13 can be opened more greatly. ing. Usually, in the pachinko hall, the pachinko machines 10 are arranged adjacent to each other. Therefore, when the opening / closing axis is provided on the operation handle 310 side, the operation handle 310 that moves along with the opening of the inner frame 13 moves to the adjacent pachinko machine 10 or the pachinko machine. This is because the amount of opening is limited by contacting a card unit or the like provided between the machines 10.
ๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅจใซใฏใๅ้ขๅดใธ็ช่จญใใใๅคๅจๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใใฎๅคๅจๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅ ๅดใซๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใใใณไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใใๅณใกใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใใใณไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใ็ถๆ ใงใฏใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใใใณไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅด้ขใฎๅคๅจใฏใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅจๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใๅฒ็นใใใใใใฎใใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใพใใฏไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใจใฎ้ใธ้้ใ่ๆฟ็ถใฎๅทฅๅ ท็ญใๆฟๅ ฅใใ่ก็บใๅฐ้ฃใจใชใใไธๆญฃ่ก็บใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย An outer peripheral wall 30b is formed on the outer periphery of the inner frame 13 so as to project to the front side, and the front frame 14 and the lower dish unit 15 are disposed inside the outer peripheral wall 30b. That is, in a state where the front frame 14 and the lower dish unit 15 are attached to the inner frame 13, the outer periphery of each side surface of the front frame 14 and the lower dish unit 15 is surrounded by the outer peripheral wall 30 b of the inner frame 13. For this reason, it becomes difficult to insert a wire or a thin plate-like tool between the front frame 14 or the lower tray unit 15 and the inner frame 13, and it is possible to suppress fraud.
ๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆไธ้จใซใฏใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใ้ ็ทๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใ่ฒซ้ใใฆ่จญใใใใฆใใใ้ ็ทๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฏใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ป้ฃพ็ญใซไฝฟ็จใใ้จๅใฎ้ ็ทใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซๆฟ้ใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขใซๆฅ็ถใใใใ้ ็ทๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ่ง้จใซใฏ๏ผฒใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใ้ ็ทๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ ใซ้ ็ทใใใๅใณใผใใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้ใซใใ้ ็ทๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใงๆฆใใใฆใๆๅทใ้ฃใใชใฃใฆใใใใชใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ ็ทๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฏพๅฟใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผๅทฆไธ้จ๏ผใซ้ ็ทๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใ็ถๆ ใซใฆ้ ็ทใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย As shown in FIG. 2, a wiring port 30 c is provided through the inner frame base 30 in the upper left portion of the inner frame 13. In the wiring port 30 c, wiring of components used for electrical decoration or the like of the front frame 14 is inserted into the back side of the inner frame 13 and connected to the back side of the game board 16. Rs are formed at the corners of the wiring port 30c, and even if each cord wired in the wiring port 30c is rubbed by the wiring port 30c by opening and closing the front frame 14, it is difficult to be damaged. The game board 16 (base plate 60) is also provided with a wiring port 60a at a position (upper left) corresponding to the wiring port 30c of the inner frame 13, and the gaming board 16 is attached to the inner frame base 30. Wiring is possible.
ๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ ็ทๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅณไธๅดใซใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅดใซๅๆฑ็ถใซ็ชๅบใใๆผใใใฟใณๅใฎ้้ในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ้้ในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้็ถๆ ใๆคๅบใใใใใฎในใคใใใงใใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้ใใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ้้ในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขใซๆผๅงใใใฆๆผใ่พผใพใใ็ถๆ ใจใชใใ้ใซใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆพใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ้้ในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผใฏ้ๆผๅงใฎ็ชๅบ็ถๆ ใจใชใฃใฆใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้็ถๆ ใๆคๅบใใใใใฎ้้ในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผ่ฃ้ขๅดใฎๅค้จๅบๅ็จใฎ็ซฏๅญใไปใใฆใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅดใซไธ่ฌใซ่จญใใใใใฉใณใใใ้ๆๅ ดใซ่จญ็ฝฎใใใ่คๆฐใฎ้ๆๆฉใไธๆฌ็ฎก็ใใๅณถ็ฎก็่ฃ ็ฝฎ็ญใซๆฅ็ถใใใใใใใซใใใ่คๆฐใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใกใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใฃใฆใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใ ใใ็นๅฅใซใฉใณใใ็น็ฏใใใใใๅณถ็ฎก็่ฃ ็ฝฎใซไฟกๅทใ้ใฃใฆ็ฃ่ฆใซใกใฉใง้ๆพไธญใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใๆกๅคงใใฆ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใฆใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆญฃ้ๆพใซๅฏพใใ้ฒ็ฏๆงใ้ซใใใใใ ย ย On the upper right side of the wiring port 30 c of the inner frame 13, a push button type opening / closing switch 32 protruding in a columnar shape is provided on the front side of the pachinko machine 10. The open / close switch 32 is a switch for detecting the open / closed state of the front frame 14. When the front frame 14 is closed with respect to the inner frame 13, the open / close switch 32 is pressed against the back surface of the front frame 14, and conversely, the front frame 14 is opened with respect to the inner frame 13. If it is, the open / close switch 32 is in a non-pressing protruding state and detects the open / closed state of the front frame 14. This open / close switch 32 is an island management device that collectively manages a lamp generally provided on the upper side of the pachinko machine 10 and a plurality of gaming machines installed in the game hall via an external output terminal on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. Connected to etc. As a result, among the plurality of pachinko machines 10, only the pachinko machine 10 in the open state is turned on specially, or a signal is sent to the island management device to enlarge the pachinko machine 10 being opened by the surveillance camera. Or the like on the display screen, the crime prevention property against unauthorized opening of the pachinko machine 10 is enhanced.
ๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธญๅคฎ็ช๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅณไธๅดใซใฏใ็ฅๅ่งๅฝข็ถใฎๅฐ็ช๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใ่ฒซ้ใใฆ่จญใใใใใพใไธญๅคฎ็ช๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅทฆไธๅดใซใ็ฅๆญฃๆนๅฝขใฎไธ้จใ้ขๅใใใๅฝข็ถใฎๅฐ็ช๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใ่ฒซ้ใใฆ่จญใใใใฆใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅดใซใใใๅทฆๅณใฎ้ ้จใซใฏใ่จผ็ดใ่ญๅฅใฉใใซ็ญใ่ฒผ็ใใใใใฎ่ฒผ็ในใใผใน๏ผซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผซ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ่จญใใใใ่ฒผ็ในใใผใน๏ผซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผซ๏ผใซ่ฒผใใใ่จผ็ด็ญใฏใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฐ็ช๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใ้ใใฆๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅดใซ้ฒๅบใใใใฎใงใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆ่จผ็ด็ญใ่ฆ่ชใใใใจใใงใใใๅใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใๅพใซใใๅฐ็ช๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใ้ใใฆ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฒผ็ในใใผใน๏ผซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผซ๏ผใซ่จผ็ด็ญใ่ฒผ็ใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย A substantially rectangular small window 30d is provided through the inner frame base 30 on the lower right side of the central window 30a of the inner frame 13, and a part of a substantially square is chamfered on the lower left side of the central window 30a. A small window 30 e having a shape is provided through the inner frame base 30. Adhesive spaces K1, K2 (see FIG. 3) for adhering certificate stamps, identification labels, etc. are provided at the left and right corners on the lower side of the game board 16, and are attached to the adhering spaces K1, K2. Since the certificate paper is exposed to the front side of the inner frame 13 through the small windows 30d and 30e of the inner frame 13, the certificate paper or the like can be visually recognized with the front frame 14 opened. In addition, even after the game board 16 is attached to the inner frame base 30, it is possible to stick a stamp or the like on the sticking spaces K 1 and K 2 of the game board 16 through the small windows 30 d and 30 e.
ๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใฎไธญๅคฎ็ช๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธๅดใฏใๅ้ขๅดใ้ๆพใใๅน็ถใซ็ชชใใงๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใใฎๅฅฅๅดใซใฏใๅนณ้ข็ถใฎๅไป้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใๅไป้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฏใ้ๆ็ใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขใซ็บๅฐใใใใใฎ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๆๅบใใ้่ทฏใๅฝขๆใใ้่ทฏๅฝขๆ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใๅใไปใใใใใ ย ย The lower side of the central window 30a of the inner frame base 30 is formed in a concave shape with the front side open, and a flat mounting surface 30f is formed on the back side. The mounting surface 30f is attached with a ball launching unit 90 for launching a game ball to the front surface of the game board 16, a passage forming member 36 that forms a passage for discharging the game ball to the upper plate 201 and the lower plate 301, and the like. .
ๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆ็ซฏ้จใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใใใณไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใๆฏๆใใใใใฎๆฉๆงใจใใฆใ็ธฆๆนๅใซๆฒฟใฃใ๏ผใซๆใซ๏ผใคใฎๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใฆใใใไธๅดใฎๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผใซใฏๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ็ด้ขๆๅๅดใซ๏ผตๅญ็ถใซ้ๅฃใใใจๅ ฑใซใใฎๅ ฅๅฃใๅฅฅๅดใใๅน ็ญใซๅฝขๆใใใๅๆฌ ใๆใใๆฏๆๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใใใฎๆฏๆๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆฎตไปใใฎๅๆฑ็ถใซๅฝขๆใใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผใๅตๅใใใ ย ย At the left end of the inner frame 13, as shown in FIG. 5 (a), as a mechanism for supporting the front frame 14 and the lower dish unit 15, three support fittings 33 to 35 are provided at three locations along the vertical direction. Is attached. The upper support fitting 33 is provided with a support hole 33a having a notch formed in a U-shape on the front side of the sheet of FIG. 5A and having an inlet formed narrower than the back side. The support bracket 33 on the front frame 14 side formed in a stepped columnar shape is fitted.
ไธใใ๏ผ็ช็ฎใฎๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใไธไธๆนๅใซใใใใ็ชๅบใใๅๆฑ็ถใฎ็ช่ตท่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใใ๏ผๆฌใฎ็ช่ตท่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใใกไธๅดใซ็ชๅบใใ็ช่ตท่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆไธ้ ใๅๅๅฏ่ฝใซๆฏๆใใใไธๅดใซ็ชๅบใใ็ช่ตท่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆไธ้ ใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅๅๅฏ่ฝใซๆฏๆใใใใ ย ย The second support bracket 34 from the top is provided with cylindrical projection shafts 34a and 34b that protrude in the vertical direction. The lower left corner of the front frame 14 is rotatably supported by a protrusion shaft 34a protruding upward from the two protrusion shafts 34a and 34b, and the upper left corner of the lower dish unit 15 is internally supported by the protrusion shaft 34b protruding downward. It is supported so as to be rotatable with respect to the frame 13.
ไธ็ชไธๅดใฎๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅดใซๅใใฆ็ชๅบใใๆฐดๅนณใช้ๅฑๆฟใซไธไธๆนๅใซ่ฒซ้ใใๆฏๆๅญใ่จญใใฆๅฝขๆใใใใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆ็ซฏ้จไธๅดใซใฏใใฐใญใซใใไธๅดใซ็ชๅบใใใใใซไปๅขๅใไปไธใใใๆฏๆ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ่จญใใใใใใฎๆฏๆ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฏๆๅญใซ่ปธๆฏใใใฆไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆไธ้ ใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅๅๅฏ่ฝใซๆฏๆใใใใ ย ย The lowermost support fitting 35 is formed by providing a support hole penetrating in the vertical direction in a horizontal metal plate protruding toward the front side of the inner frame 13. A support shaft 308 (see FIG. 19) to which an urging force is applied so as to protrude downward by a spring is provided on the lower side of the left end portion of the lower dish unit 15, and the support shaft 307 is provided in the support hole of the support fitting 35. The lower left corner of the lower plate unit 15 is pivotally supported so as to be rotatable with respect to the inner frame 13.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผใไธปใซๅ็ งใใฆ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ่งๅฝข็ถใฎๅๆฟใงๅฝขๆใใใใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใ้ขจ่ปใๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใ็ตใฟไปใใฆๆงๆใใใใใฎๅจ็ธ้จใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃๅดใซๅฝๆฅใใ็ถๆ ใงๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซๅใไปใใใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขไธญๅคฎ้จๅใฏใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใฎไธญๅคฎ็ช๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ใใฆๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅดใซ้ฒๅบใใใใใชใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎไธไธๆนๅใฎ้ทใใฏ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๅทฆๅณๆนๅใฎ้ทใใฏ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจใใใๅพๆฅใจๅ็ญใฎใตใคใบใจใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย Next, the configuration of the game board 16 will be described with reference mainly to FIG. The game board 16 is configured by assembling a base plate 60 formed of a quadrangular plywood with a nail, a windmill, a winning opening 63, and the like, and the inner frame 13 with its peripheral edge abutting against the back side of the inner frame base 30. It is attached to the back side. The front center portion of the game board 16 is exposed to the front side of the inner frame 13 through the central window 30 a of the inner frame base 30. The vertical length of the game board 16 is about 480 mm, and the length in the left-right direction is about 450 mm, which is the same size as the conventional one.
้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใไธ่ฌๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใใซใผใฟๅ ๅทฅใซใใฃใฆใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฝขๆใใใ่ฒซ้็ฉดใซ้ ่จญใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅดใใๆจใใธ็ญใซใใๅบๅฎใใใฆใใใใพใใๅ่จใใๅ ฅ่ณๅฃไปฅๅคใซใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใจ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใๅ ฅ็ใใชใใฃใ้ๆ็ใฏใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใ้ใฃใฆๅณ็คบใใชใ็ๆๅบ่ทฏใธใจๆกๅ ใใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ้ๆ็ใฎ่ฝไธๆนๅใ้ฉๅฎๅๆฃใ่ชฟๆด็ญใใใใใซๅคๆฐใฎ้ใๆค่จญใใใฆใใใจใจใใซใ้ขจ่ป็ญใฎๅ็จฎ้จๆ๏ผๅฝน็ฉ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใ ย ย The game board 16 is provided with the above-described general winning opening 63, first winning opening 64, variable winning device 65, variable display device unit 80, etc. disposed in a through hole formed in the base plate 60 by router processing. It is fixed from the front side of the panel 16 with wood screws or the like. In addition to the above-described winning opening, the game board 16 is provided with an out opening 66 and a second entrance (through gate) 67. The game balls that have not entered any of the winning openings 63, 64, 65a are guided through the out opening 66 to a ball discharge path (not shown). A number of nails are planted on the game board 16 in order to appropriately disperse and adjust the falling direction of the game ball, and various members (instruments) such as a windmill are arranged.
ๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ใฎ้้ใใใชใฌใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆ๏ผใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใ็บๅ ใใคใชใผใ๏ผไปฅไธใใ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใใจ็ฅใใ๏ผใงๆงๆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ่ณใใใชใฌใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใจใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบ้จ๏ผ๏ผใจไฟ็ใฉใณใ๏ผ๏ผใจใๆใใ้ๆ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใๆฏใซใ่กจ็คบ้จ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผใจใใฆใฎใโใใฎๅณๆใจใรใใฎๅณๆใจใไบคไบใซ็น็ฏใใฆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ่กใใใใใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๆๅฎๅณๆ๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใฆใฏใโใใฎๅณๆ๏ผใงๅๆญขใใๅ ดๅใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใๆๅฎๆ้ใ ใไฝๅ็ถๆ ใจใชใ๏ผ้ๆพใใใ๏ผใใๆงๆใใใฆใใใ้ๆ็ใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้ๅๆฐใฏๆๅคง๏ผๅใพใงไฟ็ใใใใใฎไฟ็ๅๆฐใไฟ็ใฉใณใ๏ผ๏ผใซ็น็ฏ่กจ็คบใใใใใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฏใๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใซใ่กจ็คบ้จ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ่คๆฐใฎใฉใณใใฎ็น็ฏใจ้็น็ฏใๅใๆใใใใจใซใใ่กใใใฎใฎไปใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จใไฝฟ็จใใฆ่กใใใใซใใฆใ่ฏใใๅๆงใซใไฟ็ใฉใณใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็น็ฏใซใคใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จใง่กใใใใซใใฆใ่ฏใใ ย ย The variable display unit 80 includes a light emitting diode (hereinafter abbreviated as โLEDโ) that displays the second symbol (ordinary symbol) in a variable manner with the passage of the game ball at the second entrance 67 as a trigger. There are provided a two symbol display device 82 and a first symbol display device 81 for variably displaying the first symbol (special symbol) with a winning at the first entrance 64 as a trigger. The second symbol display device 82 includes a second symbol display unit 83 and a holding lamp 84, and each time a game ball passes through the second entrance 67, the display unit 83 displays a display symbol (second symbol). As the symbol โโโ and โรโ symbol are alternately lit, the variable display is performed, and when the variable display stops at a predetermined symbol (in this embodiment, โโโ symbol) The 1 entrance 64 is configured to be activated (opened) for a predetermined time. The number of times that the game ball passes through the second entrance 67 is held up to a maximum of 4 times, and the number of times the game ball is passed is displayed on the hold lamp 84. Note that the second symbol variation display is performed by switching on / off of a plurality of lamps in the display unit 83 as in the present embodiment, and a part of the first symbol display device 81 is used. May be performed. Similarly, the hold lamp 84 may be turned on by a part of the first symbol display device 81.
ใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ่กใใใฆใใ้ใซ้ๆ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใใใฎๅ ฅ็ๅๆฐใฏๆๅคง๏ผๅใพใงไฟ็ใใใใใฎไฟ็ๅๆฐใฏไฟ็ใฉใณใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็น็ฏๅๆฐใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใไฟ็ใฉใณใ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆๅคงไฟ็ๆฐๅใฎ๏ผใค่จญใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆนใซๅทฆๅณๅฏพ็งฐใซ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใฆใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ่ณใใใณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้ใฏใใใใใๆๅคง๏ผๅใพใงไฟ็ใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใๆๅคงไฟ็ๅๆฐใฏ๏ผๅใซ้ๅฎใใใใใฎใงใชใใ๏ผๅไปฅไธใๅใฏใ๏ผๅไปฅไธใฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใไฟ็ใฉใณใ๏ผ๏ผใๅ้คใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ่ณใซๅบใฅใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฎไฟ็ๅๆฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จใซๆฐๅญใงใๆใใฏใ๏ผใคใซๅบ็ปใใใ้ ๅใไฟ็ๅๆฐๅใ ใ็ฐใชใๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใ่ฒใ็น็ฏใใฟใผใณ๏ผใซใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใใซใใฆใ่ฏใใ ย ย In addition, when a game ball enters the first entrance 64 while the first symbol display device 81 is performing the variable display of the first symbol, the number of times that the ball has entered is suspended up to four times, The number of times of holding is indicated by the number of lighting of the holding lamp 85. Four hold lamps 85 are provided corresponding to the maximum number of holds, and are arranged symmetrically above the first symbol display device 81. In the present embodiment, the winning entry to the first entrance 64 and the passing through the second entrance 67 are configured to be held up to 4 times each, but the maximum holding number is limited to 4 times. Instead, it may be set to 3 times or less, or 5 times or more (for example, 8 times). In addition, the hold lamp 85 is deleted, and the number of times the variable display is held based on the winning at the first entrance 64 is numerically held in a part of the first symbol display device 81, or the area divided into four is held. You may make it display in a different aspect (for example, a color and a lighting pattern) by the frequency | count.
็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅพ่ฟฐใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใๅถๅพกใใใใไพใใฐๅทฆใไธญๅใณๅณใฎ๏ผใคใฎๅณๆๅใ่กจ็คบใใใใๅๅณๆๅใฏ่คๆฐใฎๅณๆใซใใฃใฆๆงๆใใใใใใใฎๅณๆใๅณๆๅๆฏใซ็ธฆในใฏใญใผใซใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขไธใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบใใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฏ๏ผใคใณใใตใคใบใฎๅคงๅใฎๆถฒๆถใใฃในใใฌใคใงๆงๆใใใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅจใๅฒใใใใซใใฆใใปใณใฟใผใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใ ย ย The display content of the first symbol display device 81 is controlled by a display control device 505 described later, and, for example, three symbol rows of left, middle, and right are displayed. Each symbol row is composed of a plurality of symbols, and these symbols are vertically scrolled for each symbol row so that the first symbol is variably displayed on the display screen of the first symbol display device 81. In the present embodiment, the first symbol display device 81 is constituted by a large liquid crystal display having an 8-inch size, and the variable display device unit 80 includes a center frame 86 so as to surround the outer periphery of the first symbol display device 81. Is arranged.
ๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎไธญๅคฎ้จใซๆจช้ท็ฉๅฝข็ถใซๅฝขๆใใใ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใใใฎใงใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ฆใๆจช้ท็ฉๅฝข็ถใฎ้้ๆฟใจใใใฎ้้ๆฟใฎไธ่พบใ่ปธใจใใฆๅๆนๅดใซ้้้งๅใใใใใฎใฝใฌใใคใใจใๅใใฆใใใ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ้ๅธธๆใฏใ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใงใใชใใๅใฏๅ ฅ่ณใ้ฃใ้็ถๆ ใซใชใฃใฆใใใๅคงๅฝใใใฎ้ใซใฏใฝใฌใใคใใ้งๅใใฆ้้ๆฟใๅ้ขไธๅดใซๅพๅใใ้ๆ็ใ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใใ้็ถๆ ใไธๆ็ใซๅฝขๆใใใใฎ้็ถๆ ใจ้ๅธธๆใฎ้็ถๆ ใจใฎ็ถๆ ใไบคไบใซ็นฐใ่ฟใใใใซไฝๅใใใ ย ย The variable winning device 65 opens and closes a specific winning port 65a formed in a horizontally long rectangular shape at the center thereof. Specifically, a horizontally long rectangular opening / closing plate that covers the specific winning opening 65a, and a solenoid for opening / closing driving the lower side of the opening / closing plate as an axis are provided. The special winning opening 65a is normally closed so that a game ball cannot win or is difficult to win. In the case of a big hit, the solenoid is driven to tilt the opening / closing plate downward and the game ball temporarily forms an open state in which the game ball is likely to win the specific winning opening 65a. It operates so that these states are repeated alternately.
้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใ๏ผๆฌใฎใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผไธ้จใธๆกๅ ใใใใใซ่จญใใใใใใฎใงใใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅๆไฝใซไผดใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใฏ๏ผๆฌใฎใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆใพใใ้่ทฏใ็ต็ฑใใฆ้ๆ้ ๅใซๆกๅ ใใใใไธกใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใในใใณใฌใน่ฃฝใฎ้ๅฑๅธฏใซใใฃใฆๆงๆใใใๅ ใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅณไธๅดใฎๅๅๅใ้คใใๅ็ฐ็ถใซๆฒใใใใ็ถๆ ใงใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใซๅบๅฎใใใฆใใใๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎไธ้จ๏ผไธปใซๅทฆๅด้จ๏ผใๅ ใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใซๅใใๅใใใใซใใฆใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใซๅบๅฎใใใฆใใใใใใๅ ใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใจๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใจใซใใไธปใจใใฆ่ชๅฐใฌใผใซใๆงๆใใใใใใๅใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆๅฎ้้ใ้ใฆใฆไธฆ่กใใ้จๅ๏ผๅใใฃใฆๅทฆๅดใฎ้จๅ๏ผใซใใใ้ๆ็ใ้ๆ้ ๅใธๆกๅ ใใ็ๆกๅ ้่ทฏใๅฝขๆใใใใ ย ย The two rails 61 and 62 provided on the game board 16 are provided for guiding the game balls launched from the ball launch unit 90 to the upper part of the game board 16. A game ball launched in accordance with the turning operation of the operation handle 310 is guided to the game area via a path sandwiched between the two rails 61 and 62. Both rails 61 and 62 are made of a stainless steel metal band, and the inner rail 61 is fixed to the base plate 60 in a state of being bent into an annular shape excluding the upper right semicircle. The outer rail 62 is fixed to the base plate 60 such that a part (mainly the left side) faces the inner rail 61. The inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62 mainly constitute a guide rail, and a ball that guides the game ball to the game area by a portion where the rails 61 and 62 are parallel to each other at a predetermined interval (a portion on the left side). A guide passage is formed.
ๅ ใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ็ซฏ้จๅ๏ผๅณ๏ผใฎๅทฆไธ้จ๏ผใซใฏๆปใ็้ฒๆญข้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใฆใใใใใใซใใใไธๆฆใๅ ใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ้ใฎ็ๆกๅ ้่ทฏใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จใธๆกๅ ใใใ้ๆ็ใๅๅบฆ็ๆกๅ ้่ทฏๅ ใซๆปใฃใฆใใพใใจใใฃใไบๆ ใ้ฒๆญขใใใใใพใใๅ ใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณไธๅดใฎๅ ็ซฏ้จใจๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณไธๅดใฎๅ ็ซฏ้จใจใฎ้ใซใฏใใฌใผใซ้ใ็นใๅๅผงใๅ ้ขๅดใซ่จญใใฆๅฝขๆใใใๆจน่่ฃฝใฎๅๅผง้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใซๆใก่พผใใงๅบๅฎใใใฆใใใๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ็ซฏ้จ๏ผๅณ๏ผใฎๅณไธ้จ๏ผใซใฏใ้ๆ็ใฎๆๅคง้ฃ็ฟ้จๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใไฝ็ฝฎใซ่ฟใใดใ ๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใฆใใใๆๅฎไปฅไธใฎๅขใใง็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใฏใ่ฟใใดใ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฝใใฃใฆใๅขใใๆธ่กฐใใใคใคไธญๅคฎ้จๅดใธ่ทณใญ่ฟใใใใ ย ย A return ball preventing member 68 is attached to the tip of the inner rail 61 (upper left portion in FIG. 3). As a result, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the game ball once guided from the ball guide path between the inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62 to the upper portion of the game board 16 returns to the ball guide path again. A resin arc member 70 formed by providing an arc connecting the rails on the inner surface side between the lower right end of the inner rail 61 and the upper right end of the outer rail 62 is a base. The plate 60 is driven and fixed. A return rubber 69 is attached to the front end portion of the outer rail 62 (upper right portion in FIG. 3) at a position corresponding to the maximum flying portion of the game ball. The game ball fired at a predetermined momentum or more hits the return rubber 69 and is bounced back toward the center while the momentum is attenuated.
้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณไธ้ ้จๅใณๅทฆไธ้ ้จใซใฏใ่จผ็ด็ญใฎใทใผใซใใใฌใผใใ่ฒผ็ใใใใใฎ่ฒผ็ในใใผใน๏ผซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผซ๏ผใ่จญใใใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผ่ชไฝใซ่จผ็ด็ญใฎ่ฒผ็ในใใผใน๏ผซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผซ๏ผใ่จญใใฆใใใฎใงใ่จผ็ด็ญใซใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใไธ็พฉ็ใซ็นๅฎใใใใจใใงใใไธๆญฃใช้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใธใฎไบคๆใๅฎนๆใซ็บ่ฆใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย In the lower right corner and the lower left corner of the game board 16, there are provided adhering spaces K1, K2 for adhering seals or plates such as stamps. Since the game board 16 itself has sticking spaces K1 and K2 such as stamps, it is possible to uniquely identify the game board 16 with the stamps and the like, and to easily find an exchange for an illegal game board 16. Can do.
ๆฌกใซใ้ๆ้ ๅใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฏใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขใงใใฃใฆ๏ผๆฌใฎใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๅๅผง้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใจใซใใๅบ็ปใใฆๅฝขๆใใใ็ฅๅๅฝข็ถใฎ้ ๅใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ้ ๅใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขใใ่ฆใฆใๅ ใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๅๅผง้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๅฒใพใใ้ ๅใฎใใกใๅ ใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธฆ่ก้จๅใงใใ่ชๅฐใฌใผใซใ้คใใ้ ๅใจใใฆใใใๅพใฃใฆใ้ๆ้ ๅใจใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏ่ชๅฐใฌใผใซ้จๅใฏๅซใพใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎๅใใฃใฆๅทฆๅด้็ไฝ็ฝฎใฏๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใชใๅ ใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ็นๅฎใใใใๅๆงใซใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎๅใใฃใฆๅณๅด้็ไฝ็ฝฎใฏๅๅผง้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ็นๅฎใใใใใพใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎไธๅด้็ไฝ็ฝฎใฏๅ ใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ็นๅฎใใใใใพใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎไธๅด้็ไฝ็ฝฎใฏๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ็นๅฎใใใใ ย ย Next, the game area will be described. The game area is a substantially circular area that is formed in front of the game board 16 and defined by the two rails 61 and 62 and the arc member 70. In this embodiment, the game area is a guide rail that is a parallel part of the inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62 in the area surrounded by the inner rail 61, the outer rail 62, and the arc member 70 when viewed from the front of the pachinko machine 10. The area is excluded. Therefore, in the case of a game area, the guide rail portion is not included, and the left limit position toward the game area is specified by the inner rail 61 instead of the outer rail 62. Similarly, the right limit position toward the game area is specified by the arc member 62. Further, the lower limit position of the game area is specified by the inner rail 61. The upper limit position of the game area is specified by the outer rail 62.
ใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎไธ็ซฏ๏ผๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆไธ้จๅฐ็น๏ผใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎไธ็ซฏ๏ผๅ ใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆไธ้จๅฐ็น๏ผใพใงใฎ่ท้ขใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผๅพๆฅๅใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ็จๅบฆ้ทใ๏ผใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎๅทฆ็ซฏ๏ผๅ ใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฅตๅทฆไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎๅณ็ซฏ๏ผๅๅผง้จๆ๏ผ๏ผๅ ๅด้ขใฎๆฅตๅณไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผใพใงใฎ่ท้ขใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผๅพๆฅๅใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็จๅบฆ๏ฝ๏ฝ้ทใ๏ผใจใชใฃใฆใใใใคใพใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ้ ๅใฏใๅพๆฅใใใๅทฆๅณๆนๅใใใณไธไธๆนๅใซๆกๅผตใใใฆใฏใใใซๅคงใใๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ้ขจ่ปใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใ่คๆฐใฎ้๏ผ้ๆ็ใไธญๅคฎใซ่ชๅฐใใใใใฎ่ชๅฐ้็ญ๏ผใไปใฎๅฝน็ฉใ็จฎใ ้ ่จญใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆ็ใฎๆๅใๅคๆงใซใใฆๅผพ็้ๆใไธๅฑค้ข็ฝใใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย In the pachinko machine 10, the distance from the upper end of the game area (the uppermost point of the outer rail 62) to the lower end of the game area (the lowermost point of the inner rail 61) is 445 mm (about 58 mm longer than the conventional product). The distance from the left end (the extreme left position of the inner rail 61) to the right end of the game area (the extreme right position on the inner surface of the arc member 70) is 418 mm (about 50 mm longer than the conventional product). That is, the game area of the pachinko machine 10 is configured to be much larger than that of the past by extending in the left-right direction and the up-down direction. Therefore, a windmill, the second entrance 67, a plurality of nails (such as a guide nail for guiding the game ball to the center), and other accessories can be arranged in various ways, and the behavior of the game ball can be varied. You can make the ball game more interesting.
ใใใงใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎๅน ใฏใๅฐใชใใจใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธใใใใจใๆใพใใใใใๅฅฝใพใใใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธใๆดใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธใงใใใใจใๆใพใใใใใกใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธใงใใฃใฆใใใใๅณใกใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎๅน ใฏใ้ๆ้ ๅๆกๅคงใจใใ่ฆณ็นใใใฏๅคงใใ็จๅฅฝใพใใใใพใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎ้ซใใฏใๅฐใชใใจใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธใใใใจใๆใพใใใใใๅฅฝใพใใใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธใๆดใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธใงใใใใจใใใๆใพใใใใใกใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธใจใใฆใใใใๅณใกใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎ้ซใใฏใ้ๆ้ ๅๆกๅคงใจใใ่ฆณ็นใใใฏๅคงใใ็จๅฅฝใพใใใใชใใไธ่จๅน ๅใณ้ซใใฎ็ตๅใใซใคใใฆใฏใไธ่จๆฐๅคใไปปๆใซ็ตใฟๅใใใใใฎใจใใฆใใใใ ย ย Here, the width of the game area is desirably at least 380 mm. More preferably, it is 390 mm or more, 400 mm or more, 410 mm or more, 420 mm or more, 430 mm or more, 440 mm or more, 450 mm or more, and further 460 mm or more. Of course, it may be 470 mm or more. That is, the width of the game area is preferably as large as possible from the viewpoint of expanding the game area. The height of the game area is preferably at least 400 mm. More preferably, it is 410 mm or more, 420 mm or more, 430 mm or more, 440 mm or more, 450 mm or more, and more preferably 460 mm or more. Of course, it is good also as 470 mm or more, 480 mm or more, and 490 mm or more. That is, the height of the game area is preferably as large as possible from the viewpoint of expanding the game area. In addition, about the combination of the said width | variety and height, it is good also as what combined the said numerical value arbitrarily.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผ้ขใซๅฏพใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎ้ข็ฉใฎๆฏ็ใฏ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใจใๅพๆฅใซๆฏในๆ ผๆฎตใซ้ข็ฉๆฏใๅคงใใใใฎใจใชใฃใฆใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผ้ขใซๅฏพใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎ้ข็ฉๆฏใฏใๅพๆฅใงใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ็จๅบฆใซ้ใใชใใฃใใใจใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใๅ ฑ้ใจใใๅๆใซใใใฆใฏใใชใ้ๆ้ ๅใๆกๅคงใใฆใใใจใใใใใชใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅฝขใฏ้ๆๅ ดใธใฎ่จญ็ฝฎใฎ้ฝๅไธ่ฃฝ้ ่ ้ใงใปใผ็ตฑไธใใใฆใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคงใใใๅๆงใจใใใใๅพใชใ็ถๆณไธใซใใใฆใไธ่จใฎใใใซ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผ้ขใซๅฏพใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎ้ข็ฉใฎๆฏ็ใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใ้ซใใใใจใฏใ้ๆ้ ๅๆกๅคงใฎ่ฆณ็นใง้ๅธธใซๆๆ็พฉใงใใใใใใงใๅ่จๆฏ็ใฏใๅฐใชใใจใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ไปฅไธใงใใใใจใๆใพใใใๆดใซๅฅฝใพใใใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ไปฅไธใงใใใใใๅฅฝใพใใใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ไปฅไธใงใใใใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅ ดๅใ่ถใใฆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ไปฅไธใงใใใฐใไธๅฑคๆใพใใใๆดใซใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ไปฅไธใงใใฃใฆใใใใ ย ย In the present embodiment, the ratio of the area of the game area to the surface of the game board 16 is about 70%, which is much larger than the conventional area ratio. Since the area ratio of the game area to the surface of the game board 16 has been only about 50% in the past, it can be said that the game area is considerably expanded on the premise that the game board 16 is shared. It should be noted that the external shape of the pachinko machine 10 is almost uniform among manufacturers for the convenience of installation in the game hall, and in the situation where the size of the game board 16 must be the same, the surface of the game board 16 as described above. Increasing the ratio of the area of the gaming area to about 20% is very significant from the viewpoint of expanding the gaming area. Here, the ratio is preferably at least 60% or more. More preferably, it is 65% or more, More preferably, it is 70% or more. Further, if it is 75% or more exceeding the case of this embodiment, it is more desirable. Further, it may be 80% or more.
ใพใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผๅ จไฝใฎๆญฃ้ขๅดใฎ้ข็ฉใซๅฏพใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎ้ข็ฉใฎๆฏ็ใฏ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใจใๅพๆฅใซๆฏในๆ ผๆฎตใซ้ข็ฉๆฏใๅคงใใใใฎใจใชใฃใฆใใใใชใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผๅ จไฝใฎๆญฃ้ขๅดใฎ้ข็ฉใซๅฏพใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎ้ข็ฉๆฏใฏใ๏ผ๏ผใใผใปใณใไปฅไธใงใใใฎใๆใพใใใใใกใใใ๏ผ๏ผใใผใปใณใไปฅไธใจใใฆใใใใใ๏ผ๏ผใใผใปใณใไปฅไธใๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผใใผใปใณใไปฅไธใจใใฆใใใใ ย ย Moreover, the ratio of the area of the game area to the area of the front side of the entire pachinko machine 10 is about 40%, which is a much larger area ratio than before. The area ratio of the game area to the area on the front side of the entire pachinko machine 10 is desirably 35% or more. Of course, it may be 40% or more, 45% or more, or 50% or more.
ใชใใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธกๅดใซไฝ็ฝฎใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผใฏใ้้ใใ้ๆ็ใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎไธญๅคฎใธๅฏใใๆกๅ ๆฉๆงใๆใใฆใใใใใฎๆกๅ ๆฉๆงใฏใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎไธญๅคฎๅดใซๅใใฃใฆไธ้ใใๅพๆ้ขใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅดใซ่จญใใฆๆงๆใใใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎไธญๅคฎ้จใซๅคงๅใฎ๏ผฌ๏ผฃ๏ผคใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใ็ญใใฆ้ๆ้ ๅใๅทฆๅณๆนๅใซๆกๅผตใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ใ้ๆ้ ๅไธญๅคฎๅดใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆนใธใจๆกๅ ใใใใจใใงใใใฒใใฆใฏใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎๆกๅผตใซใใ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใ้ฃใใชใฃใใใ้ๆ็ใฎ็ต่ทฏใ็ญใใใใฆ้ๆ็ใฎๆๅใๅ่ชฟใจใชใฃใใใใใใจใซใใ่่ถฃใฎไฝไธใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย The second entrances 67 (through gates) located on both sides of the variable display device unit 80 have a guide mechanism for bringing the passed game ball to the center of the game area. This guide mechanism is configured by providing an inclined surface that descends toward the center of the game area below the second entrance 67. As a result, even if the game area is expanded in the left-right direction by providing a large LCD at the center of the game area in the variable display device unit 80, the game ball is moved to the first entrance 64 on the center side of the game area or variable. It is possible to guide to the winning device 65, and as a result, it is difficult to win a game ball due to the expansion of the game area, or the game ball's path is narrowed and the behavior of the game ball becomes monotonous. Can be suppressed.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใไธปใซๅ็ งใใฆๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅดไธ้จใซ่ฃ ็ใใใฆๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จใๆงๆใใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ้่ทฏๅฝขๆ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใไธญ็ถๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใใงใๅณ๏ผใฏ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผใฏใใฎๆ่ฆๅณใๅณ๏ผใฏใใฎๅ่งฃๆ่ฆๅณใงใใใๅใๅณ๏ผใฏ็้ใๆฉๆง๏ผ๏ผใๆงๆใใ้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆ่ฆๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผใฎ็ถๆ ใซๅฏพใใฆ่้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใๅคใใ็้ใๆฉๆง๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้จๆงๆใ็คบใใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆ่ฆๅณใงใใใ ย ย Next, the ball launch unit 90, the passage forming member 36, and the relay board 38 which are attached to the lower part on the front side of the inner frame base 30 and constitute a part of the inner frame 13 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. To do. 6 is a front view of the ball launching unit 90, FIG. 7 is a perspective view thereof, and FIG. 8 is an exploded perspective view thereof. 9 is a perspective view of the ball launching unit 90 in a state in which the opening / closing member 102 constituting the ball feeding mechanism 94 is opened, and FIG. 10 is a perspective view of the ball feeding mechanism with the lid member 103 removed from the state of FIG. FIG. 9 is a perspective view of a ball launch unit 90 showing the internal configuration of 94.
็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผไธ้จใฎๅไป้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใธใซใใๅบๅฎใใใใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใจใใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใซๅใไปใใใใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใจใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏๅดใซใใใฆ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ทๆๆนๅใซๅนณ่กใซๅปถใณใใใใซใใฆใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใซๅไปๅบๅฎใใใๆญ้ข็ฅ๏ผญๅญ็ถใฎ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใจใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅบ็ซฏ้จ๏ผ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎ็ซฏ้จ๏ผใซ๏ผ็ใใค้ๆ็ใ่ชๅฐๆกๅ ใใ็้ใๆฉๆง๏ผ๏ผใจใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅบ็ซฏ้จไธใซ่ผ็ฝฎใใใ้ๆ็ใๆฏๆใใฆไบใๅฎใใ็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ๆ็ใไฝ็ฝฎๆฑบใใใใใใซ้ ่จญใใใไฝ็ฝฎๆฑบใ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจใๅใใฆใใใ ย ย The ball launch unit 90 includes a base plate 91 fixed to the attachment surface 30f below the inner frame base 30 with screws, a launch solenoid 92 attached to the base plate 91, and a longitudinal direction of the launch solenoid 92 on one end side of the launch solenoid 92. A launch rail 93 having a substantially M-shaped cross section that is attached and fixed to the base plate 91 so as to extend parallel to the base plate 91, and guides the game balls one by one to the base end portion (the end portion on the launch solenoid 92 side) of the launch rail 93 A ball feeding mechanism 94 for guiding, and a positioning member 95 (FIG. 9) arranged to support the game ball placed on the base end portion of the launch rail 93 and to position the game ball at a predetermined launch position. Reference).
ใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไบ้ๅ้ใชใฉใฎ้ๅฑ่ฃฝๅนณๆฟใใใฌในๅ ๅทฅใใฆๅฝขๆใใใใใฎใงใใใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใฎๅไป้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฏ็ใใใ็ถๆ ใงใใธ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅบๅฎใใใใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใธ๏ผ๏ผใๆฟ้ใใใใใฎ็ท ็ตๅญใ็ฉฟ่จญใใใใพใใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใๅบๅฎใใใใใฎใใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใณใใซใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใๅบๅฎใใใใใฎใใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใๅบๅฎใใใฆใใใ ย ย The base plate 91 is formed by pressing a metal flat plate such as a zinc alloy, and is fixed by screws 96 while being in close contact with the mounting surface 30 f of the inner frame base 30. As shown in FIG. 8, the base plate 91 is provided with a fastening hole for inserting the screw 96, and the boss 91a and the bolt 91b for fixing the firing solenoid 92 and the firing rail 93 are secured. The boss 91c is fixed.
ใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅไปไฝ็ฝฎใฏใๅคๆฐใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใ่ฃฝ้ ใใฆใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎๅฎใใใใใซ้ซ็ฒพๅบฆใๆใพใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใจใฎ็ธๅฏพไฝ็ฝฎใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผๆฏใซๅคๅใใใจใใใใซไผดใฃใฆ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฃใณ้ใ็ฐใชใใใฎใจใชใใๆไฝใใณใใซใฎๅๅๆไฝใซๅฏพๅฟใใ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฃใณ้ใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผๆฏใซไธๅฎๅฎใจใชใใใใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏใใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใๅพๆฅใใๅคงๅใซใใฆๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใจใฎ็ธๅฏพ็ใชๅไปไฝ็ฝฎใๅฎๅฎใใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏใฏๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅ่ปธๅฟ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผก๏ผจใง็คบใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผใใไธๅดใพใงๅปถใฐใใใใฎๅณ็ซฏใฏ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณ็ซฏใจ็ฅๅไธใจใชใใใใซใใใใฎๅทฆ็ซฏใฏ้ๆ้ ๅใฎไธญๅคฎใ่ถใใใใใซใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใใๅทฆๅดใพใงๅปถใฐใใใใฎไธ็ซฏใฏ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏใซ่ฟๆฅใใไฝ็ฝฎใพใงๅปถใฐใใฆใใใใพใใใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใๅบๅฎใใใใใฎใใธ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฐใๅพๆฅใใๅคใ๏ผ๏ผใค๏ผใใฆใใใๆดใซใๅใใธ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ท ็ตไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅพๆฅใใ้ข้ใใใใใใซใใไพใใฐใไธๅดใฎใใธ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ท ็ตไฝ็ฝฎใฏๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅ่ปธๅฟ๏ผก๏ผจใใไธๅดใซใใฆๅไปไฝ็ฝฎใฎๅฎๅฎๅใๅณใฃใฆใใใ ย ย The mounting position of the base plate 91 is desired to be highly accurate so as to be stable with respect to the inner frame base 30 even when many pachinko machines 10 are manufactured. When the relative position with respect to the game board 16 changes for each pachinko machine 10, the jump amount of the game ball fired by the launch solenoid 92 differs accordingly, and the jump amount of the game ball corresponding to the turning operation of the operation handle This is because each pachinko machine 10 becomes unstable. In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the base plate 91 is made larger than the conventional one, and the relative mounting position with the inner frame base 30 is stabilized. Specifically, the lower end of the base plate 91 extends below the pivot axis of the operation handle 310 (the position indicated by AH in FIG. 5A), and the right end thereof is substantially the same as the right end of the game board 16. Thus, its left end extends to the left side from the out port 66 so as to cross the center of the game area, and its upper end extends to a position close to the lower end of the game board 16. Further, the number of screws 96 for fixing the base plate 91 is increased (six) from the conventional one. Further, the fastening positions of the screws 96 (see FIG. 5A) are separated from the conventional ones. For example, the fastening position of the lower screw 96 is set below the rotational axis AH of the operation handle 310. The position is stabilized.
็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็บๅฐใใใ็ดๅพใฎ้ๆ็ใๆกๅ ใใใใฎใงใใใๆๅฎใฎ็บๅฐ่งๅบฆ๏ผๆใกๅบใ่งๅบฆ๏ผใซใใคใค็ด็ท็ใซๅปถใณใใใใซใใฆใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใซๅบๅฎใใใใใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใธ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใงๅบๅฎใใใฆใใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅๆไฝใซไผดใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใฏใใพใใฏ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฒฟใฃใฆๆใไธๆนใซๆใกๅบใใใใใฎๅพใๅ่ฟฐใใ้ใ๏ผๆฌใฎใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ใซๅฝขๆใใใ่ชๅฐใฌใผใซใ้ใใฆ้ๆ้ ๅใซๆกๅ ใใใใ ย ย The firing rail 93 guides the game ball immediately after being fired by the firing solenoid 92, and extends to a boss 91c fixed to the base plate 91 so as to extend linearly while maintaining a predetermined launch angle (launch angle). It is fixed with screws (not shown). A game ball that is launched in accordance with the turning operation of the operation handle 310 is first launched obliquely upward along the launch rail 93, and then through the guide rail formed between the two rails 61 and 62 as described above. Guided to the game area.
ใใใงใๆฌใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ดๅใ้ๆ้ ๅใๅพๆฅใใใๅคงๅน ใซๆกๅผตใใใใใจใฏๆขใซ่ฟฐในใใใใใใๆงๆใซใใใฆใฏ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎใจ้ๆ้ ๅใจใฎ่ท้ขใ่ฟใฅใใฆ็บๅฐใฌใผใซใ็ญใใชใใใกใงใใใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใ็ญใใจ็่ชๅฐ่ท้ขใๅฐใชใใชใฃใฆๆๅบ็ใฎใฐใใคใใๅคงใใใชใใฎใงใๆๅบ็ใๅฎๅฎๅใใใใใใฎๅทฅๅคซใ่ฆใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎใไฝใใใใจๅ ฑใซ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅพๆ่งๅบฆ๏ผ็บๅฐ่งๅบฆ๏ผใๆขๅญใฎใใฎใใใๅนพๅๅคงใใใใฆ๏ผๅณใก็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใ็ซใกไธใใใใใซใ๏ผใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ทใใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซใใฆๅๅใช้ทใใฎ็่ชๅฐ่ท้ขใ็ขบไฟใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ็บๅฐ่ฃ ็ฝฎใใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใใใๅฎๅฎใใ็ถๆ ใง่ชๅฐใฌใผใซใซๆกๅ ใงใใใใใซใใฆใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ็นใซใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๆๆใใใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎไธญๅคฎไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ถใใไฝ็ฝฎใพใงๅปถใณใใใๅฝขๆใใฆใใใ ย ย Here, in the case of this pachinko machine 10, it has already been described that the game area is greatly expanded as compared with the conventional case, but in such a configuration, the distance between the launch position of the game ball and the game area becomes closer and the launch rail becomes shorter. It tends to be. If the launch rail 93 is short, the ball guiding distance is shortened and the variation of the launch ball is increased. Therefore, a device for stabilizing the launch ball is required. In this embodiment, the launch position of the game ball is lowered and the inclination angle (launch angle) of the launch rail 93 is somewhat larger than the existing one (that is, the launch rail 93 is raised). The length of the ball is about 240 mm to ensure a sufficiently long ball guiding distance. Thereby, the game ball launched from the launching device can be guided to the guide rail in a more stable state. In this case, in particular, the launch rail 93 is formed to extend from the launch position of the game ball hit by the launch solenoid 92 to a position beyond the center position (out port 66) of the game area.
ใพใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏใ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใ็บๅฐ่ฃ ็ฝฎใจใใฆใๅพๆฅไธ่ฌ็ใซไฝฟ็จใใใฆใใใขใผใฟๅใณ็บๅฐๆงใฎ็ตๅใใงใฏใชใใใชใใขใฝใฌใใคใใใฑใผใน้จๆใซๅๅฎนใใ๏ผใฆใใใใฎใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆก็จใใฆใใใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใจ้ทๆๆนๅใๅนณ่กใซใใฆ้ ่จญใใใ้ๅฑ่ฃฝใฎใใฉใณใธใฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใใใฉใณใธใฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅ ็ซฏใ่ฆใๆจน่่ฃฝใฎใญใฃใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใ่จญใใใใใใญใฃใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆ่ณชใจใใฆใฏๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใฆใฏใใชใจในใใซ็ณป็ฑๅฏๅกๆงใจใฉในใใใผใๆก็จใใใฆใใใ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅๅๆไฝใใ็ถๆ ไธญใซใฏใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใฆใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผๆฏใซๅฑ็ฃใจ้ๅฑ็ฃใจใ็นฐใ่ฟใใฆ่กใใใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆใใฉใณใธใฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅบๆฒกใ็นฐใ่ฟใใใใใใฉใณใธใฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ชๅบใใใจใใซใฏใไฝ็ฝฎๆฑบใ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผไธใซไฝ็ฝฎๆฑบใใใใ้ๆ็ใฏใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅใใๆใไธๆนใซๅใใฆ็บๅฐใใใใใชใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ฃๅใใๅฏๅคๆตๆๅจใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ต็ทใใใฆใใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆไฝ้ใซๅบใฅใใฆใใฉใณใธใฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ็ชๅบ้ๅบฆใ่ชฟๆดใใ๏ผในใใญใผใฏ้ใฏใปใผไธๅฎ๏ผใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐ้ๅบฆใฒใใฆใฏ้ฃใณ้ใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅ้ใซใใ่ชฟๆดใใใใ ย ย Further, in the pachinko machine 10, as a launching device for launching a game ball, a single unit solenoid (launching solenoid) in which a linear solenoid is housed in a case member, instead of a combination of a motor and a launching rod that are generally used conventionally. 92 is adopted. The firing solenoid 92 is provided with a metal plunger 92a disposed parallel to the firing rail 93 and a longitudinal direction, and a resin cap 92b covering the tip of the plunger 92a. As the material of the cap 92b, a polyester-based thermoplastic elastomer is employed in the present embodiment. While the player is turning the operation handle 310, the firing solenoid 92 repeats excitation and de-energization every predetermined time (in this embodiment, 0.6 seconds). The plunger 92a is repeatedly raised and lowered. When the plunger 92 a protrudes, the game ball positioned on the firing rail 93 by the positioning member 95 is launched toward an obliquely upward direction toward the firing rail 93. A variable resistor that is linked to the operation handle 310 is connected to the firing solenoid 92, and the protruding speed of the plunger 92a is adjusted based on the operation amount of the operation handle 310 (the stroke amount is substantially constant). The speed and thus the jump amount is adjusted by the rotation amount of the operation handle 310.
็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ซ่จญใใใไธๅฏพใฎใใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใณใใซใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฏพใใฆใใใซใ๏ผ๏ผใจใใใ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅใไปใใฆๅบๅฎใใใใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใใซใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฏพๅฟใใไฝ็ฝฎใซใใใซใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฟ้ใใใ็ท ็ตๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธไธใซ่จญใใใใใใซใ๏ผ๏ผๅใณใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ท ใๅ ทๅใ่ชฟๆดใใใใจใซใใใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ซใใ็ฐใชใใใฆใใฉใณใธใฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใจใฎ็ธๅฏพ็ใชๅไปไฝ็ฝฎใ่ชฟๆดใใ้ๆ็ใฎๆ็นใ่ชฟๆดใใใใจใใงใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃฝ้ ๆใซใใใฆๅ้จๅใฎ่ฃฝ้ ไธใ็ตใฟไปใไธใฎใฐใใคใใใใฃใฆใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ็ตใฟไปใใๅพใซใใซใ๏ผ๏ผใจใใใ๏ผ๏ผใจใ่ชฟๆดใใฆ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฃใณ้ใๅพฎ่ชฟๆดใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎๅ จไฝใใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคๅจ็ธใใๅ ๅดใซ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผๅดใใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใซ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ็ตใฟไปใใ้ใซ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใไปใฎ้จๅใซๅผใฃๆใใฃใฆ็ ดๆใใใใจใ้ฒๆญขใใใฆใใใ ย ย As shown in FIG. 8, the firing solenoid 92 is fixed to a pair of bosses 91a and bolts 91b erected on the base plate 91 by attaching bolts 97 and nuts 98 thereto. The firing solenoid 92 is provided with a fastening hole 92c through which the bolts 91b and 97 are inserted at positions corresponding to the boss 91a and the bolt 91b. In the ball launching unit 90, the height of the firing solenoid 92 relative to the base plate 91 is made different by adjusting the tightening of the bolts 97 and nuts 98 provided above and below the firing solenoid 92, so that the plunger 92a and the firing rail 93 The relative mounting position can be adjusted, and the hitting point of the game ball can be adjusted. Even when there are variations in manufacturing and assembling of each part during the manufacture of the pachinko machine 10, the ball launch unit 90 is assembled to the pachinko machine 10 and then the bolts 97 and nuts 98 are adjusted to reduce the flying amount of the game ball. Can be adjusted. The firing solenoid 92 is entirely disposed inside the outer peripheral edge of the base plate 9l. When the ball firing unit 90 is assembled to the inner frame base 30 from the base plate 91 side, the firing solenoid 92 is another part. It is prevented from being caught and damaged.
ไฝ็ฝฎๆฑบใ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณๅด็ซฏ้จ๏ผๅบ็ซฏ้จ๏ผไธใซ่ผ็ฝฎใใใ้ๆ็ใๆฏๆใใฆ็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ๆ็ใไฝ็ฝฎๆฑบใใใใใใฎ้จๆใงใใใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใ้ขๅดใซๅๆฑ็ถใซ็ชๅบใใใใใซใใฆใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใซๅใไปใใใใฆใใใไฝ็ฝฎๆฑบใ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใฎ่ปธๆนๅใซๆฒฟใฃใฆ่ฒซ้ใใ็ท ็ตๅญใ่จญใใใใใใฎ็ท ็ตๅญใซใใธใ่ฒซๆฟใใฆไฝ็ฝฎๆฑบใ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใซๅบๅฎใใใฆใใใใใใงใไฝ็ฝฎๆฑบใ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ท ็ตๅญใฏใๅๆฑๅฝข็ถใฎไธญๅฟใงใฏใชใใๅๅฟใใไฝ็ฝฎใซๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใไฝ็ฝฎๆฑบใ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใ้ฉๅฎๅๅใใใฆใใใใธใ็ท ใ่พผใใใจใซใใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผไธใซ่ผ็ฝฎใใใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎใๅพฎๅฆใซๅคๆดใใใใจใใงใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃฝ้ ๆใใใณ่ฃฝ้ ๅพใซใใใฆ็ฐกๅใซ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฃใณ้ใ่ชฟๆดใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย The positioning member 95 is a member for supporting the game ball placed on the right end portion (base end portion) of the launch rail 93 and positioning the game ball at the launch position, as shown in FIG. The base plate 91 is attached to the base plate 91 so as to protrude in a columnar shape on the surface side where the firing rail 93 is provided. The positioning member 95 is provided with a fastening hole penetrating along the axial direction. The positioning member 95 is fixed to the base plate 91 by inserting a screw into the fastening hole. Here, the fastening hole of the positioning member 95 is formed not at the center of the columnar shape but at an eccentric position. Therefore, the launch position of the game ball placed on the launch rail 93 can be slightly changed by rotating the positioning member 95 as appropriate and then tightening the screw, so that the pachinko machine 10 is manufactured and manufactured. Later, it is possible to easily adjust the jump amount of the game ball.
็้ใๆฉๆง๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ฃ็ถใใฆๆกๅ ใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ใ๏ผ็ใใคใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅบ็ซฏ้จใซ้ๅบใใใใฎใงใใใใใฎ็้ใๆฉๆง๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จใ่ขซ่ฆใใใใใซใใฆใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใซๅบๅฎใใใๆจน่่ฃฝใฎๅฐๅบง้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅฐๅบง้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ๅด๏ผๅณ๏ผใฎๅณๅด๏ผใซ่ปธๆฏใใใฆ้้ๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใๆจน่่ฃฝใฎ้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ขซๅ ใใใๅๆๆจน่่ฃฝใฎ้ๅบ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ้ๅบ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅใไปใใใใ้ๅฑ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ้ๅฑ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅธ็ใใฆ้ๅบ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฝใใใ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅใใฆใใใ ย ย The ball feed mechanism 94 sends out the game balls continuously guided from the upper plate 201 to the base end portion of the launch rail 93 one by one. The ball feeding mechanism 94 is made of a resin base member 101 fixed to the base plate 91 so as to cover the upper part of the firing solenoid 92, and is pivotally supported on one side (right side in FIG. 6) of the base member 101 to open and close. A resin opening / closing member 102 configured to be capable of being formed, a synthetic resin delivery member 105 encapsulated in the opening / closing member 102, a metal piece 106 attached to the delivery member 105, and a delivery member by adsorbing the metal piece 106 And an electromagnet 104 for operating 105.
ๅฐๅบง้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใๅๆนๅดใธๅใใฆไฟๆญข็ช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใไธไฝ็ใซ็ชๅบๅฝขๆใใใ้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅฐๅบง้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขใซ้ใชใ้้็ถๆ ใซใฆไฟๆญข็ช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅผใฃๆใใไฟๆญขๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใ้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ๅธธๆใซใฏใไธๆนๅดใๅฐๅบง้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ปธๆฏใใใใจๅ ฑใซไปๆนๅดใไฟๆญขๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใๅฐๅบง้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไฟๆญขใใใฆๅฐๅบง้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขใซ้ใชใฃใฆๅบๅฎใใใ้้็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใฎ้้็ถๆ ใฏใๅฐๅบง้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฟๆญข็ช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฟๆญขๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅคใใใจใซใใ่งฃ้คใใใ้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅฐๅบง้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅๆนๅดใธ้ๆพใๅพใใใพใใ้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅฐๅบง้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅคงใซ้ๆพใใใใจใซใใใไธๅดใธในใฉใคใใใฆๅฐๅบง้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅใๅคใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย The base member 101 is integrally formed with a locking claw 101a toward the front side where the opening / closing member 102 is provided. The opening / closing member 102 has a locking claw 101a in a closed state overlapping the front surface of the base member 101. A locking hole 102a is formed in which is caught. Normally, the opening / closing member 102 is in a closed state in which one side is pivotally supported by the pedestal member 101 and the other side is locked to the pedestal member 101 by a locking hole 102a and overlaps and is fixed to the front surface of the pedestal member 101. This closed state is released by removing the locking claw 101 a of the base member 101 from the locking hole 102 a of the opening and closing member 102, and the opening and closing member 102 can be opened forward with respect to the base member 101. Further, the opening / closing member 102 can be slid upward to be detached from the pedestal member 101 by opening to the maximum with respect to the pedestal member 101.
ๅฐๅบง้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จใฏใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใจๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใฎๅไป้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใฎไธ้จ้้ใ่ฆใใคใคไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅดใซๅใใฆไธ้ๅพๆใใๅฝข็ถใซๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใพใใใใฎๅฐๅบง้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆๅทฆๅดใซใฏใ้่ทฏๅฝขๆ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใๅฐๅบง้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅทฆๅดใซใใใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใจๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใฎๅไป้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใฎไธ้จ้้ใ่ฆใใคใคไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅดใซๅใใฆไธ้ๅพๆใใๅฝข็ถใซๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใๅ ดๅใซ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้จไฝใซ้ๆ็ใ่ฝไธใใฆใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ขๅดใซใฏ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅใ่พผใพใใซๅ้ขๅดใซๆตๅบใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย The lower part of the pedestal member 101 is formed in a shape inclined downward toward the front side of the lower dish unit 15 while covering the upper gap between the lower dish unit 15 and the mounting surface 30f of the inner frame base 30. Further, on the left side of the pedestal member 101 when viewed from the front, the passage forming member 36 covers the upper gap between the lower plate unit 15 and the mounting surface 30 f of the inner frame base 30 on the left side of the pedestal member 101, and the front surface of the lower plate unit 15. It is formed in a shape that is inclined downward toward the side. For this reason, when the front frame 14 is opened, even if the game ball falls on the part of the ball launching unit 90, the game ball does not enter the back side of the lower dish unit 15 and flows out to the front side. .
้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขใซใฏใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใๆญฃ้ข่ฆๅทฆๅด็ซฏ้จใซไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆกๅ ใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ใๅฐๅ ฅใใๅฐๅ ฅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎๅฐๅ ฅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ้ๆ็ใ้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใธๅฐๅ ฅใใใใใพใ้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผๅใฎ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผไธใธใฎ้ๅบใๅพ ๆฉใใ็ถๆ ใง้ๅบ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆตๅดใซๆป็ๅฏ่ฝใชๆป็้จ๏ผดใๅฝขๆใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซใฏใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซ่้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็่ฑๅฏ่ฝใซๅใไปใใใใใใฎ่้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ้ๅบ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ่ฆใใใฆใใใ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ้ๅบ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใฏใ้ๆ็ใ๏ผ็ใใค้ใๅบใใใใซๅไฝใใ้จๆใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใ้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅน่จญใใใๅๅฎน็ฉบ้ใซ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธๅดใซใใฆไธไธใซไธฆใใง้ ็ฝฎใใใฆใใใ ย ย As shown in FIG. 6, an introduction port 102b for introducing a game ball guided from the upper plate 201 is provided at the front end of the opening / closing member 102 as viewed from the front, and the game ball is introduced from the introduction port 102b. Is introduced to the back side of the opening / closing member 102. In addition, the opening / closing member 102 forms a staying portion T that can stay on the upstream side of the delivery member 105 in a state where two game balls wait for delivery onto the firing rail 93 (see FIG. 12B). As shown in FIG. 9, a lid member 103 is detachably attached to the back surface side of the opening / closing member 102, and the lid magnet 103 covers the electromagnet 104 and the delivery member 105. The electromagnet 104 and the delivery member 105 are members that operate to send out the game balls one by one. As shown in FIG. 10, the electromagnet 104 faces upward in the accommodation space recessed in the opening / closing member 102. They are arranged side by side.
้ๅบ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใณใซใใ้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅฐๅ ฅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅดใฎไธ่พบๅดใไธไธใซๆบๅๅฏ่ฝใซ่ปธๆฏใใใๆจน่่ฃฝใฎ้จๆใงใใใใใฎๅฐๅ ฅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅดใฎไธ่พบใซ้ๆ็ใ๏ผๅใ ใๅๅฎนๅฏ่ฝใซ็ฉฟ่จญ๏ผๅน่จญ๏ผใใใๅๅฎน้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅใใฆใใใใพใใใใณใๆฟ้ใใใ่ปธ้จใจๅๅฎน้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใ็ตใถไธ่พบ้จๅใซใฏใ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพๅใใใใใซใใฆ้ๅฑ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใฆใใใ ย ย The delivery member 105 is a resin member that is pivotally supported by a pin so that one side of the inlet 102b side can swing up and down with respect to the opening / closing member 102. One game ball is provided on one side of the inlet 102b. The housing portion 105a is formed so as to be pierced (recessed). A metal piece 106 is attached to the upper side portion connecting the shaft portion through which the pin is inserted and the accommodating portion 105 a so as to face the electromagnet 104.
้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณ๏ผๅฑ็ฃ๏ผใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๅฑ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใคใใใใซๅผใฃๅผตใใใ้ๅบ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธๆนใธๅๅใใใๅฐๅ ฅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ้ฃ็ถใใฆ้ๆ็ใๅฐๅ ฅใใใๅ ดๅใๅ ้ ญใฎ้ๆ็ใฏๅๅฎน้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅๅฎนใใใฆไธไธ็งปๅใ่ฆๅถใใใๅพ็ถใฎ้ๆ็ใฏๅๅฎน้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅๅฎนใใใ้ๆ็ใซๆฏใใใใฆๆตไธใ่ฆๅถใใใใ ย ย When the electromagnet 104 is turned on (excited), the metal piece 106 is pulled so as to stick to the electromagnet 104, and the delivery member 105 rotates upward. When game balls are continuously introduced from the introduction port 102b, the top game ball is accommodated in the accommodating portion 105a and the vertical movement is restricted, and the subsequent game balls are supported by the game balls accommodated in the accommodating portion 105a. The flow is regulated.
้ๆ็ใๅๅฎน้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅๅฎนใใใ็ถๆ ใง้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใ๏ผ้ๅฑ็ฃ๏ผใจใชใใจใ้ๅบ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏ่ช้ใซใใไธๆนใธๅๅใใๅๅฎน้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅๅฎนใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ใฏไธๅดใธๆตไธใใใใใฎใจใใๅพ็ถใฎ้ๆ็ใฏใ้ๅบ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ่พบใซใใฃใฆๅๅฎน้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใฎ็งป่กใ่ฆๅถใใใใใใ้ๅบ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธไธๅใซใใๅๅฎน้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅๅฎนใใใ๏ผ็ใ ใใไธๆนใธ้ใๅบใใใใไธๆนใธ้ใๅบใใใ้ๆ็ใฏใ้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ่้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใซใใๅฝขๆใใใ้ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ็ต็ฑใใฆ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผไธใธใจๆกๅ ใใใใใใฎใใใ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฑ็ฃใจ้ๅฑ็ฃใจใ็นฐใ่ฟใใจใใใฎ็นฐใ่ฟใใซๅๆใใฆ้ๆ็ใฏ๏ผ็ใใค็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผไธใธๆกๅ ใใใ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใชใณใชใใซๅๆใใฆ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใๅฑ็ฃใใใใจใซใใใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผไธใฎ้ๆ็ใ๏ผ็ใใค้ๆ้ ๅใธๅใใฆ็บๅฐใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย When the electromagnet 104 is turned off (de-energized) in a state where the game ball is accommodated in the accommodation portion 105a, the delivery member 105 rotates downward by its own weight, and the game ball accommodated in the accommodation portion 105a flows down. To do. At this time, since the transition of the subsequent game ball to the accommodation portion 105a is restricted by the upper side of the delivery member 105, only one ball accommodated in the accommodation portion 105a is sent downward by the vertical movement of the delivery member 105. The game ball sent out downward is guided onto the firing rail 93 via a delivery port 102c (see FIG. 9) formed by the opening / closing member 102 and the lid member 103. Therefore, when excitation and de-excitation of the electromagnet 104 are repeated, the game balls are guided one by one onto the launch rail 93 in synchronization with the repetition, and the launch solenoid 92 is excited in synchronization with the on / off of the electromagnet 104. Thus, the game balls on the launch rail 93 can be launched one by one toward the game area.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใไธปใซๅ็ งใใฆๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅดใซ่จญใใใใ้่ทฏๅฝขๆ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใ้่ทฏๅฝขๆ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆบใฟใณใฎใจใใซ้ๆ็ใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๆๅบใใใใใฎไธ็ฟๆๅบ้่ทฏใจใใใกใผใซ็ใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๆๅบใใใใใฎใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใจใๅฝขๆใใใใใฎ้จๆใงใใใใใใงใใใกใผใซ็ใจใฏใ็บๅฐๆใฎๆใกๅบใๅ๏ผ็บๅฐๅ๏ผใๅผฑใใฆๆปใ็้ฒๆญข้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใไฝ็ฝฎใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎๅ ฅๅฃใซๅฐ้ใใใซ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผๅดใธๆปใฃใ้ๆ็ใๆๅณใใฆใใใ ย ย Next, the passage forming member 36 provided on the front side of the inner frame 13 will be described mainly with reference to FIG. The passage forming member 36 forms a lower tray discharge passage for discharging the game balls to the lower plate 301 when the upper plate 201 is full, and a foul ball passage T2 for discharging the foul balls to the lower plate 301. It is a member for doing. Here, the foul ball means a game ball that returns to the launch rail 93 side without reaching the entrance of the game area where the return ball prevention member 68 is located because the launch force (launch force) at the time of launch is weak. Yes.
็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใจ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผๅ้ขใฎใฌใผใซ๏ผ่ชๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใฎ้ใซใฏใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎ้้ใๅฝขๆใใใใใฎ้้ใฎไธๅดใซใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขใงใใฃใฆ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆ้ฃใซใฏใ้ๆๆจน่่ฃฝใฎ้่ทฏๅฝขๆ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใใใธใซใใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใฎๅไป้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅบๅฎใใใใ้่ทฏๅฝขๆ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅไป้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅดใซๅใใฆ้ๅฃใใๆบใ่จญใใใใใใฎๆบใจๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใฎๅไป้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใซใใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใๅฝขๆใใใใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใฏใ้ไธญใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆบขใใ้ๆ็ใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๅฐใไธ็ฟๆๅบ้่ทฏใซๅๆตใใใใใฎไธ็ฟๆๅบ้่ทฏใฎๆไธๆต้จใซใฏใๅไป้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆนๅดใซๅใใฆ็ญ็ถใซ็ชๅบใใไธ็ฟๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใกใผใซ็ใฏใไธ็ฟๆๅบ้่ทฏใ็ต็ฑใใฆไธ็ฟๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๆๅบใใใใ ย ย A gap of about 40 mm is formed between the launch rail 93 and the rails (guidance rails) 61 and 62 on the front surface of the game board 16, and a foul ball passage T2 is provided below the gap. A passage forming member 36 made of a transparent resin is fixed to the mounting surface 30f of the inner frame base 30 with a screw on the front surface of the inner frame 13 and on the left side of the ball launching unit 90. The passage forming member 36 is provided with a groove opened toward the attachment surface 30f side of the inner frame 13, and the foul ball passage T2 is formed by the groove and the attachment surface 30f of the inner frame base 30. The foul ball passage T2 joins the lower tray discharge passage that guides the game balls overflowing from the upper plate 201 to the lower tray 301 from the middle. A lower tray discharge port 36a that protrudes in a cylindrical shape from the mounting surface 30f toward the front side of the inner frame base 30 is provided at the most downstream portion of the lower tray discharge passage. Is discharged to the lower plate 301 from the lower plate discharge port 36a.
ๆๅบ้่ทฏใฎ้ไธญใซใฏใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ็ใงๆบใฟใณใจใชใฃใฆใใใใจใๆคๅบใใใใใฎๆบใฟใณใปใณใต๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใ้่ทฏๅบ้ขใฎไธ้จใๅฝขๆใใใใใซ่จญใใใใใ้ๆ็ใ็ญๆ้ใงๅค้ใซๆใๅบใใใใจใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธๆฏใจใชใฃใๅพใซใฏไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๆบใพใๅงใใใใใฎๅพใ้ๆ็ใๆใๅบใใ็ถใใฆใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ใๆใใชใใจๆๅบ้่ทฏใฎ้ไธญใซ้ๆ็ใๆบใพใๅงใใใใๆบใฟใณใปใณใตใฎ่จญ็ฝฎ็ฎๆใพใง้ๆ็ใๆบใพใใจใใไปฅ้ใฎๆใๅบใใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๅถๅพกใซใใๅๆญขใใใใๆๅบ้่ทฏใๆบใฟใณใซใชใฃใฆใ้ๆ็ใๆใๅบใใ็ถใใใจใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆบขใใฆ้ๆใฎ็ถ่กใๅฐ้ฃใจใชใฃใใใ้ๆ็ใๆใๅบใใใใฎใฎใคใซ้ๆ็ใ่ฉฐใพใฃใฆๆ ้ใฎๅๅ ใจใชใ็ญใๅ้กใ่ตทใใใใใใใใงใใใใพใใๆๅบ้่ทฏใฎๆบใฟใณใๆบใฟใณใปใณใตใซใใๆคๅบใใใใจใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกใซใใฃใฆใ็ใๆใใฆไธใใใใฎใจใฉใผใกใใปใผใธใในใใผใซ๏ผณ๏ผฐ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใ็นฐใ่ฟใใฆๅบๅใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซใฏใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ้ๆ็ใๆบใพใฃใใใจใ็คบใใใจใใงใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ใๅใๅบใๆไฝใไฟใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย In the middle of the discharge passage, a full tank sensor (not shown) for detecting that the lower tray 301 is full of game balls is provided so as to form a part of the bottom surface of the passage. When a large amount of game balls are paid out in a short period of time, game balls start to accumulate in the lower plate 301 after the upper plate 201 is full. After that, even if the game balls continue to be paid out, if the game balls in the lower plate 301 are not pulled out, the game balls will start to collect in the discharge passage. This is stopped by the control of the payout and emission control device 611 (see FIG. 23). If the game ball continues to be paid out even if the discharge passage is full, the lower plate 301 overflows and it becomes difficult to continue the game, or the game ball is clogged in the gear for paying out the game ball, causing the failure This is because problems are likely to occur. Further, when a full tank is detected in the discharge passage, an error message โplease remove the ballโ is repeatedly output from the speaker SP (see FIG. 2) under the control of the payout launch control device 611. The player can be shown that the game balls have accumulated in the lower plate 301, and can be prompted to take out the game balls from the lower plate 301.
้่ทฏๅฝขๆ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆไธ้จใซใฏใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๆๅบใใใใใฎไธ็ฟๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใฎไธ็ฟๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธ้ๆ็ใๆใๅบใใใใฎๆๅบๅฃใ่จญใใใใฆใใใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅบๅฃใฏใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขใจๅ้ขใจใ็ตใถใใฎใงใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซ่จญใใใใๆๅบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซ็นใใใใฆใใใๆๅบๅฃใใใณไธ็ฟๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใฆใใใๆๅบๅฃใใใณไธ็ฟๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใไปใใฆไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๆๅบใใใ๏ผๆใๅบใใใ๏ผใไธ็ฟๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฏใ้้ๅผใฎใทใฃใใฟ๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใฆใใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใ็ถๆ ๏ผๅณ๏ผใฎ็ถๆ ๏ผใงใฏใใ็ญใฎไปๅขๅใซใใใทใฃใใฟ๏ผ๏ผใฏไธ็ฟๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใใใพใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใ็ถๆ ใงใฏใๅฝ่ฉฒๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขใซ่จญใใใใ็้่ทฏๆจ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใทใฃใใฟ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผๅดใธๅพๅใใฆๆผใ้ใใใใใๅพใฃใฆใๅ้ฃพใๆ ใ็็ฅใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ดๆฅ่จญใใใใๆงๆใจใใๆฌใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพใซ้ใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅบๅฃใ้้ไธญใฎ้ๆ็ใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขใซใใผใ่ฝใกใฆใใพใใจใใฃใไธ้ฝๅใ้ฒๆญขใงใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย An upper tray discharge port 36b for discharging game balls to the upper plate 201 is provided at the upper left part of the passage forming member 36, and the inner frame base 30 is used for paying out game balls to the upper plate discharge port 36b. There is a payout exit. The payout outlet of the inner frame base 30 connects the back surface and the front surface of the inner frame base 30 and is connected to a payout device 658 (see FIG. 20) provided on the back surface side of the inner frame 13. The payout opening and the upper tray discharge port 36b communicate with the upper plate 201 in a state in which the front frame 14 is closed, and the game ball is discharged (paid out) to the upper plate 201 through the discharge port and the upper plate discharge port 36b. . An open / close shutter 37 is attached to the upper plate discharge port 36b. When the front frame 14 is opened (the state shown in FIG. 2), the shutter 37 closes the upper plate discharge port 36b by an urging force such as a spring. . When the front frame 14 is closed, the shutter 37 is tilted and pushed open toward the inner frame base 30 by a ball passage rod 241 (see FIG. 2) provided on the back surface of the front frame 14. Therefore, in this pachinko machine 10 in which the front decorative frame is omitted and the upper plate 201 is directly provided on the front frame 14, the game ball passing through the payout opening of the inner frame base 30 is opened when the front frame 14 is opened. Inconveniences such as spilling down on the front surface of 13 can be prevented.
้่ทฏๅฝขๆ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใไธ็ฟๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธๅดใฏใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใซๅฝๆฅใใ้ทใใฎใชใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใๅนณๆฟ็ถใซๅฝขๆใใใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใฎๅไป้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ฃๅผทใใใฆใใใใพใใใชใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจๅไป้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใฎ้ใซใฏ้ ็ทใ้ใ้้ใ่จญใใใใ้ปๆฐ้ ็ทใฎใใซใใจใใฆใชใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆดป็จใใใฆใใใ ย ย On the lower side of the lower plate discharge port 36a in the passage forming member 36, a rib 36c having a length contacting the lower surface of the inner frame 13 is provided, and the mounting surface 30f of the inner frame base 30 formed in a flat plate shape is reinforced. Has been. Further, a gap through which the wiring passes is provided between the rib 36c and the mounting surface 30f, and the rib 36c is used as a holder for electric wiring.
ๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅทฆไธ้ ใซใฏใไธญ็ถๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใๅๅฎนใใใฆใใใไธญ็ถๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใ้ปๆฐ้จๅ๏ผๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ้จใฎใฟใใใปใณใตๅใณๅฏๅคๆตๆๅจใไธฆใณใซใในใใผใซ๏ผณ๏ผฐ๏ผใฎ้ ็ทใจใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅดใซ่จญใใใใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๆฅ็ถใใ้จไฝใงใใใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎ้ ็ทใณใผใๅ ็ซฏใซ่จญใใใใใณใใฏใฟใซ้ฃ็ตใใๅทฎ่พผๅฃ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใ่จญใใใใใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใจๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใจใฎ้ปๆฐ็ใชๆฅ็ถใไธญ็ถๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใซใพใจใใใใฆใใใใใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ตใฟไปใๅใณๅใๅคใๆใซใใใ้ ็ทใฎๅใๅใไฝๆฅญใ็ฐกๆใซใชใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ตใฟ็ซใฆๅใณๅ่งฃใๅฎนๆใซใชใฃใฆใใใใพใใไธญ็ถๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใในใใผใซ๏ผณ๏ผฐใฎ้ณ้ใๅคงๅฐ๏ผๆฎต้ใซ่ชฟ็ฏใใในใคใใใ่จญใใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใชใใฆใ็ฐกๅใซ้ณ้่ชฟ็ฏใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใไธญ็ถๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซ่จญใใใใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎใธใฎ้ ็ทใฏใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใฎๅไป้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธ็ซฏใซๆฒฟใฃใฆใใพใ้่ทฏๅฝขๆ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใฎใชใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅฅฅๅดใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅณไธ้ ใซ้ๅฃๅฝขๆใใใ้ ็ท็ฉด๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขใซๅใๅใใใฆใใใ ย ย A relay board 38 is accommodated in the lower left corner of the front surface of the inner frame base 30. On the relay board 38, wiring of electrical components (touch sensor and variable resistor inside the operation handle 310 and the speaker SP) provided in the lower tray unit 15 and a control device (payout launch control) provided on the inner frame 13 side are provided. It is a part which connects the apparatus 611 and the audio | voice lamp control apparatus 562), and the insertion port (not shown) connected with the connector provided in the wiring cord front end by the side of the lower pan unit 13 is provided. Since the electrical connection between the lower tray unit 15 and the inner frame 13 is gathered on the relay board 38, the wiring work when assembling and removing the lower tray unit 15 is simplified, and the pachinko machine 10 is assembled and removed. Disassembly is easy. In addition, the relay board 38 is provided with a switch for adjusting the volume of the speaker SP in two levels, so that the volume can be easily adjusted without opening the inner frame 13. The wiring from the relay board 38 to the control device provided on the back side of the inner frame 13 is arranged along the lower end of the mounting surface 30f of the inner frame base 30 and on the inner side of the rib 36c of the passage forming member 36. The inner frame base 30 is routed around the back surface of the inner frame 13 through a wiring hole 30 h formed in the lower right corner of the front surface.
ใใใงใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใ๏ผๆฌใฎใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎๅ ฅๅฃใจ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใจใ็นใ้่ทฏใๅฝขๆใใใใฎใงใใใใใฎใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ้ใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใๆญฃ้ข่ฆ็ฅ็ฉๅฝข็ถใฎ็ในใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ็ในใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใใใกใผใซ็ใจใใฆๆๅบใใใใใฎในใใใใจใใฆ่จญใใใใ้จๆใงใใใใดใ ใๅฐๅบๆๅฝขใใฆๅฝขๆใใใ๏ผๆฌใฎใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ้ใซ็ชๅบใใใใใซ็งปๅๅฏ่ฝใซ่จญใใใใฆใใใ ย ย Here, the two rails 61 and 62 provided in the game board 16 form a passage that connects the entrance of the game area and the ball launching unit 90, and the rails 61 and 62 are shown in FIG. As shown in a), a spherical stopper 261 having a substantially rectangular shape in front view is provided. The ball stopper 261 is a member provided as a stopper for discharging the game ball launched from the ball launching unit 90 as a foul ball. The ball stopper 261 is formed by injection molding rubber and protrudes between the two rails 61 and 62 It is provided so as to be movable.
็ในใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใ้ป็ฃ็ณใๅ ่ตใใใชใใขใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ้่ทฏ้้ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฅ็ถใใใ้ๅธธๆใซใฏ๏ผๆฌใฎใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ใใๅคใใฆใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฝขๆใใใ้ๅฃๅ ใซๅๆฒกใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผๅพ้ไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใใ้่ทฏ้้ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฑ็ฃใใใใจใ็ในใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏ๏ผๆฌใฎใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ้ใซ็ชๅบใใๅ้ฒไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ๏ผ็น้็ทใง็คบใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใ็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎใจใ้ๆ้ ๅใจใ็นใ้่ทฏ๏ผ็บๅฐ้่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผด๏ผใ้้ใใใใใฎ็ในใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใจ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผๅ้ขใฎใฌใผใซ๏ผ่ชๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใฎ้ใซใฆ็บๅฐ้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใฎ้ไธญใงไธๆนใซๅๅฒใใฆๅฝขๆใใใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใใ้ๆ้ ๅใซ่ฟใๅด๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅทฆไธๅด๏ผใซ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใ้่ทฏ้้ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฑ็ฃใใใฆ็ในใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ้ฒไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใใจใใซใฏใ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฃใณ้ใๅฐใชใใชใใใใซ่ชฟๆดใใใใๅณใกใ็บๅฐ้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใ็ต็ฑใใฆ้ๆ้ ๅใธๅใใ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฒ่กใ็ในใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ปๆญขใใใใใใฎ็ในใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ้ฒ่กใ้ปๆญขใใใ้ๆ็ใฏใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผๅ ใธๆตๅ ฅใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๆๅบใใใใ ย ย As shown in FIG. 5B, the ball stopper 261 is connected to a linear solenoid (passage opening / closing solenoid) 262 containing an electromagnet, and is normally formed on the base plate 60 by being separated from between the two rails 61 and 62. It is arranged at a position (retracted position) buried in the opening. When the passage opening / closing solenoid 262 is energized, the ball stopper 261 is disposed at the forward position protruding between the two rails 61 and 62 (the position indicated by the two-dot chain line in FIG. 5B). The passage (launch passage) T1 connecting the launch position where the game ball is launched and the game area is closed. This ball stopper 261 is placed in the game area from a foul ball passage T2 formed by branching downward in the middle of the launch passage T1 between the launch rail 93 and the rails (guidance rails) 61 and 62 on the front surface of the game board 16. It is arranged on the near side (the upper left side in FIG. 5A). For this reason, when the passage opening / closing solenoid 262 is excited and the ball stopper 261 is disposed at the forward position, the amount of game balls is adjusted so as to be reduced, that is, toward the game area via the launch passage T1. The progress of the game ball is blocked by the ball stopper 261. The game ball whose progress has been blocked by the ball stopper 261 flows into the foul ball passage T2 and is discharged to the lower plate 301.
ใชใใ็ในใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผๆฌใฎใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ้ใซใใใฆ้ๆ็ใ่ก็ชใใฆๆปใฃใๅ ดๅใซใใกใผใซ็ใจใชใๅบ้๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎใใใใซ่จญใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใ็ในใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฝใใใใใใฎ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฏใขใผใฟใชใฉๅฅใฎ้งๅๅใไปไธใใใใฎใงใใฃใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใ็ในใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅฟ ใใใใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใใ็ชๅบใใใใใซ่จญใใๅฟ ่ฆใฏใชใใๅ ใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จใๅใๆใใฆ็ในใใใใจใใ้ๅฑ็ฃใฎ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใฏใฌใผใซใฎไธ้จใๅฝขๆใใคใคใๅฑ็ฃใใใใจใใซ๏ผๆฌใฎใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ้ใซ็ชๅบใใใใใซใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๆ็ใฎๅฎๅฎใใ่ทณใณใ็ขบไฟใใใใใซ้ๆ้ ๅใซๅใใฆ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใๆฅ่งฆใใๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใใๅ ใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผๅดใซ่จญใใใใจใๅฅฝใพใใใ ย ย The ball stopper 261 may be provided in any of the sections L1 (see FIG. 5 (a)) that become a foul ball when the game ball collides and returns between the two rails 61 and 62. The device for operating the ball stopper 261 may be a device that applies another driving force such as a motor. The ball stopper 261 is not necessarily provided so as to protrude from the base plate 60. A part of the inner rail 61 or the outer rail 62 is cut out to form a ball stopper, and a part of the rail is formed in a non-excited state. However, it may project between the two rails 61 and 62 when excited. In this case, in order to ensure a stable jump of the game ball, it is preferable to provide it on the inner rail 61 or the base plate 60 side from the outer rail 62 with which the game ball launched toward the game area comes into contact.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผใๅณ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใใใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ขๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒโ๏ผฒ็ทใซใใใๆญ้ขๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้้ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๅณใงใใใใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใธ้ๆ็ใ้ๅบใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅบๅฃ้จใๆญ้ข่ฆใใฆ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใ็ถๆ ใ็คบใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏๅ้ขๆ ใ้้ใใใ็ถๆ ใ็คบใใฆใใใ ย ย Next, the configuration of the front frame 14 will be described with reference to FIGS. 1, 2, 11, and 12. 11A is a rear view of the front frame 14, FIG. 11B is a cross-sectional view taken along the line RR in FIG. 11A, and FIG. 11C illustrates the second opening / closing unit 250. It is the figure shown typically. 12 is a cross-sectional view of the outlet of the upper plate 201 that sends out the game ball to the ball launching unit 90. FIG. 12 (a) shows the state in which the front frame 14 is opened. 12 (b) shows a state in which the front frame is closed.
ๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฉๅฝข็ถใซๅฝขๆใใใ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่่ฃฝใฎๅ้ขๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธปไฝใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใๅ้ขๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใฎไธญๅคฎ้จใซใฏ้ๆ้ ๅใฎใปใจใใฉใๅค้จใใ่ฆ่ชใใใใจใใงใใใใ็ฅๆฅๅๅฝข็ถใซ้ๅฃๅฝขๆใใใ็ช้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใพใใ็ช้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธๅดใซใฏใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใ็ๅ็ฟ้จๆใจใใฆใฎไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธไฝ็ใซ่จญใใใใฆใใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ๆ็ใไธๆฆ่ฒฏ็ใใไธๅใซๆดๅใใใชใใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใธๅฐๅบใใใใฎใงใใใๅพๆฅใฎใใใณใณๆฉใงใฏๅ้ขๆ ใฎไธๆนใซใใใฆๅ ๆ ใซๅฏพใ้้ๅฏ่ฝใชๅ้ฃพใๆ ใ่จญใใใใ่ฉฒๅ้ฃพใๆ ใซไธ็ฟใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏๅ้ฃพใๆ ใ็็ฅใใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ดๆฅไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใใฏใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅพๆฅใฎใใใณใณๆฉใใๅคงใใๅฝขๆใใ้ๆ้ ๅใๅค้จใใ่ฆ่ชใงใใใใใซ็ฅๆฅๅๅฝข็ถใซๅคงใใๆฌ ๆใใใ็ช้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅใใฆใใใฎใงใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅผทๅบฆใๅฐใใงใๅไธใใใในใใ่ฉฒๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธไฝๅใใฆๅฝขๆใใฆใใใฎใงใใใใใฎไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๅๆงใซใๅฐใชใใจใ่กจ้ขๅฑคใ้ฃ็ๆงใฎ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่ใซใฆๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใ ย ย The front frame 14 is mainly configured by a front frame base 200 made of ABS resin formed in a rectangular shape, and the front frame base 30 has a central portion so that most of the game area can be visually recognized from the outside. A window portion 14c having an elliptical opening is provided. Moreover, as shown in FIG. 1, the upper plate | board 201 as a ball | bowl tray member is integrally provided under the window part 14c. The upper plate 201 temporarily stores the game balls and guides them to the ball launch unit 90 while aligning them in a row. In the conventional pachinko machine, a front decorative frame that can be opened and closed with respect to the inner frame is provided below the front frame, and an upper plate is provided on the front decorative frame, but in this embodiment, the front decorative frame is omitted, An upper plate 201 is provided directly on the frame 14. This is because the front frame 14 of the present embodiment includes a window portion 14c that is largely oval so that a game area formed larger than a conventional pachinko machine can be visually recognized from the outside. The upper plate 201 is integrally formed with the front frame 14 in order to improve the strength of the plate as much as possible. Similar to the lower plate 301, the upper plate 201 has at least a surface layer formed of a flame-retardant ABS resin.
ๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ช้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใใใฎๅทฆๅณๅดใฎ็ฅไธญๅคฎ้จใใไธไธๅดใซๆฏในใฆๆฏ่ผ็็ทฉใใใซๆนพๆฒใใฆ็ธฆ้ทใฎๆฅๅๅฝข็ถใจใชใฃใฆใใใ็ช้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฝขๆใใๅ้ขๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธไธๆนๅใฎๆนใๅทฆๅณๆนๅใใ้ทใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใฎใงใ็ช้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅคงใใ้ๅฃใใคใคๅ้ขๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธไธใใใณๅทฆๅณใซใฆๅฃใใใใ็ดฐๅน ใจใชใ้จๅใๆฏ่ผ็ๅบใ่จญใใใใจใใงใใๅผทๅบฆใ็ขบไฟใๆใใใฆใใใใชใใ็ช้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅทฆๅณๅดใฎ็ฅไธญๅคฎ้จใๆนพๆฒใใใชใใง็ด็ท็ถใซๅฝขๆใใฆใใใใ ย ย The window portion 14c of the front frame 14 has a vertically elongated elliptical shape in which the substantially central portion on the left and right sides thereof is curved relatively gently as compared with the upper and lower sides. Since the front frame base 30 forming the window portion 14c is formed longer in the vertical direction than in the horizontal direction, the front frame base 30 has a narrow width that is easily broken at the top, bottom, left and right of the front frame base 200 while opening the window portion 14c. The part which becomes can be provided comparatively widely, and is making it easy to ensure intensity | strength. In addition, you may form in the linear form, without curving the substantially center part of the left-right side of the window part 14c.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใฆใ็ช้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๅฃไธ็ซฏใฏใๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆไธ้จ๏ผ้ๆ้ ๅใฎไธ็ซฏ๏ผใซไธ่ดใใใใฎ้ๅฃไธ็ซฏใจๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏใจใฎ้ใฎๆ็ญ่ท้ข๏ผใใใใไธ้จใใฌใผใ ้จๅใฎไธไธๅน ๏ผใฏ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจใชใฃใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ็จๅบฆไธ้จใใฌใผใ ๅน ใใใๅพๆฅๆ่กใซๆฏในใฆ่ใใ็ญใใชใฃใฆใใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎไธ้จ้ ๅใ็ขบไฟใๆใใใใจๅ ฑใซใๅคงๅใฎๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใๆฏ่ผ็ไธๆนใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏใจใฎ้ใฎ่ท้ขใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธใงใใใใจใๆใพใใใใใๆใพใใใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธใงใใใๆดใซๆใพใใใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธใงใใใใใกใใใๆๅฎใฎๅผทๅบฆใ็ขบไฟใงใใใฎใงใใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธใงใใฃใฆใๅทฎใๆฏใใชใใ ย ย In the present embodiment, the upper end of the opening of the window portion 14c coincides with the uppermost portion of the outer rail 62 (the upper end of the game area), and the shortest distance between the upper end of the opening and the upper end of the front frame 14 (the so-called upper frame portion). The vertical width is about 50 mm. Compared to the prior art having an upper frame width of about 85 mm to 95 mm, the upper frame width is remarkably shortened, so that it is easy to secure the upper area of the game area and the large variable display device unit 80 can be disposed relatively upward. The distance from the upper end of the front frame 14 is desirably 80 mm or less, more desirably 70 mm or less, and further desirably 60 mm or less. Of course, as long as a predetermined strength can be ensured, it may be 50 mm or less.
ใพใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขใใ่ฆใฆ็ช้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅทฆ็ซฏใจๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆ็ซฏใจใฎ้ใฎๆ็ญ่ท้ข๏ผใใใใๅทฆๅด้จใใฌใผใ ้จๅใฎๅทฆๅณๅน ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏๅณๅดใซ็คบใใใ๏ผใๅณใก้้่ปธ็ทๅดใฎใใฌใผใ ๅน ใฏใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผ่ชไฝใฎๅผทๅบฆๅใณๆฏๆๅผทๅบฆใ้ซใใใใใซๆฏ่ผ็ๅคงใใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้ใใใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆ็ซฏ้จใๅ้ขๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅทฆๅดใฎใใฌใผใ ้จๅใซใใฃใฆ่ฆใ้ ใใใใใใซใ้้่ปธ็ทๅดใฎใใฌใผใ ๅน ใๅบใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขใใใฟใฆๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅด้จใใฌใผใ ้จๅใจ้่คใใฆ่ฆใ้ ใใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎๅ ฅๅฃๆๅใซใใใ้ๆ็ใ่ฆ่ชๅฐ้ฃใจใชใใใใใงใ้ๆ่ ใฏใ้ๆ้ ๅๅ ใซใใใฆ็จฎใ ใฎๆๅใ็คบใ้ๆ็ใ่ฆ่ชใใฆๅผพ็้ๆใๆฅฝใใใใฎใงใใใใใ้ๆ้ ๅใซๅ ฅใๅใฎ้ๆ็ใ่ฆ่ชๅฐ้ฃใงใใฃใฆใๅฎ้ใฎ้ๆใซไฝใๆฏ้ใฏ็ใใชใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆใซๆฏ้ใๆฅใใใจใชใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅใชๅผทๅบฆๅใณๆฏๆๅผทๅบฆใ็ขบไฟใใใใจใใงใใใใกใชใฟใซใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขใใ่ฆใฆๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆ็ซฏไฝ็ฝฎใจๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆ็ซฏไฝ็ฝฎใจใฎๅทฆๅณๆนๅใฎ่ท้ขใฏ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎๅณ็ซฏไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผๅๅผง้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้ขๅณ็ซฏไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผใจๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณ็ซฏไฝ็ฝฎใจใฎๅทฆๅณๆนๅใฎ่ท้ขใฏ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย Further, the shortest distance between the left end of the window portion 14c and the left end of the front frame 14 when viewed from the front of the pachinko machine 10 (the left-right width of the left side frame portion: shown on the right side in FIG. 11A), that is, The frame width on the opening / closing axis side is set to be relatively large in order to increase the strength and support strength of the front frame 14 itself. In the state where the front frame 14 is closed, the frame width on the opening / closing axis side is set wide so that the left end portion of the outer rail 62 is covered and hidden by the frame portion on the left side of the front frame base 200. For this reason, the outer rail 62 is overlapped with the left side frame portion of the front frame 14 when viewed from the front of the pachinko machine 10, and it becomes difficult to visually recognize the game ball in front of the entrance of the game area. Here, since the player visually recognizes the game balls exhibiting various behaviors in the game area and enjoys the ball game, even if it is difficult to visually recognize the game ball before entering the game area, there is nothing in the actual game. There will be no hindrance. Therefore, sufficient strength and support strength of the front frame 14 can be ensured without hindering the game. Incidentally, the distance in the left-right direction between the left end position of the outer rail 62 and the left end position of the outer frame 12 when viewed from the front of the pachinko machine 10 is about 30 mm, the right end position of the game area (the inner right end position of the arc member 70) and the outer frame. The distance in the left-right direction from the right end position of 12 is about 45 mm.
ๅ ใใฆใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใฎๅจๅฒ๏ผไพใใฐใณใผใใผ้จๅ๏ผใซๅ็จฎใฉใณใ็ญใฎ็บๅ ๆๆฎตใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใใ็บๅ ๆๆฎตใฏใๅคงๅฝใใๆใๆๅฎใฎใชใผใๆ็ญใซใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎๅคๅใซๅฟใใฆใ็น็ฏๅใฏ็นๆป ใใใใจใซใใ็บๅ ๆ ๆงใๅคๆดๅถๅพกใใใ้ๆไธญใฎๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใๅฝนๅฒใๆใใใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใ็ช้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธๅดใใใณใใฎๅทฆๅณไธกๅดใซใฏใ็ช้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅจ็ธใซๆฒฟใฃใฆใ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผค็ญใฎ็บๅ ๆๆฎตใๅ ่ตใใ้ป้ฃพ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏใใใใ้ป้ฃพ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใใฉใณใ็ญใฎๆผๅบใฉใณใใจใใฆๆฉ่ฝใใๅคงๅฝใใๆใใชใผใๆผๅบๆ็ญใซใฏๅ ่ตใใ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใฎ็น็ฏใ็นๆป ใซใใฃใฆๅ้ป้ฃพ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็น็ฏใพใใฏ็นๆป ใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใไธญใงใใๆจใๆใใฏๅคงๅฝใใไธๆญฉๆๅใฎใชใผใไธญใงใใๆจใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใ ย ย In addition, the front frame 14 is provided with light emitting means such as various lamps around the periphery (for example, a corner portion). These light emitting means change the light emission mode by turning on or blinking according to the change of the game state at the time of big hit, predetermined reach or the like, and play a role of enhancing the effect effect during the game. As shown in FIG. 1, on the upper side of the window portion 14 c and on both the left and right sides thereof, electrical decoration portions 202 to 204 having built-in light emitting means such as LEDs are provided along the peripheral edge of the window portion 14 c. In the pachinko machine 10, these lighting parts 202 to 204 function as stage lamps such as jackpot lamps, and the lighting parts 202 to 204 are turned on by lighting or blinking of the built-in LEDs at the time of jackpot or reach stage. Alternatively, it blinks to notify that the jackpot is being hit or that the reach is one step before the jackpot.
ใพใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆๅณไธ้จใซใฏใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใ่ณ็ใฎๆใๅบใไธญใซ็น็ฏใใ่ณ็ใฉใณใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใไธๆนใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆๅทฆไธ้จใซใฏๆๅฎใฎใจใฉใผๆใซ็น็ฏใใใจใฉใผ่กจ็คบใฉใณใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใพใใๅณๅดใฎ้ป้ฃพ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅดใซใฏใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใ่ฆ่ชใงใใใใใซๅ้ขๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใใ้ๆๆจน่ใๅใไปใใฆๅฐ็ช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฝขๆใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผๅ้ขใฎ่ฒผ็ในใใผใน๏ผซ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซ่ฒผไปใใใ่จผ็ด็ญใฏใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขใใ่ฆ่ชๅฏ่ฝใจใใใฆใใใใพใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏใใใ็ ใณใใใใ้ธใๅบใใใใซใ้ป้ฃพ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅจใใฎ้ ๅใซใฏใญใ ใกใใญใๆฝใใ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่่ฃฝใฎใกใใญ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใฆใใใใใฎใฏใญใ ใกใใญใซใฏใๅพๆฅๅค็จใใใฆใใ๏ผไพกใฏใญใ ใงใฏใชใใ็็ฃ็ฐๅข้ข็ญใ่ๆ ฎใใฆ๏ผไพกใฏใญใ ใไฝฟ็จใใใฆใใใ ย ย Further, as shown in FIG. 1, a prize ball lamp 205 that is turned on while awarding a prize ball is provided in the upper right part of the front frame 14 as viewed from the front. An error display lamp 206 that is turned on when an error occurs is provided. In addition, a small window 207 is formed on the lower side of the right illumination part 204 by attaching a transparent resin from the back side of the front frame base 200 so that the back side of the front frame 14 can be seen. A stamp or the like stuck on the sticking space K1 (see FIG. 3) is visible from the front surface of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, in the pachinko machine 10, a plated member 208 made of ABS resin that is chrome-plated is attached to an area around the electric decoration parts 202 to 204 in order to bring out more gorgeousness. For this chrome plating, trivalent chromium is used in consideration of the production environment and the like, instead of hexavalent chromium which has been widely used conventionally.
็ช้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธๆนใซใฏใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใ่ฒธ็ๆไฝ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใ่ฒธ็ๆไฝ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅบฆๆฐ่กจ็คบ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ็่ฒธใใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ่ฟๅดใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅดๆนใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใใซใผใใฆใใใ๏ผ็่ฒธใใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใซ็ดๅนฃใใซใผใ็ญใๆๅ ฅใใ็ถๆ ใง่ฒธ็ๆไฝ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆไฝใใใใจใใใฎๆไฝใซๅฟใใฆ้ๆ็ใฎ่ฒธๅบใ่กใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅบฆๆฐ่กจ็คบ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใซใผใ็ญใฎๆฎ้กๆ ๅ ฑใ่กจ็คบใใใ้ ๅใงใใใๅ ่ตใใใ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใ็น็ฏใใฆๆฎ้กๆ ๅ ฑใจใใฆๆฎ้กใๆฐๅญใง่กจ็คบใใใใ็่ฒธใใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใซใผใ็ญ๏ผ่จ้ฒๅชไฝ๏ผใซ่จ้ฒใใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆ่ฒธๅบ็ใๅพใใใใซๆไฝใใใใใฎใงใใใใซใผใ็ญใซๆฎ้กใๅญๅจใใ้ใใซใใใฆ่ฒธๅบ็ใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไพ็ตฆใใใใ่ฟๅดใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใซใผใใฆใใใใซๆฟๅ ฅใใใใซใผใ็ญใฎ่ฟๅดใๆฑใใ้ใซๆไฝใใใใใชใใใซใผใใฆใใใใไปใใใซ็่ฒธใ่ฃ ็ฝฎ็ญใใไธ็ฟใซ้ๆ็ใ็ดๆฅ่ฒธใๅบใใใใใใณใณๆฉใใใใใ็พ้ๆฉใงใฏ่ฒธ็ๆไฝ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธ่ฆใจใชใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใซใฏใ่ฒธ็ๆไฝ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่จญ็ฝฎ้จๅใซ้ฃพใใทใผใซ็ญใไปๅ ใใฆ้จๅๆงๆใฏๅ ฑ้ใฎใใฎใจใใฆใ่ฏใใใซใผใใฆใใใใ็จใใใใใณใณๆฉใจ็พ้ๆฉใจใฎๅ ฑ้ๅใๅณใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย As shown in FIG. 1, a lending operation unit 210 is disposed below the window 14c. The ball lending operation unit 210 is provided with a frequency display unit 211, a ball lending button 212, and a return button 213. When the lending operation unit 210 is operated in a state where a bill or a card is inserted into a card unit (ball lending unit) (not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, a game ball according to the operation Is lent out. Specifically, the frequency display unit 211 is an area in which remaining amount information such as a card is displayed, and a built-in LED is lit to display the remaining amount as a remaining amount information. The ball lending button 212 is operated to obtain a lending ball based on information recorded on a card or the like (recording medium), and the lending ball is supplied to the upper plate 201 as long as there is a remaining amount on the card or the like. Is done. The return button 213 is operated when requesting the return of a card or the like inserted into the card unit. A pachinko machine in which game balls are lent directly to the upper plate from a ball lending device or the like without using a card unit, that is, a so-called cash machine, does not require the ball lending operation unit 210. It is also possible to add a decorative seal or the like to the installation portion of the parts so that the component configuration is common. A pachinko machine using a card unit and a cash machine can be shared.
ๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃๅดใซใใใๅณไธ้ ใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใ็บๅ ๆๆฎตใจใใฆใฎ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผค็จใฎ็บๅ ๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ้ขๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขใซใใธใซใใๅใไปใใใใฆใใใใพใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃๅดใซใฏใ็ช้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฒใใใใซใใฆ้ๅฑ่ฃฝใฎๅ็จฎ่ฃๅผท้จๆใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ่ฉณใใใฏใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃๅดใซใใฃใฆ็ช้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธไธๅทฆๅณใฎๅคๅดใซใฏ้ๅฑ่ฃฝใฎ่ฃๅผทๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใใๅใไปใใใใฆใใใใใใ่ฃๅผทๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏ็ธไบใซๆฅ่งฆใใฆ้ฃ็ตใใใฆใ็ช้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅฝขๆใซใใฃใฆไฝไธใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆงใใใณๅผทๅบฆใ้ซใใฆใใใใพใใๅณๅดใฎ่ฃๅผทๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ่จใใ็บๅ ๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซ้ใชใฃใฆ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใใไธก่ ใฎ็ดๆฅใฎๆฅ่งฆใ้ฟใใใใใซใๆใใฏใ็บๅ ๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ้้ปใ้ฒๆญขใใใใใซใ้ๆใชๅๆๆจน่่ฃฝใฎใซใใผๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ฃๅผทๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ็บๅ ๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใฎ้ใซไปๅจใใฆ่จญใใใใฆใใใ่ฃๅผทๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅธฏ้ปใซๅบใฅใใฆใใฎๅจใใซใใคใบใ็ฃ็ใ็บ็ใใฆใใใซใใผๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไปๅจใซใใฃใฆ็บๅ ๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅฝฑ้ฟใไฝๆธใใใ่ชคไฝๅใๆ ้็ญใฎๆๅถใๅณใใใฆใใใใชใใ่ฃๅผทๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จใฏๆฅๅฐใใใฆใใ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใ่ฃๅผทๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅธฏ้ปใ้ฃใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย In the upper right corner on the back side of the front frame 14, as shown in FIG. 11A, an LED light emitting substrate 214 as a light emitting means is attached to the back surface of the front frame base 200 with screws. Further, various reinforcing members made of metal are provided on the back side of the front frame 14 so as to surround the window portion 14c. Specifically, metal reinforcing plates 221 to 224 are respectively attached to the back side of the front frame 14 and on the upper and lower, left and right outer sides of the window portion 14c. These reinforcing plates 221 to 224 are connected in contact with each other to increase the rigidity and strength of the front frame 14 which has been reduced by the formation of the window portion 14c. Further, the right reinforcing plate 221 is disposed so as to overlap the rear surface side of the light emitting substrate 214 described above, but in order to avoid direct contact between them or to prevent the light emitting substrate 214 from being energized. A transparent synthetic resin cover plate 215 is provided between the reinforcing plate 221 and the light emitting substrate 214. Even if noise or a magnetic field is generated around the reinforcing plates 221 to 224 due to the charging, the influence on the light emitting substrate 214 is reduced by the cover plate 215, and malfunctions and failures are suppressed. . Part of the reinforcing plates 221 to 224 is grounded (not shown) so that the reinforcing plates 221 to 224 are difficult to be charged.
ๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅณๅดใฎ่ฃๅผทๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใฎไธญ้ไฝ็ฝฎใซใฆใใใฏ๏ผ้ค๏ผ็ถใใชใไฟๅ็ช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใไฟๅ็ช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้ใใ็ถๆ ใงๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ฉฟ่จญใใใๆบ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ้ฒๅ ฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใใใฎๆบ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธ้จใ่ฆใใใใซใใฆ้ๅฑ่ฃฝใฎๆญขใๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใใใธๆญขใใใใฆใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆไฟๅ็ช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅ ็ซฏ้จใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใๆญขใๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซๅ ฅใ่พผใใใใใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผๆญฃ้ข่ฆๅทฆๅดใฎไธญ้ไฝ็ฝฎใซใใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆตฎใไธใใใ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใฆๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใไธไธใซๅคงใใๆงๆใใใไธไธใฎๆฏๆไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผใๅคงใใ้ข้ใใฆใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๆตฎใใใฆใฎไธๆญฃ่ก็บใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย The reinforcing plate 221 on the right side of the rear surface of the front frame 14 is provided with an engaging claw 221a (see FIG. 2) having a hook shape at an intermediate position. The engaging claw 221a is configured to enter a groove 30j formed in the inner frame 13 (inner frame base 30) with the front frame 14 closed. As shown in FIG. 5A, a metal retaining plate 39 is screwed to the inner frame base 30 so as to cover a part of the groove 30j. 5 is closed, the tip of the engaging claw 221a enters the back side of the stop plate 39 shown in FIG. Thereby, the front frame 14 can be prevented from floating at an intermediate position on the left side when viewed from the front of the pachinko machine 10, the upper plate 201 is provided on the front frame 14, and the front frame 14 is configured to be large in the vertical direction. Even if the (positions of the support brackets 33 and 34) are largely separated from each other, it is possible to suppress an illegal act by floating the front frame 14.
ๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅทฆๅดใฎ่ฃๅผทๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ขๅดใซ็ชๅบใใฆ้ค็ถใซๅฝขๆใใใไธไธไธๅฏพใฎๅ้ขๆ ้ค้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใไธไฝ็ใซๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใใฎๅ้ขๆ ้ค้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซ่จญใใใใๆฝ้ ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๆ ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไฟๅใใฆใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฏๆฝ้ ใใใใๆฝ้ ็ถๆ ใฎๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใทใชใณใ้ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅฐ็จ้ตใซใใๆๅฎใฎ่งฃ้ ๆไฝใ่กใใใใใจใซใใ่งฃ้ ใใใ้ๆพๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใจใชใใ ย ย On the reinforcing plate 222 on the left side of the rear surface of the front frame 14, a pair of upper and lower front frame flange portions 14 a are formed integrally with the front frame 14. The front frame 14 is locked by engaging the front frame collar 14 a with the front frame collar 411 of the locking unit 410 provided on the back side of the inner frame 13. The front frame 14 in the locked state is unlocked by performing a predetermined unlocking operation with a dedicated key on the cylinder lock 420 and is in a state where it can be opened.
ๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขไธๅดใฎ่ฃๅผทๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅณๆนๅใซใใใไธญๅคฎ้จๅใซใฏใใใธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฟ้ใใใใธๅญใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎใใธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ็ซฏ้จใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅดใซ่จญใใใใใกใใญ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่บ็ใใใฆใใใใกใใญ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ่ฃๅผทๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ้ใใฆๆฅๅฐใใใ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใฃใฆใ่ฃ ้ฃพ็จใฎใกใใญใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅดใซๆฝใใฆใๅธฏ้ปใใใณใใใซ่ตทๅ ใใใใคใบ็ญใซใใไธๅ ทๅใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย A screw hole through which the screw 225 is inserted is provided in the central portion in the left-right direction of the reinforcing plate 223 on the upper back side of the front frame 14, and the tip of the screw 225 is, as shown in FIG. It is screwed to a plating member 208 provided on the front side of the front frame 14, and the plating member 208 is grounded through a screw 225 and a reinforcing plate 223. Therefore, even if the decorative plating is applied to the front side of the front frame 14, problems due to charging and noise caused by the charging can be suppressed.
ๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขไธๅดใฎ่ฃๅผทๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใๅ่จ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพๅใใไฝ็ฝฎใซๆจน่่ฃฝใฎใฌใผใซๅดๅฃ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎใฌใผใซๅดๅฃ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้ใใ้ใซ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅดๅฃใจใชใฃใฆใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๆ็ใใใผใ่ฝใกใชใใใใซๆฉ่ฝใใฆใใใใพใใใฌใผใซๅดๅฃ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณๅดใซใฏใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็นใใ็ฉดใซ้ฃ็ถใใใใใซใใฆๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซ็ชๅบใใ็้่ทฏๆจ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ้ขๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใธใงๅบๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฎ็้่ทฏๆจ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้ๆใซๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎใทใฃใใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๆผใ้ใใฆไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ้ๆ็ใฎ้่ทฏใๅฝขๆใใใ ย ย As shown in FIG. 2, a resin-made rail side wall member 226 is provided on the reinforcing plate 224 below the back surface of the front frame 14 at a position facing the firing rail 93. The rail side wall member 226 functions as a side wall of the launch rail 93 when the front frame 14 is closed so that the game ball does not spill from the launch rail 93. Further, on the right side of the rail side wall member 226, a ball passage rod 241 that protrudes from the back surface side of the front frame 14 so as to be continuous with the hole connected to the upper plate 201 is fixed to the front frame base 200 with a screw. The ball passage rod 241 forms a game ball passage to the upper plate 201 by pushing the shutter 37 (see FIG. 2) on the inner frame 13 side open when the front frame 14 is closed.
ๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซใใใฆใฌใผใซๅดๅฃ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆ้ฃใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใไธๅดใฎ่ฃๅผทๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จใๆญฃๆนๅฝข็ถใซ้ๅฃใใฆๅฝขๆใใใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธๅดใซใฏใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๆใซ้้ใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ้้ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใฆใใใใพใใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅณๅดใซใฏใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐๆไฝไธญใซ้ใฃใฆ้ๆพใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ้้ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใฆใใใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆไธๆต้จใซ่จญใใใใฆ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅบๅฃใๅฝขๆใใใใฎใงใใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้ๆใซไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฐๅ ฅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจใ้ฃ้ใใฆไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใ้ๆ็ใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ้ๅบ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใซๅฐๅบใใใใใฎใใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ผ็ฝฎใใใ้ๆ็ใฏ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ต็ฑใใฆ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใธๅฐใใใใ ย ย On the back side of the front frame 14, on the left side of the rail side wall member 226, as shown in FIG. Is provided. A first opening / closing unit 230 for closing the ball outlet 224a when the front frame 14 is opened is attached to the upper side of the ball outlet 224a. A second opening / closing unit 250 for opening the ball outlet 224a only during a game ball launching operation is attached to the right side of the ball outlet 224a. The ball outlet 224a is provided at the most downstream portion of the upper plate 201 to form the outlet of the upper plate 201 on the ball discharge unit 90 side, and the upper plate 201 and the ball discharge unit 90 are introduced when the front frame 14 is closed. The game ball stored in the upper plate 201 is communicated with the mouth 102b (see FIG. 7) and led out to the ball launching unit 90 (sending member 105) side. For this reason, the game ball placed on the upper plate 201 is guided to the ball launching unit 90 via the ball outlet 224a.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใใใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ้้ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆง้ ใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้้ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธๅดใฎ่ฃๅผทๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใธๆญขใใใใใฑใผใน้จๆใจใใฆใฎใใฆใธใณใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใไธ็ซฏใใใฆใธใณใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๅๅฎนใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎ้จๅใไธๅดใฎ่ฃๅผทๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฒฟใใใใซไธๆนใซๅปถใณใ่ๆฟ็ถใฎ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏ้จใๅทปๅๅบๅฎใใใใจๅ ฑใซใใฆใธใณใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้ขใซใฆไธไธๆนๅใซๅๅๅฏ่ฝใซ่ปธๆฏใใใ็กฌ่ณชๆจน่่ฃฝใฎๅๅใฌใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅใใฆใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ้้ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฆใธใณใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใณใๅๅใฌใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ตใฟไปใใฆไธไฝๅใใใใฎใงใใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅดใธใฎ็ตใฟไปใไฝๆฅญใฎๅฎนๆๅใใใณ็ฐก็ด ๅใๅณใใใฆใใใ ย ย First, the structure of the first opening / closing unit 230 will be described with reference to FIG. The first opening / closing unit 230 includes a housing 231 as a case member screwed to the lower reinforcing plate 224 and an upper end accommodated in the housing 231, and other portions along the lower reinforcing plate 224. A thin plate-like shielding plate 232 that extends downward, and a hard resin-made turning lever 233 that is rotatably fixed on the inner surface of the housing 231 while the upper end portion of the shielding plate 232 is wound and fixed. It has. The first opening / closing unit 230 is integrated with the housing 231 by assembling the shielding plate 232 and the rotating lever 233, and the assembling work on the front frame 14 side is facilitated and simplified. Yes.
ๅๅใฌใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธๅดใฎ่ฃๅผทๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ็ฅๅนณ่กใใค็ฅๆฐดๅนณใซใใฆใธใณใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ้ขใซ่จญใใใใๅๅ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ปธๅฟใจใใฆใใฆใธใณใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅๅๅฏ่ฝใซ่ปธๆฏใใใใๅๅใฌใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅๅ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ่ฃๅผทๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅด๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅด๏ผใซๅใใฆๅปถ่จญใใใๆฟๆฏๆ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใๅๅ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใไธๅดใซๅใใฃใฆๅปถ่จญใใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้ๆใซๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จใซๅฝๆฅใใใใใซใใฆใธใณใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅคใซ็ชๅบใใๆฅ่งฆ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใ่จญใใใใใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅไป้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅ้ขใซ็ชๅบๅฝขๆใใใ็ช่ตท๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ่จญใใใใๆฅ่งฆ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ็ช่ตท๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฝๆฅใใใใใซ่จญใใใใใใใฎๆฅ่งฆ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅๅ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฏพใใฆๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้ๆนๅ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅณๆนๅ๏ผใจใปใผ็ด่กใใๆนๅใซๅปถ่จญใใใฆใใใใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้ๆใซๆฅ่งฆ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๆผๅงใใใๅ ดๅใซๅๅใฌใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅๅใๆใใ้ทๆใฎไฝฟ็จใซใใใฃใฆใฎๅไฝใ็ขบๅฎใชใใฎใจใใฆใใใ ย ย The rotation lever 233 is pivotally supported by the housing 231 about a rotation shaft 231a provided on the inner surface of the housing 231 substantially parallel and substantially horizontally to the lower reinforcing plate 224. The rotation lever 233 includes a plate support portion 233a extending from the rotation shaft 231a toward the reinforcing plate 224 (left side in FIG. 12A), and extending downward from the rotation shaft 231a. In addition, a contact portion 233b that protrudes out of the housing 231 is provided so as to abut a part of the inner frame 13 when the front frame 14 is closed. The inner frame base 30 is provided with a protrusion 30k (see FIG. 5A) that protrudes from the mounting surface 30f to the front surface, and the contact portion 233b is provided so as to contact the protrusion 30k. Since the contact portion 233b extends in a direction substantially perpendicular to the opening / closing direction of the front frame 14 (the left-right direction in FIG. 12A) with respect to the rotation shaft 231a, the contact portion is closed when the front frame 14 is closed. When the 233b is pressed by the inner frame 13, the rotation lever 233 is easy to rotate, and the operation over a long period of time is ensured.
้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅผพๆงใๆใใ่ๆฟ็ถใฎ้ๅฑ็๏ผไพใใฐใในใใณใฌใน่ๆฟใชใฉ๏ผใงๅฝขๆใใใไธ็ซฏใๅๅใฌใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฟๆฏๆ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎ็ซฏ้จ๏ผใซๅบๅฎใใใไธๆนใไป็ซฏใงใใไธ็ซฏ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏ่ช็ฑ็ซฏใจใชใฃใฆใใใ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅน ๅบใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ไธญ้จๅใซใใใๅผพๆงๅคๅฝขใๅฎนๆใซใใฆๅไฝๆตๆใไฝใใใคใคใใ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใฃใฆ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ขบๅฎใซ่ฆใฃใฆ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใฎ้ๆ็ใฎๆตๅบใ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็ขบๅฎใซ้ปๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใไธ็ซฏ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅน ใฏใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ็ดฐใใฆใ่ฏใใใใปใผๅไธไปฅไธใฎๅน ใจใใใใจใ้ๆ็ใฎ่ชคๆตๅบใ้ฒๆญขใใไธใงๅฅฝใพใใใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅน ใๅบใใใใใจใๅฅฝ้ฉใงใใใ ย ย The shielding plate 232 is formed of an elastic thin plate-like metal piece (for example, a stainless steel thin plate), and one end is fixed to the plate support portion 233a (the end on the front frame 14 side) of the rotating lever 233, The lower end 232a which is the other end is a free end. The lower end 232a of the shielding plate 232 is formed wider than the ball outlet 224a as shown in FIG. Therefore, the ball outlet 224a is reliably covered by the lower end portion 232a of the shielding plate 232 so that the elastic deformation in the middle portion of the shielding plate 232 is facilitated and the operation resistance is lowered, and the outflow of the game ball from the ball outlet 224a is prevented. The shielding plate 232 can surely prevent it. Note that the width of the lower end 232a may be narrower than the ball outlet 224a. However, it is preferable that the lower end 232a has a width equal to or larger than the same in order to prevent an erroneous outflow of the game ball. It is preferable to widen the width of 232a.
ใพใใ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ็ญใใจใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ ใซ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ฅใ่พผใใง็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ ใฎ้ๆ็ใซ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏใ่ก็ชใใ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅฝขใ็ ดๆใ็ใๆใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏใ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅบๅน ใจใใใฆใใใฎใงใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ ใซ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ฅใ่พผใใใจใใชใใ้ๆ็ใธใฎๅฝๆฅใซใใ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅฝขใ็ ดๆใ้ฒๆญขใใใฆใใใ ย ย If the lower end 232a of the shielding plate 232 is narrower than the ball outlet 224a, the shielding plate 232 enters the ball outlet 224a, the lower end of the shielding plate 232 collides with the game ball in the ball outlet 224a, and the shielding plate 232 is deformed. And damage is likely to occur. In the pachinko machine 10, since the lower end portion 232a of the shielding plate 232 is wider than the ball outlet 224a, the shielding plate 232 does not enter the ball outlet 224a, and the shielding plate 232 is brought into contact with the game ball. Deformation and breakage are prevented.
ไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธๅดใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ้ใใๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใใใฎๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใ้้ๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ่จญใใใใใใฎ้้ๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅด๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅด๏ผใธ็งปๅๅฏ่ฝใจใชใฃใฆใใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏ็ฅๆฐดๅนณใซ้ๅฃใใไธๆนใๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใฏๅฅใฎๅด๏ผไธๅด๏ผใซๅๅฒใใฆ้ๅฃๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใ้้ๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ้ขๅดใธ็งปๅใใใจๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅดใซๅชๅ ใใฆ้ๆ็ใๆตไธใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ้ๆ็ใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๆๅบใใใใ้้ๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅพๆนใธ้ ็ฝฎใใใฆๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใใ็ถๆ ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ็ถๆ ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏใ้้ๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใซใใฃใฆ้ๆ็ใๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธๆกๅ ใใใใใใฎ้้ๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ็คบใใชใใชใณใฏๆฉๆงใไปใใฆไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณๅดใซ่จญใใใใ็ๆใใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซ้ฃ็ตใใใฆใใใใใฎ็ๆใใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆผไธๆไฝใใใใจใซใใ้้ๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ้ขๅดใซ็งปๅใใ้ๆ็ใฎ็ๆใใ่กใใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใฆใฏใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ้ใใๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅดใซ้ๆ็ใๅชๅ ใใฆๆตไธใใใใใๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ้้ๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใๅฟ ใใใ้้ๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅดใซ่จญใใๅฟ ่ฆใฏใชใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ้ใใๆๅบๅฃใใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใธ้ใใ็ๅบๅฃๅดใซ้ๆ็ใๅชๅ ใใฆๆตไธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ็ๅบๅฃใ้้ใใ้้ๆฟใ่จญใใใจๅ ฑใซ็ๆใใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆผไธใใใๅ ดๅใซ็ๅบๅฃใ้้ใใใใใซใชใณใฏๆฉๆงใ่จญใใฆ็ๅบๅฃใ้้ใใใใใซใใฆใ่ฏใใๆใใฏใๆๅบๅฃใจ็ๅบๅฃใจใฎๅๆนใซ้้ๆฟใ่จญใใฆๅ้้ๆฟใ็ๆใใใฟใณใซ้ฃๅใใฆๆๅบๅฃใใใณ็ๅบๅฃใ้้ใใใใใซใใฆใ่ฏใใ ย ย On the lower side of the ball outlet 224a in the upper plate 201, as shown in FIG. 12 (a), a discharge port 201a leading to the lower plate 301 and a closing plate 234 for closing the discharge port 201a are provided. The plate 234 is movable to the front side of the pachinko machine 10 (left side in FIG. 12A). The ball outlet 224a opens substantially horizontally with respect to the upper plate 201, while the discharge outlet 201a is branched and formed on the side (lower side) different from the ball outlet 224a, and the closing plate 234 is on the front side. When moving to, the game ball flows down preferentially on the discharge port 201a side, and the game ball in the upper plate 201 is discharged to the lower plate 301. In the state where the closing plate 234 is disposed rearward and the discharge port 201a is closed (the state shown in FIG. 12B), the game ball is guided to the discharge port 201a by the upper surface of the closing plate 234. The closing plate 234 is connected to a ball removal button 216 (see FIG. 1) provided on the right side of the upper plate 201 via a link mechanism (not shown). By depressing the ball removal button 216, the closing plate 234 moves to the front side, and the game ball is removed. In the present embodiment, the game ball preferentially flows down from the ball outlet 224a to the outlet 201a leading to the lower plate 301. Therefore, the closing plate 234 is provided at the outlet 201a. There is no need to provide it on the outlet 201a side, and when a game ball flows preferentially on the ball outlet side leading to the ball launching unit 90 from the outlet opening leading to the lower plate 301, a closing plate for opening and closing the ball outlet is provided and the ball outlet is removed. A link mechanism may be provided to open and close the ball outlet so that the ball outlet is closed when the button 216 is pressed. Alternatively, a closing plate is provided at both the discharge port and the ball outlet to provide each closing plate. However, the discharge port and the ball outlet may be opened and closed in conjunction with the ball release button.
ใใใงใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅน ็ญใงใใใจใใใฎไธ็ซฏ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ ใซๅ ฅใ่พผใใง็่ฉฐใพใใ็ใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏใ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅน ๅบใซๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใฎใงใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใฎ้ฃ้ใ็ขบๅฎใซใใใใจใใงใใ็่ฉฐใพใใฎ็บ็ใๆๅถใใใใจใงใใใ ย ย Here, if the lower end 232a of the shielding plate 232 is narrower than the bulb outlet 224a than the bulb outlet 224a, the lower end 232a may enter the bulb outlet 224a and clog the bulb. In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the lower end 232a of the shielding plate 232 is formed wider than the ball outlet 224a, so that the communication between the upper plate 201 and the lower plate 301 can be ensured, and the ball is jammed. Can be suppressed.
็ฌฌ๏ผ้้ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅนณ้ข็ถใฎ่ๆฟใไธๆนใซๅผพๆงๅคๅฝขใใใฆๆฒๆใใใ็ถๆ ใซใใฆใ่ฃๅผทๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๅๅใฌใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฟๆฏๆ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใซๆฏๆใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅผพๆงๅใซใใๅ ใฎๅนณใใช็ถๆ ใซๅพฉๅธฐใใใใจใใฆ่ฃๅผทๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆผๅงใใ็ถๆ ใจใชใฃใฆใใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้็ถๆ ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ็ถๆ ๏ผใซใใฃใฆใฏใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆผๅงใใใคใคๅกใใใ็ถๆ ใจใชใใ้ๆ็ใฎๆตๅบใ้ปๆญขใใใใ ย ย The shielding plate 232 of the first opening / closing unit 230 is supported by the reinforcing plate 224 and the plate support portion 233a of the rotating lever 233 in a state in which a flat thin plate is elastically deformed and bent downward. For this reason, the shielding plate 232 is in a state of pressing the reinforcing plate 224 in an attempt to return to the original flat state by the elastic force. When the front frame 14f is in the open state (the state shown in FIG. 12A), the ball outlet 224a is closed while being pressed by the shielding plate 232, and the game ball is prevented from flowing out.
ๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้็ถๆ ใซใชใใจใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใๅๅใฌใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฅ่งฆ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ ็ซฏๅด๏ผไธ็ซฏๅด๏ผใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃๅด๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅณๅด๏ผใซๅใใฃใฆ็ชๅบใใ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใฎ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใฏใๅๅใฌใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅนณใใซๅพฉๅธฐใใใใจใใๅผพๆงๅใซใใใๅๅ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใไธญๅฟใซใใฆๆฅ่งฆ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃๅดใซ็ชๅบใใๆนๅ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅใๆนๅ๏ผใซไปๅขใใใใใฆใธใณใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จ๏ผในใใใ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซๅฝๆฅใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๅๅไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผใซใฆ้ๆญขใใใ ย ย When the front frame 14f is in the open state, as shown in FIG. 12A, the front end side (lower end side) of the contact portion 233b of the rotation lever 233 faces the back side of the front frame 14 (right side in FIG. 12A). Projecting. In this state, the rotation lever 233 is such that the contact portion 233b protrudes behind the front frame 14 around the rotation shaft 231a due to the elastic force of the shielding plate 232 returning to flat (FIG. 12 ( a) (counterclockwise direction), and stops at a position (first rotation position) in contact with a part of the housing 231 (stopper portion 231b).
ๅๅใฌใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๅๅไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใฏใ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎไธ็ซฏ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธ้จใๅกใไฝ็ฝฎใซใพใงๅไธใใ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใฎ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใฏไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ้ๆ็ใฏ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๆตใใ่ฆๅถใใใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃๅดใธ้ๆ็ใๆตๅบใใชใใใใฃใฆใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ้ๆ็ใ่ฒฏ็ใใใ็ถๆ ใงๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใฆใ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ้ๆ็ใฎๆตๅบใ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย In the state in which the rotation lever 233 is disposed at the first rotation position, the shielding plate 232 is in a state of hanging down to a position where the lower end portion 232a closes the upper portion of the bulb outlet 224a. In this state, the flow of the game balls in the upper plate 201 is restricted by the shielding plate 232, and the game balls do not flow out from the ball outlet 224 a to the back side of the front frame 14. Therefore, even if the front frame 14 is opened while the game balls are stored in the upper plate 201, the game balls in the upper plate 201 can be prevented from flowing out by the shielding plate 232.
ใพใใใใฆใธใณใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅๅใฌใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฏๆใใใ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏ้จใจไธ็ซฏ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใฎ้้จๅใซๅฝๆฅใใฆใ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ฃๅผทๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๆนๅใซๆผๅงใใๆผๅง้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใๅผทใ่ฃๅผทๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใซๆผๅงใใใใใจใจใชใใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅขใใใ้ๆ็ใๅฐใใใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ้ๆ็ใๅค้ใซใใฃใฆ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใใจใใๅใๅคงใใใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใ้ๆ็ใใใ็ขบๅฎใซๅใๆญขใใฆใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใฎ้ๆ็ใฎๆตๅบ้ฒๆญขใ็ขบๅฎใชใใฎใจใใฆใใใ ย ย Further, the housing 231 is provided with a pressing portion 231c that abuts against a portion between one end portion and the lower end portion 232a of the shielding plate 232 supported by the rotating lever 233 and presses the shielding plate 232 in the direction of the reinforcing plate 224. It has been. For this reason, the shielding plate 232 is more strongly pressed toward the reinforcing plate 224 side, so that the game balls are led to the ball outlet 224a vigorously or there are a lot of game balls in the upper plate 201 so that the shielding plate 232 is opened. Even when the force increases, the game ball is received more reliably, and the outflow of the game ball from the ball outlet 224a is surely prevented.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใ็ถๆ ใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใใใจใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใๅๅใฌใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฅ่งฆ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ช่ตท๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฝๆฅใใคใคๆผๅงใใใฆๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅดใซๅๅใใใใใ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใฎๅพใๅๅใฌใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใใใซๅพใฃใฆๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๅๅไฝ็ฝฎใใใใฆใธใณใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๅ ฅใ่พผใๆนๅ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅณๅใๆนๅ๏ผใซๅๅใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎๅ จใซ้้ใใใ๏ผๅณใกใๆฝ้ ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๆ ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ้ขๆ ้ค้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใไฟๅใใ๏ผใจใใฆใธใณใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๆๅคง้ใซๆผใ่พผใพใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๅๅไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผใซใฆ้ๆญขใใใๅๅใฌใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅใซไผดใฃใฆๅๅใฌใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฟๆฏๆ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ้ข้ใใๅด๏ผไธๅด๏ผใธ็งปๅใใใ ย ย When the front frame 14 is closed from the state shown in FIG. 12A, the contact portion 233b of the rotating lever 233 is pressed while contacting the projection 30k of the inner frame 13, as shown in FIG. 12B. And turned to the front frame 14 side. Thereafter, as the front frame 14 is closed, the pivot lever 233 pivots in the direction entering the housing 231 from the first pivot position shown in FIG. 12A (clockwise direction in FIG. 12B). When the front frame 14 is completely closed (that is, the front frame collar portion 14a is engaged with the front frame collar member 412 of the locking unit 410), the position is pushed into the housing 231 to the maximum (second position). ). As the rotation lever 233 rotates, the plate support portion 233a of the rotation lever 233 moves to the side (upper side) away from the ball outlet 224a.
ๅๅใฌใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๅๅไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใฏใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ฆใฃใฆใใ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใไธๆใใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใใฆ้ๆ็ใ้้ๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ้ๆ็ใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ้ๆ็ใฏ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฐๅ ฅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธๅใใฆ้ ๆฌกๆตๅบใใใใจใจใชใใใใฎใใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใ่ฃ็ตฆใ็ถใใ้ใใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ้ๆ้ ๅใธๅใใฆ้ๆ็ใ็ถ็ถใใฆ็บๅฐใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย In a state where the rotation lever 233 is disposed at the second rotation position, the lower end portion 232a of the shielding plate 232 that covers the ball outlet 224a is raised, and the ball outlet 224a is opened so that a game ball can pass. Become. If there is a game ball in the upper plate 201, the game ball will sequentially flow out from the ball outlet 224a toward the introduction port 102b of the ball launch unit 90. Therefore, as long as game balls are continuously supplied to the upper plate 201, the game balls can be continuously fired toward the game area by the ball launch unit 90.
ๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้็ถๆ ใใ้ๆพใใใใจใๅๅใฌใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๆฅ่งฆ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ช่ตท๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใๆผๅงใ่งฃ้คใใใ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅพฉๅ ๅใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๅๅไฝ็ฝฎใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๅๅไฝ็ฝฎใธใจๅคไฝใใใๅๅใฌใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคไฝใซไผดใฃใฆ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ฃๅผทๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฟ้ขไธใๆบๅใใคใคไธ้ใใ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใใฆ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใฎ้ๆ็ใฎๆตๅบใ้ฒๆญขใใใใใคใพใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพใจๅ ฑใซ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใใใฎใงใ้ๆๅ ดใฎๅบๅกใฏใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใฆ็นๆค็ญใฎไฝๆฅญใ่กใๅ ดๅใซไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ้ๆ็ใฎๆตๅบใๅฟ้ ใใใใจใชใ็ฐกๆใซๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย When the front frame 14 is released from the closed state, the rotation lever 233 (contact portion 233b) is released from the pressing by the projection 30k of the inner frame 13, and is restored from the second rotation position by the restoring force of the shielding plate 232. Displacement to the 1 rotational position. With the displacement of the turning lever 233, the shielding plate 232 slides down on the plate surface of the reinforcing plate 224, the ball outlet 224a is closed at the lower end 232a of the shielding plate 232, and the game ball from the ball outlet 224a Is prevented from flowing out. That is, since the ball outlet 224a is closed along with the opening of the front frame 14, the store clerk at the game hall is worried about the outflow of the game ball in the upper plate 201 when the front frame 14 is opened and the work such as inspection is performed. The front frame 14 can be easily opened without any problems.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใใใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ้้ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆง้ ใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้้ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฌใผใซๅดๅฃ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ้ ่จญใใใ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆไธไธใซๅไฝใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅใใฆใใใ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฌใผใซๅดๅฃ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅณ็คบใใชใใใธใซใใฃใฆๅบๅฎใใใฆใใใๅพ่ฟฐใใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆใใฎๅไฝใๅถๅพกใใใใ ย ย Next, the structure of the second opening / closing unit 250 will be described with reference to FIGS. 11 and 12. The second opening / closing unit 250 includes a ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 disposed in the rail side wall member 226 and an opening / closing lid 252 that moves up and down by the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251. The ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 is fixed to the rail side wall member 226 with a screw (not shown), and the operation thereof is controlled by a payout and firing control device 611 described later.
้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้คๅฝขใซๅฑๆฒใใๅฝข็ถใซๅฝขๆใใใๅๆๆจน่่ฃฝใฎๆฟใงๆงๆใใใฆใใใ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ปธใซๅบๅฎใใใฆใใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ็ซฏ้จใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใไธ้ใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใไธๆใใ็ถๆ ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไบ็น้็ท๏ผใซใใใฆ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใใใฌใผใซๅดๅฃ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฏๅ็ฏๅฒใๅฎใใใใใซๅฝขๆใใใ๏ผๆฌใฎ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใๅ่ปธใซๅฝๆฅใใใใจใซใใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆไฝ็ฝฎใจไธ้ไฝ็ฝฎใจใ่ฆๅถใใใใใพใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใ้้ๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฏๆใใใ้ๆ็ใฎใใกๆใไธๆตๅดใซไฝ็ฝฎใใ้ๆ็ใซๅฏพๅใใฆ้ ็ฝฎใใใใใใฎใใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็้ใๆฉๆง๏ผ๏ผๅดใธใฎ้ๆ็ใฎ้่ทฏใ้้ใใใ็ถๆ ใง้้ๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฝใใฆไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใใใจใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใไธๆตๅดใฎๅ จใฆใฎ้ๆ็ใๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๆๅบใใใใ ย ย The opening / closing lid 252 is made of a synthetic resin plate formed in a bent shape, and is fixed to the shaft of the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251. As shown in FIG. 11C, the tip of the opening / closing lid 252 closes the ball outlet 224a in the lowered state, and opens the ball outlet 224a in the raised state (two-dot chain line in FIG. 11C). . The rail side wall member 226 is provided with two shafts 226a formed to determine the movable range of the opening / closing lid 252. By abutting on each shaft, the ascending position and the descending position of the opening / closing lid 252 are provided. Be regulated. In addition, the opening / closing lid 252 is disposed to face the gaming ball located on the most downstream side among the gaming balls supported by the closing plate 234 that opens and closes the discharge port 201 a of the upper plate 201. For this reason, when the closing plate 234 is operated and the discharge port 201a of the upper plate 201 is opened in a state where the path of the game ball to the ball feeding mechanism 94 side is closed by the opening / closing lid 252, the upstream side from the opening / closing lid 252. Are all discharged from the outlet 201a.
ใใใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้้ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅไฝใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกใซใใฃใฆ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅทฆๅใใซๅๅใใใใใซ้งๅใใใใจ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏไธ้ใใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฌใผใซๅดๅฃ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅดใฎ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฝๆฅใใใพใงไธ้ใใใจใ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅใ่ฆๅถใใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใ็ถๆ ใซใฆ้ๆญขใใใไธๆนใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ้้ใใใ็ถๆ ใซใฆใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกใซใใฃใฆ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณๅใใซๅๅใใใใใซ้งๅใใใใจ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏไธๆใใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฌใผใซๅดๅฃ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅดใฎ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฝๆฅใใใพใงไธๆใใใจใ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅใ่ฆๅถใใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏใฏ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใไธๅดใซไฝ็ฝฎใใฆ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใ็ถๆ ใซใฆ้ๆญขใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ็ถๆ ๏ผใ ย ย Here, the operation of the second opening / closing unit 250 will be described. When the ball exit opening / closing motor 251 is driven to rotate counterclockwise under the control of the dispensing and launch control device 611, the opening / closing lid 252 is lowered. When the opening / closing lid 252 is lowered until it comes into contact with the lower shaft 226a of the rail side wall member 226, the rotation of the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 is restricted, and the opening / closing lid 252 is stationary with the ball outlet 224a closed. On the other hand, when the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 is driven to rotate clockwise under the control of the dispensing discharge control device 611 in a state where the ball outlet 224a is closed by the opening / closing lid 252, the opening / closing lid 252 rises. When the opening / closing lid 252 is raised until it comes into contact with the upper shaft 226a of the rail side wall member 226, the rotation of the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 is restricted, and the lower end of the opening / closing lid 252 is positioned above the ball outlet 224a. It stops in the state which open | released (state of FIG.12 (b)).
ๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅถๅพกๅ ๅฎนใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใฟใใใปใณใตใฎใชใณใชใใซ้ฃๅใใใใใซ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้งๅใใใ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆกใฃใฆ้ๆใ่กใฃใฆใใๆ้ไธญใซใฏใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆใ่งฆใใฆใใชใๆ้ไธญใซใฏ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใฆ้ๆ็ใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฐๅ ฅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใฏๆตๅ ฅใใชใใใใซใใใใใฎใใใ้ๆ่ ใ้ๆใ่กใใใใซไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๆๅ ฅใใๅพใๅ จใ้ๆใ่กใใชใใงๅฅใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซ็งปๅใใใใ้ๆใๅๆญขใใฆ้ๆๅ ดใใๅใใ้ๆ็ใ่ฟๅดใใๅ ดๅใ็ๆใใฎใใใซไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๆจชใฎ็ๆใใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆผไธๆไฝใใฆ้้ๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฝใใใใจใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆๅ ฅใใ้ๆ็ใฏ๏ผ็ๆฎใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๆตไธใใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใณใจใชใใพใงใๅณใกใ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆกใใพใงใฏ้ๆ็ใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผๅดใธๆตไธใใชใใใใงใใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใชใๅพๆฅใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใฏใ้ๆ็ใไธ็ฟใธๆๅ ฅใใๅพใซ็ๆใใ่กใๅ ดๅใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผๅดใธๆตไธใใ้ๆ็็ญใใใใใ้ๆ้ ๅใธๆใก่พผใใ ใใใใกใผใซ็ใซใใใใใใชใฉใฎ้ขๅใชๆไฝใๅฟ ่ฆใจใชใใใใฎๆไฝใซใใฃใฆๅใๅ ฅใใ้ๆ็ใ็ก้งใซๆถ่ฒปใใฆใใพใฃใฆใใใใใใซๅฏพใใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆ่ ใฎ็บๅฐๆไฝใซ้ฃๅใใฆ้้ใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใจใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซใฏใๆๅ ฅใใ้ๆ็ใฎใใก้ๆ้ ๅใธ็บๅฐใใๅใฎ้ๆ็ใ็ฐกๅใใค็ขบๅฎใซ่ฟๅดใใใใจใใงใใ็ก้งใช้ๆ็ใฎๆถ่ฒปใๆใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย The payout launch control device 611 drives the ball exit opening / closing motor 251 so as to be interlocked with the launch operation by the player, specifically, on / off of the touch sensor of the operation handle 310, as will be described in detail later. The open / close lid 252 opens the ball outlet 224a while the player is holding the operation handle 310 to play a game, and the open / close lid 252 is open to the ball outlet 224a when the player is not touching the operation handle 310. Is closed so that the game ball does not flow into the introduction port 102b of the ball launching unit 90. For this reason, after a player puts a game ball into the upper plate 201 in order to play a game, the player moves to another pachinko machine 10 without playing any game, or stops the game and borrows it from the game hall To return the ball, if the closing plate 234 is operated by depressing the ball removal button 216 beside the upper plate 201 to remove the ball, the game ball thrown into the upper plate 201 flows down to the lower plate 301 without remaining one ball. To do. This is because the game ball does not flow down to the ball launching unit 90 until the touch sensor of the operation handle 310 is turned on, that is, until the player holds the operation handle 310. In a conventional gaming machine that does not have an open / close lid 252, when removing a ball after throwing the game ball into the upper plate, the game ball or the like that has flowed down to the ball launching unit 90 side is bothered into the game area or made into a foul ball. It was necessary to perform a cumbersome operation such as playing, and the game balls borrowed by this operation were wasted. On the other hand, by providing an opening / closing lid 252 that opens and closes the ball outlet 224a in conjunction with the player's launch operation, the player can easily and easily release the game ball before being launched into the game area. It can be reliably returned, and wasteful consumption of game balls can be suppressed.
ใชใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅฟ ใใใใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้งๅๅใซใใ้้ๅไฝใ่กใใใใซๆงๆใใๅฟ ่ฆใฏใชใใใฝใฌใใคใใชใฉๅฅใฎ้งๅๅใไปไธใใ่ฃ ็ฝฎใง้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฝใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ้้่ใจใใฑใผใใซ็ญใง้ฃ็ตใใฆ้้่ใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆไฝใซ้ฃๅใใฆ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใใใใซใใฆใ่ฏใใ ย ย Note that the opening / closing lid 252 is not necessarily configured to perform an opening / closing operation by the driving force of the motor 251. The opening / closing lid 252 may be configured to operate by a device that applies another driving force such as a solenoid. The operation handle 310 and the opening / closing lid are connected by a cable or the like, and the opening / closing lid is interlocked with the operation of the operation handle 310. The ball outlet 224a may be opened and closed.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขใซๅใไปใใใใใฌใฉในใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฌใฉในใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขๅณใงใใใใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ฝโ๏ผณ๏ฝ็ทใซใใใๆญ้ขๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ฝโ๏ผณ๏ฝ็ทใซใใใๆญ้ขๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ฝโ๏ผณ๏ฝ็ทใซใใใๆญ้ขๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ขๅฐ๏ผถๆนๅใใ่ฆใใฌใฉในใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้จๅๆกๅคงๅณใงใใใ ย ย Next, the glass unit 17 attached to the back surface of the front frame 14 will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 13 is a front view of the glass unit 17. 14 is a cross-sectional view taken along line Sa-Sa in FIG. 13, FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view taken along line Sb-Sb in FIG. 13, and FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view taken along line Sc-Sc in FIG. It is. FIG. 17 is a partially enlarged view of the glass unit 17 as viewed from the direction of the arrow V in FIG.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใฌใฉในใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅพๆฅใฎใใใซใ็ฉๅฝข็ถใฎๆฟใฌใฉในใๅๅพๅฏพใซใใฆๅฅใ ใซๅ้ขๆ ใซๅใไปใใใใฎใงใชใใๅ จไฝใจใใฆใฏไธธๅฝขใใชใ๏ผๆใฎๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธไฝๅ๏ผใขใใปใณใใชๅ๏ผใใไธใงๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅใไปใใใใฎใงใใใใใฎใฌใฉในใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ช้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๅฝข็ถใซใปใผๅฏพๅฟใใฆใ็ฅๅๅฝขใงๅไธๅฝข็ถใใชใๅๅพไธๅฏพใฎๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใใใๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅจ็ธใๅฒใใใใซ่จญใใใใไฟๆใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅใใฆใใใ ย ย The glass unit 17 in the present embodiment is not formed by attaching rectangular plate glasses to the front frame separately in front and rear pairs as in the prior art, but as a whole, two plate glasses 151 having a round shape are integrated (assembled). And then attached to the front frame 14. The glass unit 17 substantially corresponds to the shape of the window portion 14c (see FIG. 1) of the front frame 14 and is provided so as to surround a pair of front and rear plate glasses 151 that are substantially circular and have the same shape, and the periphery of the plate glasses 151. The holding frame 153 is provided.
ไฟๆใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่ใซใใๅฝขๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใๆญ้ข็ฅใใฒใๅญ็ถใซใฆๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅฝขใซๆฒฟใฃใฆ็ฐ็ถใซๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใไฟๆใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธกๅด๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธไธไธกๅด๏ผใซใฏใไธๅฏพใฎ้ค็ถๆญ้ขใซๅฝขๆใใใๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฟๆ้จใๅฝขๆใใใๅๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไฟๆใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅคๅจใๅฒใใใใจๅ ฑใซใไธ้ขๅดใฎๅคๅจ็ธใไฟๆใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฅ่งฆใใ็ถๆ ใซ้ ่จญใใใใไฟๆใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใฏๆฅ็ๆใซใใใใใใๆฅ็๏ผใใใใกใซใๆฅ็ๆ็ญใงๆฅ็๏ผๅบๅฎใใใ๏ผๆใฎๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใใฎ้ใซไปๅจใใไฟๆใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๆๅฎ้้ใ้ใฆใ็ถๆ ใงไธไฝๅใใใใ ย ย The holding frame 153 is made of ABS resin, and is formed in an annular shape along the outer shape of the plate glass 151 with a substantially โhโ -shaped cross section as shown in FIG. For this reason, on both sides of the holding frame 153 (upper and lower sides in FIG. 14), a holding portion for the plate glass 151 formed in a pair of bowl-shaped cross sections is formed, and the outer periphery of each plate glass 151 is surrounded by the holding frame 153 The outer peripheral edge on the one surface side is disposed in contact with the holding frame 153. The holding frame 153 and the plate glass 151 are respectively bonded and fixed by an adhesive (bonded with a hot-melt adhesive or the like), and the two plate glasses 151 are integrated with a predetermined interval by a holding frame 153 interposed therebetween. It becomes.
ไฟๆใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใไธๆนๅด๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆไธๅด๏ผใซใใใฆๅคๆนใซ่จๅบใใๅฝข็ถใซๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฎ่จๅบ้จๅใ่ฆใใใใซไธ้จๅใ่จๅบใใๅฝข็ถใจใชใฃใฆใใใใใฎ่จๅบ้จๅใฏใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผ้ขใซใใใๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใจๅ ใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใจใซใใๅฝขๆใใใ่ชๅฐใฌใผใซใฎไธ้จ๏ผๅณ๏ผใฎๅทฆไธๅดใฎ้จๅ๏ผใ่ฆใใซใใผใจใชใใ่ชๅฐใฌใผใซ้จๅใซใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผๅ้ขๅดใธใฎ้ๆ็ใฎๆตๅบใ่ฆๅถใใใ ย ย As shown in FIG. 13, the holding frame 153 is formed in a shape that bulges outward on one side (lower left side in FIG. 13), and a part of the plate glass 151 also bulges so as to cover the bulged portion. The shape is out. This bulging portion serves as a cover that covers a part of the guide rail formed by the outer rail 62 and the inner rail 61 on the surface of the game board 16 (the lower left portion in FIG. 3), and the front surface of the game board 16 in the guide rail portion. The outflow of game balls to the side is regulated.
ใพใใไฟๆใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธๆนๅด๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆไธๅด๏ผใซใใใฆๅคๆนใซ่จๅบใใ้จๅใซใ๏ผๆใฎๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ใฎ้ ๅใๅบ็ปใใๅบ็ปๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎๅบ็ปๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใ๏ผๆใฎๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ใซๅๅฎน้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฝขๆใใใใใฎๅๅฎน้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๆฐดๅใฎ็ต้ฒใๆใใ้ฒๆญขใใใใใซๅธๆนฟใ่กใไนพ็ฅๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใไนพ็ฅๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผ็๏ผ็ตใฎใฑใผใน้จๆใๅฏพๅใใใฆๅ ้จใซๅๅฎน็ฉบ้ใๅฝขๆใใใฑใผใทใณใฐใจใใใฎใฑใผใทใณใฐๅ ใซๅคๆฐๅๅฎนใใใ็ฒไธใฎไนพ็ฅๅคใซใใๆงๆใใใใใฑใผใทใณใฐๅ ใฏ้ๅฃ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใซใใ่คๆฐใฎ้จๅฑใซๅบ็ปใใใๅ้จๅฑๆฏใซไนพ็ฅๅคใๅๅฎนใใใฆใใใไนพ็ฅๅคใจใใฆใฏใผใชใฉใคใใใทใชใซใฒใซ็ญใๆใใใใใใพใใใฑใผใทใณใฐใซใฏใใใฎๅ ๅคใ้ฃ้ใใๅคๆฐใฎๅฐๅญใๅฝขๆใใใ๏ผๆใฎๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฏๅฐใพใใฏใปใผๅฏๅฐใใใ็ฉบ้ๅ ใฎ็ฉบๆฐใๅน็็ใซ้คๆนฟใใใ็ต้ฒ็ญใฎ็บ็ใ้ฒๆญขใใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใใชใใไฟๆใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅบ็ปๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใณไนพ็ฅๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ช้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใๅฝขๆใใใ้ๅฃใใใๅคๅจๅดใซ้ ่จญใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ ้ฃพใซไธ่ฆใชไนพ็ฅๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใๅค้จใใ่ฆ่ชใใใชใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย In addition, the holding frame 153 is provided with a partition wall 153a that partitions an area between the two glass sheets 151 in a portion that bulges outward on one side (lower left side in FIG. 13). A storage portion 154 is formed between the two plate glasses 151 by the partition wall 153a, and a drying tool 155 that absorbs moisture is provided in the storage portion 154 in order to prevent moisture condensation and fogging. The drying tool 155 is composed of a casing that forms a housing space inside with a pair of two case members facing each other, and a desiccant on the grains housed in the casing. The casing is partitioned into a plurality of rooms by partition walls (not shown), and a desiccant is accommodated in each room. Examples of the desiccant include zeolite and silica gel. The casing is formed with a large number of small holes communicating with the inside and outside of the casing, and the air in the space sealed or almost sealed by the two glass sheets 151 is efficiently dehumidified to prevent the occurrence of condensation. It has become so. The partition wall 153a and the drying tool 155 of the holding frame 153 are disposed on the outer peripheral side of the opening formed by the window portion 14c of the front frame 14, and the drying tool 155 and the like unnecessary for decoration of the pachinko machine 10 are externally provided. Is not visible.
ไฟๆใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใ๏ผๆใฎๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจไฟๆใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใซใใๅฒใใใๅ ้จ็ฉบ้ใจๅค้จใจใ้ฃ้ใใ้ใใๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ฉฟ่จญใใใฆใใใใใฎ้ใใๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฅ็ๅบๅฎใๅฎนๆใใค็ขบๅฎใชใใฎใจใใใใใซ่จญใใใใใ้ใใๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅ ฅๅฃ้จใซใฏใๆฅ็ๅคใๆณจๅ ฅใใใฆไนพ็ฅใใ็กฌๅใใ็ถๆ ใจใชใฃใฆใใใใพใใ้ใใๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅ ้ขๅฝข็ถใฏใไฟๆใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅด๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅด๏ผใใๅ ๅดใธๆฌก็ฌฌใซๅ ๅพใ็ธฎๅฐใใใใผใ็ถ๏ผๅ้ๅฝข็ถ๏ผใซๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใๅคๅดใใใฎๆฅ็ๅคใฎๆณจๅ ฅๆใซ้ใใๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฎๅ จใซ้ๅกใใๆใใใฆใใใ ย ย As shown in FIG. 15, the holding frame 153 is provided with an escape hole 153 b that communicates the internal space surrounded by the two plate glasses 151 and the holding frame 153 with the outside. This escape hole 153b is provided in order to make the bonding and fixing of the plate glass 151 easy and reliable. Adhesive is injected into the entrance of the escape hole 153b, dried and hardened. Further, the inner shape of the escape hole 153b is formed in a tapered shape (conical shape) in which the inner diameter gradually decreases from the outside (the lower side in FIG. 13) to the inside of the holding frame 153, and when the adhesive is injected from the outside. The escape hole 153b is easily closed completely.
ใใใงใใฌใฉในใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ตใฟ็ซใฆๅทฅ็จใซใคใใฆใ็นใซไฟๆใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ๏ผๆใฎๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ๅบๅฎใใ้จๅใไธญๅฟใซ่ชฌๆใใใ๏ผๆใฎๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ผ็ฝฎใใ็ถๆ ใจใใใใฎๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไฟๆใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ๅบๅฎใใใๆฌกใใงใๅๅฎน้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไนพ็ฅๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใปใใใใฆใใใ๏ผๆ็ฎใฎๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไฟๆใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฅ็ๅบๅฎใใใ ย ย Here, the assembling process of the glass unit 17 will be described with a focus on the portion where the two glass plates 151 are bonded and fixed to the holding frame 153 in particular. One plate glass 151 is placed, and the holding frame 153 is bonded and fixed to the plate glass 151. Next, after the drying tool 155 is set in the housing portion 154, the second sheet glass 151 is bonded and fixed to the holding frame 153.
ใใฎ๏ผๆ็ฎใฎๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฅ็ใใใ็ขบๅฎใชใใฎใจใใใใใซๅผทใๅใงๆผๅงใใใใจใจใชใใใใใฎๆผๅงใซ้ใใ๏ผๆใฎๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ้ใฎ็ฉบๆฐใๅง็ธฎใใใใใใใใใใใใ็ฉบๆฐใๅผทใๅง็ธฎใใใใจใ็ฉบๆฐใฎ่จๅผตใซใใฃใฆๆฅ็ๅพใซๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไฟๆใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅฅ้ขใใฆใใพใใใจใๆธๅฟตใใใใใใฎ็นใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ใใๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใไปใใฆๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ใจๅค้จใจใฎ็ฉบๆฐใฎๅบๅ ฅใใๅฏ่ฝใงใใใฎใงใ๏ผๆ็ฎใฎๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ๅบๅฎๆใซๆผๅงใใใฆใ็ฉบๆฐใๅง็ธฎใใใใใจใใชใใ็ฉบๆฐใฎ่จๅผตใซใใฃใฆไฟๆใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฅ้ขใใฆใใพใใจใใฃใไบๆ ใฏ่ตทใใใชใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย The second sheet glass 151 is pressed with a strong force in order to make the bonding more reliable. However, the air between the two sheet glasses 151 may be compressed during the pressing. If the air is strongly compressed, there is a concern that the plate glass 151 may be peeled off from the holding frame 153 after bonding due to the expansion of the air. In this respect, in the present embodiment, air can enter and exit between the glass plates 151 and the outside through the escape holes 153b, so that the air is compressed even if the second glass plate 151 is pressed during adhesion fixing. In other words, the situation that the plate glass 151 is peeled off from the holding frame 153 due to the expansion of air does not occur.
๏ผๆใฎๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไฟๆใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฅ็ใใๅพใซใฏใ้ใใๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆฅ็ๅคใๆณจๅ ฅใใๆ้ใใใใฆไนพ็ฅ็กฌๅใใใใใใใซใใใๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ้ใซใฏใๅฏๅฐใใใ็ฉบ้ใๅฝขๆใใใๆนฟๆฐใๅ็ญใฎไพตๅ ฅใ่ฆๅถใใใพใไนพ็ฅๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅธๆนฟๅนๆใ้ซใใฆ้ๆ้ ๅใฎ่ฆ่ชๆงใ่ฏ่ณชใชใใฎใจใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย After the two plate glasses 151 are bonded to the holding frame 153, an adhesive is injected into the escape hole 153b, and is dried and cured after a certain time. As a result, a sealed space is formed between the glass plates 151, and the intrusion of moisture, dust, etc. is restricted, and the hygroscopic effect by the drying tool 155 is enhanced to improve the visibility of the game area. it can.
ไฟๆใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใฎๅจ็ธใซใใใ่คๆฐใซๆใซใฆๅคๆนใซ็ชๅบใใๅไป้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใๅๅไป้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅไธใฎๅฝข็ถใซๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใๅๅไป้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใๆฟใฌใฉใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ขๆนๅใซๆฒฟใฃใฆๆฟ้ๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใพใใๅไป้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธๆนใฎ้ข๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅดใฎ้ข๏ผใซใฏใๆฟ้ๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฏพๅฟใใไฝ็ฝฎใซๅฐๅพๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆใใ่่ใซๅฝขๆใใใใฏใใทใฃใจใใฆใฎ้ๅฑๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฐใใธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใไฟๆใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅบๅฎใใใฆใใใๆดใซๆฟ้ๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจ้ๅฑๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฐๅพๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใซๆฟ้ใใใใใใซใใฆใใฌใฉในใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅใไปใใใใใฎๅไปใใธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ ย ย The holding frame 153 is provided with mounting portions 153c that protrude outward at a plurality of locations on the periphery thereof. Each attachment portion 153c is formed in the same shape, and each attachment portion 153c is provided with an insertion hole 153d along the surface direction of the plate glass 151, as shown in FIG. Further, a metal plate 161 as a thin washer having a small-diameter hole 161a at a position corresponding to the insertion hole 153d is held on one surface (the upper surface in FIG. 16) of the attachment portion 153c by a small screw 162. It is fixed to the frame 153. Further, an attachment screw 163 for attaching the glass unit 17 to the front frame 14 is provided so as to be inserted through the insertion hole 153 d and the small diameter hole 161 a of the metal plate 161.
ๅไปใใธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใ่กจ้ขใๅนณๆปใชๅ็ญ็ถใซๅฝขๆใใใ่ปธ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใ่ปธ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅ ็ซฏๅดใซไธไฝๅฝขๆใใใ้ใญใ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใ่ปธ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅบ็ซฏๅดใซ่จญใใใใๆไฝ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใซใใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใ่ปธ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ้ๅฑๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฐๅพๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅฐๅพใซๅฝขๆใใใไธๆนใๆไฝ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏๅคงใใๅฝขๆใใใใใพใใ้ใญใ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ้ๅฑๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฐๅพๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฏพใใฆใปใผๅไธใฎๅคๅพใงใใฃใฆใๅฐๅพๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅคๅพใฏๅคงใใ่ฐทใฎๅพใๅฐใใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใๅไปใใธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ๅฑๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฐๅพๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ้ใญใ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใญใ่พผใใงๅใไปใใใใจใใงใใใปใผ่ปธ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ทใๅ๏ผในใใญใผใฏ้๏ผใ ใ็งปๅๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใง้ๅฑๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆไฟๆใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅใๅคใไธ่ฝใจใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย As shown in FIG. 16, the mounting screw 163 includes a shaft portion 163a formed in a cylindrical shape with a smooth surface, a male screw portion 163b integrally formed on the distal end side of the shaft portion 163a, and a proximal end side of the shaft portion 163a. It is formed by the operation part 163c provided in this. The shaft portion 163a is formed to have a smaller diameter than the small diameter hole 161a of the metal plate 161, while the operation portion 163c is formed to be larger. The male screw portion 163b has substantially the same outer diameter as the small-diameter hole 161a of the metal plate 161, and has an outer diameter larger than that of the small-diameter hole 161a and a smaller valley diameter. For this reason, the mounting screw 163 can be mounted by screwing the male screw portion 163b into the small diameter hole 161a of the metal plate 161, and can be moved through the length of the shaft portion 163a (stroke amount) through the metal plate 161. Thus, the holding frame 153 cannot be removed.
ๅไปใใธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆไฝ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใ่ปธ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅคงๅพใฎๅ็ญ็ถใซๅฝขๆใใใใจๅ ฑใซใใฎๅคๅจ้ขใ่ปธๆนๅใซๆฒฟใฃใ็ดฐใใๆบ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซใใใฎใถใฎใถใซๅ ๅทฅใใใฆใใใใพใใๆไฝ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ็ซฏ้ขไธญๅคฎ้จใซใฏใๅๅญ็ถใฎๆบ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฉในใใฉใคใ็ญใฎๅทฅๅ ทใซใใๅไปใใธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅๆไฝใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใฃใฆใใใใใฎใใใๆไฝ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅคๅจ้ขใๆๅ ใงๆใใงใใๅๅญ็ถใฎๆบ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซๆๅฎใฎๅทฅๅ ทใๅทฎใ่พผใใงใใๅไปใใธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅๆไฝใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใฃใฆใใใใใฃใฆใใฌใฉในใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็่ฑๆไฝใฏใๅทฅๅ ทใใชใใฆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใงใใใๅทฅๅ ทใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใ็ฐกๅใใค็ขบๅฎใซๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๅไปใใธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ๅฑๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใญใ่พผใพใใฆไฟๆใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅใๅคใไธ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใ้ๅฑๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฐๅพๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ใญใ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคๅพใใๅคงใใใใฆๅไปใใธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎนๆใซๅใๅคใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใฃใฆใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใๅไปใใธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๆไฝ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใจ้ๅฑๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใฎ้ใซใฏใในใใชใณใฐใฏใใทใฃ็ญใฎ็ทฉใฟๆญขใ็จใฎๅบง้ใ่จญใใใใฆใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใๆไฝ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคๅพๅฝข็ถใฏใไธ่จใใๅฝข็ถใซ้ๅฎใใใๆใงๅๅใๆใๅฝข็ถใไพใใฐใ่ปธใฎไธกๅดใซๆฟ็ถใซ็ชๅบใใ้จไฝใๆใใใใใใ่ถใใธใฎใใใซๅฝขๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ ย ย As shown in FIG. 17, the operation portion 163c of the mounting screw 163 is formed in a cylindrical shape having a diameter larger than that of the shaft portion 163a, and its outer peripheral surface is processed to be jagged by a fine groove 163c2 along the axial direction. In addition, a cross-shaped groove 163c1 is provided at the center of the end surface of the operation portion 163c, and the mounting screw 163 can be rotated by a tool such as a Phillips screwdriver. For this reason, even if the outer peripheral surface of the operation part 163c is pinched with a fingertip, even if a predetermined tool is inserted into the cross-shaped groove 163c1, the attaching screw 163 can be rotated. Therefore, the attachment / detachment operation of the glass unit 17 can be performed without a tool, and can be performed more easily and reliably when there is a tool. The mounting screw 163 is configured to be screwed into the metal plate 161 so that it cannot be removed from the holding frame 153. However, the mounting screw 163 has a small-diameter hole 161a of the metal plate 161 larger than the outer diameter of the male screw portion 163b. May be easily removable. Further, a locking washer such as a spring washer may be provided between the mounting screw 163 (operation unit 163c) and the metal plate 162. Further, the outer diameter shape of the operation portion 163c is not limited to the above-described shape, and may be formed so as to be easily rotated by hand, for example, a so-called thumb screw having portions protruding in a plate shape on both sides of the shaft. good.
ๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃๅดใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใใฌใฉในใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใๅไป้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่คๆฐใซๆใซ้ใญใใๅฝขๆใใใ่ขซๅไปๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใใใใฎ่ขซๅไปๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใน๏ผๅ็ญ๏ผ็ถใซๅฝขๆใใใใจๅ ฑใซๅ ้ขใซๅไปใใธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใญใ่พผใฟๅฏ่ฝใช้ใญใใๅฝขๆใใใ้ๅฑ่ฃฝใฎ้จๆใงใใใๅ้ขๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅฎไฝ็ฝฎใซใใธใพใใฏๅงๅ ฅใซใใใใใใๅบๅฎใใใฆใใใๅ่ขซๅไปๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅไป้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใใใๅไปใใธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๅบๅฎใใใใใจใซใใใใฌใฉในใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขใซๅไปๅบๅฎใใใใ ย ย On the back side of the front frame 14, as shown in FIG. 11A, there are provided attachments 227 in which female screws are formed at a plurality of locations corresponding to the attachment portions 153 c provided on the glass unit 17. The fixture 227 is a metal member that is formed in a boss (cylindrical) shape and has an internal thread on which an attachment screw 163 can be screwed, and is screwed or press-fitted into a predetermined position of the front frame base 200. Each is fixed. The glass unit 17 is attached and fixed to the back surface of the front frame 14 by fixing the attachment portions 153 c to the attachments 227 by the attachment screws 163.
ใพใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃๅดใซใฏใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใไฟๆใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅจๅฝข็ถใฎไธ้จใซๆฒฟใใใใซใใฆ่ฃ้ขๅดใซ็ชๅบใใ๏ผใคใฎใชใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅ้ขๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไธไฝๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใไธๅดใฎใชใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅ้ขๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ช้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธๅด๏ผใซๆใซใใใฆไธๅดใฎใชใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅคงใใ็ชๅบใใฆ่จญใใใใฆใใใใฌใฉในใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅไปๆใซใฏใใฎไธๅดใๆฏๆใใฆๅไปใ่ฃๅฉใใใใพใใไธๅดใฎใชใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใณไธๅดใฎไธๆนใฎใชใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฏใๅใชใใฎ็ชๅบๆนๅๅดใฎๅ ็ซฏ้จใซใใใฆ็ช้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธญๅฟๅดใซ็ชๅบใใไฟๆญข็ช่ตทใไธไฝๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใฌใฉในใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅไปใซ้ใใฆใฏใใใฎไฟๆญข็ช่ตทใไฟๆใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅจ็ธใซ่จญใใใใๅน้จใซๅตใ่พผใใงใฌใฉในใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใไปฎๆญขใใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย Further, on the back side of the front frame 14, as shown in FIG. 2, three ribs 200 a to 200 c that protrude to the back side along a part of the outer peripheral shape of the holding frame 153 are integrally formed with the front frame base 200. Has been. The lower ribs 200b and 200c are provided so as to protrude larger than the upper rib 200a at the two lower portions of the window portion 14c of the front frame base 200. When the glass unit 17 is attached, the lower ribs 200b and 200c are attached to support the lower side. To assist. The upper rib 200a and the lower rib 200c are integrally formed with a locking projection that protrudes toward the center of the window portion 14c at the leading end of each rib in the protruding direction. At the time of attachment, the glass projection 17 can be temporarily fixed by fitting the engaging projection into a recess provided on the outer peripheral edge of the holding frame 153.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซๆปใฃใฆๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅณๅด็ซฏ้จ๏ผใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆๅทฆ็ซฏ้จ๏ผใซใฏใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฏๆๆฉๆงใจใใฆใไธไธ๏ผใซๆใซๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใฆใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ตใฟไปใใใใจใงใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฏ้ๆพๅฏ่ฝใซ่ฃ ็ใใใใ ย ย Next, returning to FIG. 11A, the configuration of the front frame 14 will be described. Support metal fittings 228 and 229 are attached to two upper and lower portions as a support mechanism of the inner frame 13 on the right side end portion of the rear surface of the front frame 14 (left end portion in front view of the pachinko machine 10). By assembling the support brackets 228 and 229 on the front frame 14 side to the support brackets 33 and 34 on the inner frame 13 side (see FIG. 5A), the front frame 14 is attached to the inner frame 13 so as to be openable. .
ใใ่ฉณใใ่ชฌๆใใใจใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅดใฎๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฅๆฃ็ถใใชใใใใฎไธ้จใฎๅพใไธ้จใฎๅพใใๅคชใๆฎตไปใใฎๅๆฑ็ถใซๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎไธๅดใฎๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅ่ฟฐใใใใใซๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅดใซ้ๅฃใใๅๆฌ ใๆใใๆฏๆๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎๆฏๆๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅๆฌ ใฎๅน ใฏใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผไธๅดใฎๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใไธ้จใฎๅพใใ็ญใใไธ้จใฎๅพใใๅบใใชใฃใฆใใใใใฎใใใไธๅดใฎๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จ๏ผๅฐๅพใฎ้จๅ๏ผใๆฏๆๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ ใซๅตใใฆใใใๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธๆนใซในใฉใคใใใใจใๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคงๅพใฎ้จๅใๆฏๆๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ ใซๅตใฃใฆๆฏๆๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคใใชใใชใใ ย ย More specifically, the support bracket 228 on the upper side of the front frame 14 has a substantially rod shape, and is formed in a stepped columnar shape whose upper diameter is thicker than the lower diameter. The support bracket 33 on the upper side of the inner frame 13 is provided with a support hole 33a having a notch opened on the front side of the inner frame 13 as described above. 14 is narrower than the upper diameter of the upper support fitting 228 and wider than the lower diameter. Therefore, when the lower portion (small diameter portion) of the upper support fitting 228 is fitted into the support hole 33a and then the support fitting 228 is slid downward, the large diameter portion of the support fitting 228 is fitted into the support hole 33a. The support fitting 228 cannot be removed from the support hole 33a.
ๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅดใฎๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซใใธใงๅบๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใใไธ็ซฏ้ขใซใใใฃใฆๆใๆฒใใฆๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใใฎๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏ้ขใซไธๆนใซๅใใฆ้ๅฃใใๆฏๆ็ฉด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎๆฏๆ็ฉด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฏใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฝขๆใใใ็ช่ตท่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅตใ่พผใฟใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅๅๅฏ่ฝใซๆฏๆใใใใ ย ย The lower support bracket 229 on the lower side of the front frame 14 is fixed to the back side of the front frame 14 with screws, and is formed by bending from the back side to the lower end surface. The support fitting 229 is provided with a support hole 229a that opens upward at the lower end surface of the front frame 14, and the support hole 229a has a protruding shaft formed by the support fitting 34 on the inner frame 13 side. The front frame 14 is rotatably supported with respect to the inner frame 13.
ๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ ็ๆ้ ใจใใฆใฏใใพใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผไธๅดใฎๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จ๏ผๅฐๅพใฎ้จๅ๏ผใใๅๆฌ ใไปใใฆๆฏๆๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆฟๅ ฅใใใๆฌกใซใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผไธๅดใฎๆฏๆ็ฉด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผไธๅดใฎๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ช่ตท่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซไฝ็ฝฎใใใฆใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใไธๆนใซในใฉใคใใใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผไธๅดใฎๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅคงๅพใฎ้จๅใๆฏๆๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ ใซๅตใฃใฆๅคใใชใใชใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผไธๅดใฎๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ช่ตท่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅๅๅฏ่ฝใซๆฏๆใใใฆใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ ็ใๅฎไบใใใ ย ย As a procedure for mounting the front frame 14 to the inner frame 13, first, the lower portion (small diameter portion) of the support fitting 228 on the upper side of the front frame 14 is inserted into the support hole 33a through the notch. Next, the front frame 14 is slid downward after the support hole 229a on the lower side of the front frame 14 is positioned on the protruding shaft 34a of the support fitting 34 on the lower side of the inner frame 13. The support metal 228 on the upper side of the front frame 14 has a large-diameter portion fitted into the support hole 33a so that it cannot be removed. Installation is complete.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใใใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผใไธปใซๅ็ งใใฆไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฎ่้ขๅณใงใใใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆจช้ท็ฉๅฝข็ถใซๅฝขๆใใใ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่่ฃฝใฎไธ็ฟใใผใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใๅใไปใใใใฎใงใใใ ย ย Next, the lower plate unit 15 will be described with reference mainly to FIGS. 18 and 19. 18 is a front view of the lower plate unit 15, and FIG. 19 is a rear view thereof. The lower plate unit 15 is obtained by attaching a lower plate 301, an operation handle 310, and the like to an ABS resin lower plate base 300 formed in a horizontally long rectangular shape.
ไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใใปใผไธญๅคฎ้จใซ็ๅ็ฟ้จๆใจใใฆใฎไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎไธ็ฟๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ใใฆๆๅบใใใ้ๆ็ใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่ฒฏ็ๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ็ฟใใผใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใฏๅฅ้จๅใงๅฝขๆใใ้ฃ็ๆงใฎ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่ใ่กจ้ขใซ่ฒผใไปใใฆๅฝขๆใใใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใในใฆใ้ฃ็ๆงใฎ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่ใงๅฝขๆใใใใจใฏๅฟ ่ฆใงใชใใใๅฐใชใใจใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ้ข้จๅใๅณใกไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ้ขๅฑคใจไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅฅฅๆนใฎๅ้ขใใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่ใงๅฝขๆใใใใจใๅฅฝใพใใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ็ซใฎใคใใ็ ่ใๆพ็ฝฎใใใๅฑ้บใใใใฎใงใๅฐใชใใจใใใฎ่กจ้ข้จๅใ้ฃ็ๆงใฎ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่ใงๅฝขๆใใใใจใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅทใ็ซ็ฝใฎ็บ็ใๆๆญขใงใใใใใงใใใๅ้ขใใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใในใใผใซ๏ผณ๏ผฐใใใฎ้ณใๅบๅใใใใใฎๅคๆฐใฎในใใผใซๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฉฟ่จญใใใฆใใใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซใฏใในใใผใซๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใไฝ็ฝฎใซในใใผใซ๏ผณ๏ผฐใใใธใซใใๅบๅฎใใใฆใใใ ย ย As shown in FIG. 18, the lower plate unit 15 is provided with a lower plate 301 as a ball receiving plate member at a substantially central portion, and passes through the discharge port 301a from the lower plate discharge port 36a (see FIG. 2) on the inner frame 13 side. The discharged game balls are configured to be stored in the lower plate 301. The lower plate 301 is formed by sticking a flame retardant ABS resin formed as a separate component to the lower plate base 300 to the surface. Although it is not necessary to form all of the lower plate 301 with flame-retardant ABS resin, at least the surface portion of the lower plate 301, that is, the surface layer of the lower plate 301 and the front panel 302 at the back of the lower plate 301 are made of ABS resin. It is preferable to form. Since there is a danger that the lit cigarette is left in the lower plate 301, damage to the pachinko machine 10 and the occurrence of fire can be suppressed by forming at least the surface portion thereof with flame-retardant ABS resin. It is. The front panel 302 is provided with a number of speaker holes 303 for outputting sound from the speaker SP, and the speaker SP is screwed at a position corresponding to the speaker hole 303 on the back side of the lower plate unit 15. It is fixed by.
ไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขไธๆน้จใซใฏใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใ้ๆ็ใไธๆนใธๆๅบใใ้ใซๆไฝใใใใใฎ็ๆใใฌใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎ็ๆใใฌใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅธธๆใๅณๆนๅใซไปๅขใใใฆใใใใใฎไปๅขใซๆใใฆๅทฆๆนๅใธในใฉใคใใใใใใจใซใใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅบ้ขใซๅฝขๆใใใๅบ้ขๅฃใ้ๅฃใใฆใใใฎๅบ้ขๅฃใใ้ๆ็ใ่ช็ถ่ฝไธใใฆๆๅบใใใใใใใ็ๆใใฌใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆไฝใฏใ้ๅธธใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆนใซไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆๅบใใใ้ๆ็ใๅใๅใ็ฎฑ๏ผไธ่ฌใซใใใซ็ฎฑใใจ็งฐใใใ๏ผใ็ฝฎใใ็ถๆ ใง่กใใใใ ย ย In the lower part of the front of the lower plate 301, a ball removal lever 304 is provided for operating when the game balls stored in the lower plate 301 are discharged downward. The ball pulling lever 304 is always urged to the right, and by sliding it to the left against the urging, the bottom opening formed on the bottom surface of the lower plate 301 is opened. A game ball naturally falls from the bottom opening and is discharged. The operation of the ball pulling lever 304 is usually performed in a state where a box (generally referred to as โdollar boxโ) for receiving the game balls discharged from the lower plate 301 is placed below the lower plate 301.
ไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณๆนใซใฏใๅ่ฟฐใใใใใซๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๆนใซใฏ็ฐ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใฆใใใ็ฐ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏไธ็ฟใใผใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ่ปขๅฏ่ฝใซๅใไปใใใใ่ปธใจๅ ฑใซๆๅๆนๅๅใณๅฅฅๆนๅใธๅๅๅฏ่ฝใซใใใฆใใใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซใฏใใใฎ่ฃ้ขๅ จไฝใ่ฆใใใใซ้ๅฑ่ฃฝใฎๆฟ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ่ชไฝใฎๅๆงใใใณๅผทๅบฆใ้ซใใใใฆใใใ ย ย As described above, the operation handle 310 is disposed on the right side of the lower plate 301, and the ashtray 305 is attached on the left side of the lower plate 301. The ashtray 305 can be rotated in the front and back directions together with a shaft rotatably attached to the lower tray base 300. A metal sheet metal 306 is provided on the back surface side of the lower plate unit 15 so as to cover the entire back surface, and the rigidity and strength of the lower plate unit 15 itself are increased.
ใใฎไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้้ๅฏ่ฝใซๅใไปใใใใฆใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใใใณๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใจๅๆงใซใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆๅทฆๅดใ้้่ปธ็ทใจใใฆๅๆนๅดใซ้ๆพๅฏ่ฝใจใชใฃใฆใใใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆๅทฆไธๅดใซๆฏๆ็ฉด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใใจๅ ฑใซใใใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆๅทฆไธๅดใซๆฏๆ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฏๆ็ฉด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณๆฏๆ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ็ตใฟไปใใใใใจใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ๅฏ่ฝใซ่ฃ ็ใใใใ ย ย The lower pan unit 15 is attached to the inner frame 13 so that it can be opened and closed. Like the inner frame 13 and the front frame 14, the lower pan unit 15 can be opened to the front side with the left side when viewed from the front of the pachinko machine 10 as the opening / closing axis. Yes. The lower dish unit 15 is provided with a support hole 307 on the upper left side of the front view and a support shaft 308 on the lower left side of the front view. When the support hole 307 and the support shaft 308 of the lower plate unit 15 are assembled to the support brackets 34 and 35 on the inner frame 13 side (see FIG. 5A), the lower plate unit 15 opens and closes with respect to the inner frame 13. Installed as possible.
ๆฏๆ็ฉด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณๆฏๆ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆใใใ่ฉณใใ่ชฌๆใใใจใๆฏๆ็ฉด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฟ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏ้จใๆใ่ฟใใ้จๅใซ็ฉฟ่จญใใใๅญใซใใฃใฆๆงๆใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆไธๆนใซ็ชๅบใใ็ช่ตท่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆฟ้ๅฏ่ฝใจใชใฃใฆใใใๆฏๆ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธไธๆนๅใซๅบๆฒกๅฏ่ฝใช็ฅ้๏ผฌๅญ็ถใใชใ็ช่ตทใใๆงๆใใใๆฟ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฆใใใใฐใญ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๅธธใซใฏไธๆนใธ็ชๅบใใ็ถๆ ใซ็ถญๆใใใใ ย ย The support hole 307 and the support shaft 308 will be described in more detail. The support hole 307 is configured by a hole drilled in a portion where the upper end portion of the sheet metal 306 is folded, and protrudes downward in the support bracket 34 on the inner frame 13 side. The protruding shaft 34b can be inserted. The support shaft 307 is configured by a substantially inverted L-shaped protrusion that can be projected and retracted in the vertical direction, and is always maintained in a state of protruding downward by a spring (not shown) covered by the sheet metal 306.
ไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ ็ๆ้ ใจใใฆใฏใใพใใๆฏๆ็ฉด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎ็ช่ตท่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅทฎใ่พผใใงไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅดใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅบๅฎใใใใใฎๅพใๆฏๆ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฐใญใฎไปๅขๅใซๆใใฆๆฒกๅ ฅ็ถๆ ใจใใฆใใๆฏๆ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ็ซฏใจๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผไธๅดใซ่จญใใใใๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฏๆๅญใจใฎไฝ็ฝฎใใใใใใใๆฏๆ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๆฏๆๅญใจใฎไฝ็ฝฎใใใใจใใฐใญใฎไปๅขๅใซใใฃใฆๆฏๆ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฏๆๅญๅ ใซๅตใ่พผใฟใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ ็ใๅฎไบใใใ ย ย As a mounting procedure of the lower plate unit 15, first, the protruding shaft 34 b on the inner frame 13 side is inserted into the support hole 307 to fix the upper side of the lower plate unit 15 to the inner frame 13. Thereafter, the support shaft 308 is brought into an immersive state against the biasing force of the spring, and then the tip of the support shaft 308 is aligned with the support hole of the support fitting 35 provided on the lower side of the inner frame 13. When the positions of the support shaft 308 and the support hole match, the support shaft 308 is fitted into the support hole by the biasing force of the spring, and the mounting of the lower dish unit 15 is completed.
ไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฟ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใฎ่ฃ้ขๅทฆๅดใซ็ฅ็ฉๅฝข็ถใงไธไธ๏ผใซๆใซไธฆใใงๅฝขๆใใใไธ็ฟไฟๅ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใใฎไธ็ฟไฟๅ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซ่จญใใใใๆฝ้ ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ฟ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไฟๅใใใใจใซใใใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฏๆฝ้ ใใใใๆฝ้ ็ถๆ ใฎไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใทใชใณใ้ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅฐ็จ้ตใซใใๆๅฎใฎ่งฃ้ ๆไฝใ่กใใใใใจใซใใ่งฃ้ ใใใ้ๆพๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใจใชใใ ย ย The sheet metal 306 of the lower dish unit 15 is formed with a lower dish engaging portion 15a formed in a substantially rectangular shape and arranged in two upper and lower portions on the left side of the back surface. The lower plate unit 15 is locked by engaging the lower plate engaging portion 15 a with the lower plate hook member 413 of the locking unit 410 provided on the back side of the inner frame 13. The lower plate unit 15 in the locked state is unlocked by performing a predetermined unlocking operation with the dedicated key on the cylinder lock 420 and is in a state where it can be opened.
ใใใงใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ็ฝฎใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้จๅใฏใๅพๆฅใซใฏๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จใจใใฆๅฝขๆใใใฆๅๆนๅดใธใฏ้ๆพใๅพใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฝขๆใใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏ้จใพใงใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅดใ่ฆใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฆใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅดใซใฏใ้ๆ้ ๅใๅฝขๆใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใจใ้ๆ้ ๅใธๅใใฆ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใจใไธไธใซไธฆในใฆ้ ็ฝฎใใใใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎใฟใๅๆนใธ้ๆพใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้จๅใ้ๆพใใชใๅ ดๅใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏ้จไฝ็ฝฎใซ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ ็ฝฎไฝ็ฝฎใๅถ้ใใใใใฎไธๅดใซๅฝขๆใใใ้ๆ้ ๅใๅคงใใใใใใจใ้ฃใใใฃใใ ย ย Here, the lower plate 301 and the operation handle 310 of the pachinko machine 10 in which the lower plate unit 15 is disposed are conventionally formed as a part of the inner frame 13 and cannot be opened to the front side. 14 up to the lower end of the upper plate 201 formed by the cover 14 is configured to cover the front side of the inner frame 13. On the front side of the inner frame 13 covered with the front frame 14, a game board 16 that forms a game area and a ball launch unit 90 that launches a game ball toward the game area are arranged side by side, When only the front frame 14 is opened forward, and the lower plate 301 and the operation handle 310 are not opened, the arrangement position of the ball launch unit 90 is limited to the lower end portion of the upper plate 201, and the game is formed on the upper side. It was difficult to enlarge the area.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผไปฅๅคใซไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆพๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใใฎใงใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซ้ใชใใใใซใใฆๅพๆฅใใไธๅดใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใใจใใงใใใใฎๅใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ้ ๅใไธไธใซๅคงใใๅฝขๆใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพๅฏ่ฝใงใใใฎใงใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏ้จใซใใใ่ฃ้ขๅดใซๅ ใใฆใใใฎไธ็ซฏ้จใซใใใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใจๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅดใจใฎๅ้ขใซๅ็จฎ้จๅใ้ ็ทใๅๅฎนใใใใจใใงใใ้จๅใ้ ็ทใฎ่จญ่จ่ช็ฑๅบฆใ้ซใใใใใๆดใซใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซๅฏพใใฆไฝๆฅญใ่กใๅ ดๅใไพใใฐใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ็นใ้่ทฏๅ ใฎ็่ฉฐใพใใ่งฃๆถใใๅ ดๅใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฅฅๅดใซไฝ็ฝฎใใฆๆบใฟใณ็ถๆ ใๆคๅบใใๆบใฟใณใปใณใตใ็ขบ่ชใใๅ ดๅ็ญใซใใใฆใฏใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใใจใงใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๅบๅฎใใใ็ถๆ ใงใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅดใใๅไฝๆฅญใ่กใใใจใใงใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใๅ ดๅใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๆบใๅใใใใซไฝๆฅญใใ้ฃใใใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใฆๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ่กใไฝๆฅญใฏใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๅบๅฎใใใ็ถๆ ใง่กใใใฎใง็ฐกๆใชใใฎใจใชใใ ย ย In the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment, since the lower plate unit 15 is configured to be openable to the inner frame 13 in addition to the front frame 14, the ball launch unit 90 is placed on the back side of the lower plate 301 and the operation handle 310. It can be arranged on the lower side so as to overlap, and the game area of the game board 16 can be made larger in the vertical direction accordingly. Moreover, since the lower plate unit 15 can be opened, in addition to the back surface side at the lower end portion of the inner frame 13, various types are provided on each surface of the lower surface portion of the lower plate unit 15 and the front surface side of the inner frame 13 at the lower end portion. Components and wiring can be accommodated, and the degree of freedom in designing the components and wiring is increased. Further, when working on the lower side of the lower plate 301 or the operation handle 310, for example, when removing the ball clogging in the passage connecting the upper plate 201 and the lower plate 301, or on the back side of the lower plate 301 In the case of checking a full tank sensor for detecting a full tank state, the lower tray unit 15 is opened, and the inner frame 13 is fixed to the outer frame 12 so that each of the inner frames 13 can be viewed from the front side of the inner frame 13. Work can be done. When the inner frame 13 is opened, it is difficult to work because the inner frame 13 swings with respect to the outer frame 12, but the work performed on the inner frame 13 by opening the lower tray unit 15 is fixed to the inner frame 13. Since it can be performed in the state where it was done, it becomes a simple thing.
ใพใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๅใณใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใผในใจใชใๅ้จๆ๏ผๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ้ขๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผไธ็ฟใใผใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไปใฎ้จๆใ็ตใฟไปใใฆๅฝขๆใใใใใฎใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใฆใฏๅใใผใน้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใในใฆๅๆๆจน่ใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่ใซใใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใใใๅใใผใน้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅๆๆจน่ใงๅฝขๆใใใใจใซใใใ้ๅฑใงใใผใน้จๆใๅฝขๆใใใใ่ค้ใชๅฝข็ถใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใจใใงใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผๅ้ขใซๆๅญใๆจกๆง็ญใๅฝขๆใใฆ่ฃ ้ฃพๆงใ้ซใใคใคใใใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซใฏ็ธๆ้จๅใฎๅไป้จ็ญใไธไฝ็ใซๅฝขๆใใฆ็็ฃใณในใใฎๆๅถใๅณใฃใฆใใใใพใใ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่ใฏใไธ่ฌใซๅฎไพกใงใไธใคใใกใใญ็ญใฎใฎใใ่ฏใ่ฃ ้ฃพๆงใซๅชใใใใใไฝใณในใใง่กจ้ขๅฆ็ใๆฝใใ่ฃ ้ฃพใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขใซๅฝขๆใๆใใๆดใซใ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่ใฏใ่่กๆๆงใๅคงใใใจใใๅฉ็นใใใใ้ๆ่ ใ่ปขๅใใฆใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผๅ้ขใซ่ก็ชใใใใ้ๆใฎ็ตๆใซไธๆบใๆฑใใ้ๆ่ ใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผๅ้ขใๆฎดๆใใใใใฆใใๆจน่ใ็ ดๆใใฆ้ๆ่ ใๆชๆใใฆใใพใใใจใๅฐใชใใฎใงใใใผใน้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๆใจใใฆ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่ใฏๅฅฝ้ฉใงใใใ ย ย Further, the inner frame 13, the front frame 14, and the lower plate unit 15 are formed by assembling other members to the respective members (the inner frame base 30, the front frame base 200, and the lower plate base 300) serving as a base. In this embodiment, the base members 30, 200, 300 are all made of synthetic resin, specifically ABS resin. By forming each of these base members 30, 200, and 300 with a synthetic resin, it is possible to cope with a more complicated shape by forming the base member with metal, and decorations are formed by forming characters, patterns, etc. on the front surface of the pachinko machine 10. While improving the performance, an attachment part or the like of the mating part is integrally formed on the back surface side to reduce the production cost. In addition, since ABS resin is generally inexpensive and has good adhesion such as plating and excellent decorativeness, it is easy to form a decoration subjected to surface treatment at a low cost on the front surface of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, ABS resin has the advantage of high impact resistance, and a player falls and collides with the front surface of the pachinko machine 10, or a player who is dissatisfied with the game results strikes the front surface of the pachinko machine 10. Even so, the ABS resin is suitable as a material for the base members 30, 200, and 300 because the player is less likely to be damaged and the player is injured.
ใพใใๅใใผใน้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ฃพใๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใจใฏใๅ จใฆๅไธๆๆใงใใ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่ใซใใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใใใผใน้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณ้ฃพใๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฐใชใใจใ๏ผ้จๆใๅไธ่ฒใงๅฝขๆใใๅ ดๅใ็ตๅนดๅฃๅใซใใ่ฒใใใๅค่ฒใฎ็จๅบฆใฏๅ็ญใจใชใใใใฃใฆใ้ทๆใซใใใฃใฆ่คๆฐใฎ้จๆใงๆงๆใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผๅ้ขใฎ่ฒๅบฆใฎๅทฎใๅฐใชใใใฆ่ฏ่ณชใช่ฆๆ ใใ็ถญๆใใใใจใใงใใใ็นใซๅใใผใน้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ฃพใๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใจใใๅไธๆๆใงใใฃใฆใใกใผใซใผใใใณๆๆใฐใฌใผใใพใงๅไธใฎใใฎใจใใใใจใใ่ฏ่ณชใช่ฆๆ ใใ็ถญๆใใไธใงๅฅฝใพใใใ ย ย The base members 30, 200, 300 and the decorative plate 24 of the outer frame 13 are all made of the same material ABS resin. For this reason, when at least two members of the base members 30, 200, 300 and the decorative plate 24 are formed in the same color, the degree of fading or discoloration is equivalent due to deterioration over time. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the difference in chromaticity of the front surface of the pachinko machine 10 composed of a plurality of members over a long period of time and maintain a good quality appearance. In particular, it is preferable that the base members 30, 200, 300 and the decorative plate 24 of the outer frame 13 are made of the same material up to the manufacturer and material grade in order to maintain a good quality appearance.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ขๅดใฎๆงๆใ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ขๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผ่้ขใฎๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใใจ่ฃใใใฏใฆใใใใฎๆงๆใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๅณใงใใใใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใ็ตใฟไปใใ็ถๆ ใ็คบใ่้ขๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๅพๆนใใ่ฆใๆ่ฆๅณใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใๅพๆนใใ่ฆใๆ่ฆๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆ่ฆๅณใงใใใ ย ย Next, the configuration of the back side of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 20 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 21 is a diagram schematically showing the configuration of the control board unit and the back pack unit on the back of the pachinko machine 10. 22 is a rear view showing a state in which the game board 16 is assembled to the inner frame 13, FIG. 23 is a perspective view of the inner frame 13 viewed from the rear, and FIG. 24 is a perspective view of the game board 16 viewed from the rear. FIG. FIG. 25 is a perspective view of the support fitting 535.
ใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ขๅดใซใฏใๅ็จฎๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใไธไธๅทฆๅณใซไธฆในใฆใใพใใๅๅพใซ้ใญใฆ้ ็ฝฎใใใฆใใใๆดใซใ้ๆ็ใไพ็ตฆใใใใใฎ้ๆ็ไพ็ตฆ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผๆๅบใฆใใใ๏ผใๆจน่่ฃฝใฎไฟ่ญทใซใใผ็ญใๅใไปใใใใฆใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅ็จฎๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใ๏ผใคใฎๅไปๅฐใซๅใใฆๆญ่ผใใฆ๏ผใคใฎๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใใๆงๆใใใใใๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใใๅๅฅใซๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅใฏ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขใซ่ฃ ็ใใใฆใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใไธปๅบๆฟใจ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใจใไธๆนใฎๅไปๅฐใซๆญ่ผใใฆใฆใใใๅใใใจๅ ฑใซใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅบๆฟๅใณ้ปๆบๅบๆฟใไปๆนใฎๅไปๅฐใซๆญ่ผใใฆใฆใใใๅใใฆใใใใใใงใฏไพฟๅฎไธใๅ่ ใฎใฆใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใจ็งฐใใๅพ่ ใฎใฆใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใจ็งฐใใใใพใใไฟ่ญทใซใใผ้จใๅฝขๆใใ่ฃใใใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณๆๅบใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใฆใใใใจใใฆไธไฝๅใใใฆใใใใใใงใฏใใฎใฆใใใใใ่ฃใใใฏใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใจ็งฐใใใๅใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใชๆงๆใซใคใใฆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใ ย ย On the back side of the pachinko machine 10, various control boards are arranged side by side in the vertical and horizontal directions, and are stacked one after the other. Further, a game ball supply device (payout unit) for supplying game balls or resin A protective cover is attached. In the present embodiment, various control boards are separately mounted on two mounting bases to form two control board units, and these control board units are individually mounted on the inner frame 13 or the back surface of the game board 16. In this case, the main board and the sound lamp control board are mounted on one mounting base to form a unit, and the dispensing control board and the power supply board are mounted on the other mounting base to form a unit. Here, for convenience, the former unit is referred to as a โfirst control board unit 501โ, and the latter unit is referred to as a โsecond control board unit 502โ. Further, the back pack 651 and the dispensing unit 652 forming the protective cover part are also integrated as one unit, and this unit is referred to as a โback pack unit 503โ here. The detailed configuration of each unit 501 to 503 will be described later.
็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ่ฃใใใฏใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฆใใใๅไฝใงไฝใๅทฅๅ ท็ญใ็จใใใซ็่ฑใงใใใใๆงๆใใใฆใใใๆดใซใใใซๅ ใใไธ้จใซๆฏ่ปธ้จใ่จญใใฆๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅใฏ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขใซๅฏพใใฆ้้ใงใใๆงๆใจใชใฃใฆใใใใใใฏใๅใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎไปๆงๆใๅๅพใซ้ใญใฆ้ ็ฝฎใใใฆใใ้ ใใๆงๆ็ญใๅฎนๆใซ็ขบ่ชใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใใใใใฎๅทฅๅคซใงใใใใ ย ย The first control board unit 501, the second control board unit 502, and the back pack unit 503 are configured to be detachable without using any tools or the like in units of units. It is configured to be openable and closable with respect to the inner frame 13 or the back surface of the game board 16. This is also a device for making it possible to easily check a hidden configuration or the like even if the units 501 to 503 and other configurations are arranged one behind the other.
ๅใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใไธไธใซไธฆใใง้ ็ฝฎใใใๅใไปใใใใฆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฅ๏ผฌๅญ็ถใใชใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎใปใผไธญๅคฎใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใใใฎไธๆนใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ็ฝฎใใใฆใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จใซไธ้จ้ใชใ้ ๅใซใ่ฃใใใฏใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ็ฝฎใใใฆใใใ ย ย As shown in FIG. 21, the units 501 to 503 are arranged side by side and attached. The first control board unit 501 is substantially L-shaped, and is arranged at the approximate center of the pachinko machine 10, and the second control board unit 502 is arranged below the first control board unit 501. Further, the back pack unit 503 is disposed in a region partially overlapping the upper portion of the first control board unit 501.
็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ขใใ่ฆใฆๅทฆ็ซฏ้จใซๆฏ่ปธ้จ๏ผญ๏ผใ่จญใใใใใใฎๆฏ่ปธ้จ๏ผญ๏ผใฎ่ปธ็ท๏ผกใไธญๅฟใซๅฝ่ฉฒ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ๅฏ่ฝใจใชใฃใฆใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใฎๅณ็ซฏ้จ๏ผๅณใกๆฏ่ปธ้จ๏ผญ๏ผใฎๅๅฏพๅดใๆดใซ่จใใฐ้ๆพ็ซฏๅด๏ผใซใใคใฉใใ็ญใใใชใ็ท ็ต้จ๏ผญ๏ผใ่จญใใใใใจๅ ฑใซไธ็ซฏ้จใซไฟๆญข็ช้จ๏ผญ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใใๆฏ่ปธ้จ๏ผญ๏ผใ็ท ็ต้จ๏ผญ๏ผๅใณไฟๆญข็ช้จ๏ผญ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฌไฝ๏ผ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ข๏ผใซๅบๅฎไฟๆใใใใ ย ย The first control board unit 501 is provided with a support shaft part M1 at the left end portion when viewed from the back of the pachinko machine 10, and the first control board unit 501 can be opened and closed around the axis A of the support shaft part M1. It has become. Further, the first control board unit 501 is provided with a fastening portion M2 made of a ny latch or the like at the right end portion thereof (that is, the opposite end side of the support shaft portion M1, more specifically, the open end side), and a locking claw portion at the upper end portion. M3 is provided, and the first control board unit 501 is fixed and held on the main body of the pachinko machine 10 (the back surface of the game board 16) by the support shaft part M1, the fastening part M2, and the locking claw part M3.
็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ขใใ่ฆใฆๅณ็ซฏ้จใซๆฏ่ปธ้จ๏ผญ๏ผใ่จญใใใใใใฎๆฏ่ปธ้จ๏ผญ๏ผใฎ่ปธ็ท๏ผขใไธญๅฟใซๅฝ่ฉฒ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ๅฏ่ฝใจใชใฃใฆใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใฎๅทฆ็ซฏ้จ๏ผๅณใกๆฏ่ปธ้จ๏ผญ๏ผใฎๅๅฏพๅดใๆดใซ่จใใฐ้ๆพ็ซฏๅด๏ผใซใใคใฉใใ็ญใใใชใ็ท ็ต้จ๏ผญ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎๆฏ่ปธ้จ๏ผญ๏ผใใใณ็ท ็ต้จ๏ผญ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฌไฝ๏ผๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ข๏ผใซๅบๅฎไฟๆใใใใ ย ย The second control board unit 502 is provided with a support shaft part M4 at the right end when viewed from the back of the pachinko machine 10, and the second control board unit 502 can be opened and closed around the axis B of the support shaft part M4. It has become. Further, the second control board unit 502 is provided with a fastening portion M5 made of a ny latch or the like at the left end portion thereof (that is, the opposite side of the support shaft portion M4, more specifically, the open end side), and this support shaft portion M4. The second control board unit 502 is fixed and held on the main body of the pachinko machine 10 (the back surface of the inner frame 13) by the fastening portion M5.
่ฃใใใฏใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ขใใ่ฆใฆๅณ็ซฏ้จใซๆฏ่ปธ้จ๏ผญ๏ผใ่จญใใใใใใฎๆฏ่ปธ้จ๏ผญ๏ผใซใใ่ปธ็ท๏ผฃใไธญๅฟใซๅฝ่ฉฒ่ฃใใใฏใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ๅฏ่ฝใจใชใฃใฆใใใใพใใ่ฃใใใฏใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใฎๅทฆ็ซฏ้จ๏ผๅณใกๆฏ่ปธ้จ๏ผญ๏ผใฎๅๅฏพๅดใๆดใซ่จใใฐ้ๆพ็ซฏๅด๏ผใซใใคใฉใใ็ญใใใชใ็ท ็ต้จ๏ผญ๏ผใ่จญใใใใใจๅ ฑใซไธ็ซฏ้จๅใณไธ็ซฏ้จใซใใใใๅๅๅผใฎไฟๆญข้จ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผญ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใใๆฏ่ปธ้จ๏ผญ๏ผใ็ท ็ต้จ๏ผญ๏ผๅใณไฟๆญข้จ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผญ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ่ฃใใใฏใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฌไฝ๏ผๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ข๏ผใซๅบๅฎไฟๆใใใใ ย ย The back pack unit 503 is provided with a support shaft portion M6 at the right end when viewed from the back of the pachinko machine 10, and the back pack unit 503 can be opened and closed around an axis C by the support shaft portion M6. Further, the back pack unit 503 is provided with a fastening portion M7 made of a ny latch or the like at the left end portion thereof (that is, on the opposite side of the support shaft portion M6, more specifically, at the open end side), and rotates at the upper end portion and the lower end portion, respectively. Locking parts M8 and M9 are provided, and the back pack unit 503 is fixed to the main body of the pachinko machine 10 (the back surface of the inner frame 13) by the support shaft part M6, the fastening part M7 and the locking parts M8 and M9. Retained.
ๅใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฑ้ๆนๅใฏๅไธใงใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ขใใ่ฆใฆๅทฆ้ใใซใชใใฎใซๅฏพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ่ฃใใใฏใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅๅณ้ใใซใชใใใๆงๆใใใฆใใใ ย ย The development directions of the units 501 to 503 are not the same, and the first control board unit 501 is left-opened when viewed from the back of the pachinko machine 10, whereas the second control board unit 502 and the back pack unit 503 are It is configured to open on the right.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใ็จใใฆใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๆงๆใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผใซๅฒใพใใๅ่งๆ ็ถใฎ่จญ็ฝฎ้ ๅใซ่จญ็ฝฎใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅณไธกๅดใซ่จญใใใใ๏ผใคใฎไฟๆญขๅบๅฎๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ฅไธญๅคฎไธ้จใซ่จญใใใใๆจน่่ฃฝใฎไฟๆญขๅบๅฎๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใฎ่จ๏ผใคใฎไฟๆญขๅบๅฎๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ่ฑ่ฝใใชใใใใซๅบๅฎใใใฆใใใไฟๆญขๅบๅฎๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๆๅใงๅๅใงใใๅบๅฎไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผใญใใฏไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผใจๅบๅฎ่งฃ้คไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผใขใณใญใใฏไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผใจใๅใๆฟใๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไฟๆญขๅบๅฎๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใญใใฏไฝ็ฝฎใซใใ็ถๆ ใ็คบใใฆใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅณ๏ผใซๆใฎไฟๆญขๅบๅฎๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ๅฑ็ใๆใๆฒใๅฝขๆใใ๏ผฌๅใฎ้ๅ ทใงๆงๆใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใๅบๅฎใใ็ถๆ ใงใฏๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๆนใธๅผตใๅบใใชใใใๆงๆใใใฆใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จ๏ผใซๆใฎไฟๆญขๅบๅฎๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆจน่่ฃฝใฎ๏ผฉๅใฎ็ใๅ ทใงๆงๆใใใใ ย ย Here, the back side structure of the inner frame 13 and the game board 16 will be described with reference to FIGS. As shown in FIG. 22, the game board 16 is installed in a square frame-shaped installation area surrounded by the inner frame base 30, and includes three locking fixtures 511 provided on the left and right sides of the inner frame 13, It is fixed so as not to drop off by a total of four locking fixtures 511 and 512 with a resin-made locking fixture 512 provided substantially at the lower center of the frame 13. The locking fixtures 511 and 512 can be manually rotated, and can be switched between a fixed position (lock position) and a fixed release position (unlock position). FIG. 22 shows a state where the locking fixtures 511 and 512 are in the locked position. The locking fixtures 511 at the three left and right sides of the game board 16 are configured by L-shaped metal fittings formed by bending metal pieces, and are configured so as not to protrude outward from the inner frame 13 in a state where the game board 16 is fixed. ing. The locking fixture 512 at one lower portion of the game board 16 is formed of a resin I-type fastener.
้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขไธญๅคฎใซใฏใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ็ฝฎใใใฆใใใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใปใณใฟใผใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ่ๅพใใ่ฆใๆจน่่ฃฝ๏ผไพใใฐ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณ่ฃฝ๏ผใฎใใฌใผใ ใซใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅพๆนใซ็ชๅบใใฆ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎใใฌใผใ ใซใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅพ็ซฏใซใๆถฒๆถ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใจ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅๅพใซ้ใญใใใ็ถๆ ใง็่ฑๅฏ่ฝใซๅใไปใใใใฆใใใใใฌใผใ ใซใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซใฏใใปใณใฟใผใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ่ตใใใ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผค็ญใ้งๅใใใใใฎ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใชใฉใ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใ ย ย A variable display device unit 80 is disposed in the center of the back surface of the game board 16. The variable display device unit 80 is provided with a frame cover 513 made of resin (for example, made of ABS) that covers the center frame 86 (see FIG. 3) from behind, and is provided at the rear end of the frame cover 513. The first symbol display device 81 as a liquid crystal display device and the display control device 505 are detachably attached in a state where they are overlapped in the front-rear direction. In the frame cover 513, an LED control board for driving LEDs and the like built in the center frame 86 are disposed.
ใพใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขใซใฏใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใๅใๅฒใใใใซใใฆ่ฃๆ ใปใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใฆใใใใใฎ่ฃๆ ใปใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขใซๅผตใไปใใใใซใใฆ่จญใใใใ่ๅใฎๆจน่ๆๅๅ๏ผไพใใฐ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณ่ฃฝ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใๅ็จฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ้ๆ็ใๅๅใใใใใฎ้ๆ็ๅๅๆฉๆงใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใ่ฉณใใใฏใ่ฃๆ ใปใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆนใซใฏใๅ่ฟฐใใไธ่ฌๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ่ณ็ใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผ่ฃ้ขๅดใซๆๅบใใๆๅบๅฃใซๅฏพๅฟใใไธใคไธๆตๅดใง๏ผใซๆใซ้ๅใใๅๅ้่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใพใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆนใซใฏใๆจน่่ฃฝ๏ผไพใใฐใใชใซใผใใใผใๆจน่่ฃฝ๏ผใฎๆๅบ้่ทฏ็ค๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใฆใใใ่ฉฒๆๅบ้่ทฏ็ค๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๆๅบ็ใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅค้จใธๆกๅ ใใใใใฎๆๅบ้่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใๅพใฃใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซไปฎๆณ็ทใงไพ็คบใใใใใซใไธ่ฌๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ้ๆ็ใฏไฝใใ่ฃๆ ใปใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅ้่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆ้ๅใใๆดใซๆๅบ้่ทฏ็ค๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅบ้่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผๅค้จใซๆๅบใใใใใชใใใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅๆงใซๆๅบ้่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใฆใใใไฝใใฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใซใๅ ฅ่ณใใชใใฃใ้ๆ็ใๆๅบ้่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅค้จใซๆๅบใใใใ ย ย A back frame set 515 is attached to the back surface of the game board 16 so as to surround the variable display device unit 80. The back frame set 515 is a thin resin-molded product (for example, made of ABS) provided so as to stick to the back surface of the game board 16, and a game ball collecting mechanism for collecting game balls won in various winning openings. Is formed. Specifically, below the back frame set 515, the above-described general winning opening 63, the first winning opening 64, and the discharge opening for discharging the winning balls to the variable winning device 65 (see FIG. 3) to the back side of the game board 16 are provided. And a collection passage 516 that gathers at one location on the downstream side is formed. A discharge passage board 517 made of resin (for example, made of polycarbonate resin) is attached below the game board 16, and the discharge passage board 517 is used to guide the discharge ball to the outside of the pachinko machine 10. A discharge passage 518 is formed. Accordingly, as exemplified by the phantom line in FIG. 22, all the game balls won in the general winning opening 63 and the like gather through the collection passage 516 of the back frame set 515, and further, the discharge passage 518 of the discharge passage board 517 is formed. Through the pachinko machine 10. In addition, the out port 66 (see FIG. 3) similarly leads to the discharge passage 518, and the game balls that have not won any winning opening are discharged to the outside of the pachinko machine 10 through the discharge passage 518.
ไธ่จๆงๆใงใฏใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏ้ขใๅข็ใซใใฆใไธๆนใซ่ฃๆ ใปใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅๅ้่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใไธๆนใซๆๅบ้่ทฏ็ค๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๆๅบ้่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใๆๅบ้่ทฏ็ค๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅๅพๆนๅใซ้่ค๏ผใชใผใใผใฉใใ๏ผใใใซ่จญใใใใฆใใใๅพใฃใฆใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใใๅใๅคใ้ใซใใใฆใๆๅบ้่ทฏ็ค๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅใๅคใใฎๅฆจใใซใชใใจใใฃใไธ้ฝๅใ็ใใใใจใใชใใ ย ย In the above configuration, with the lower end surface of the game board 16 as a boundary, a back frame set 515 (collection passage 516) is provided on the upper side, and a discharge passage board 517 (discharge passage 518) is provided on the lower side. The game board 16 is provided without overlapping (overlapping) in the front-rear direction. Therefore, when the game board 16 is removed from the inner frame 13, there is no inconvenience that the discharge passage board 517 prevents the game board 16 from being removed.
ใชใใๆๅบ้่ทฏ็ค๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผๅ้ขใฎไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅบฆ่ฃๅด่พบใใซ่จญใใใใฆใใใฎใงใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ณใ็ๆๅบๅฃ๏ผๅณ๏ผใฎไธ็ฟๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใใ้้็ญใๅทฎใ่พผใฟใๆดใซใใฎ้้็ญใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใจๆๅบ้่ทฏ็ค๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใฎ้้ใ้ใใฆ้ๆ้ ๅๅดใซไพตๅ ฅใใใใจใใฃใไธๆญฃ่ก็บใ่ใใใใใใใใงๆฌใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅบ้่ทฏ็ค๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅบฆ่ฃๅด่พบใใซใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซใปใผไธไฝ็ใซ้ใชใๅใใใใซใใฆใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆนใซๅปถใณใใใฌใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใๅพใฃใฆใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใจๆๅบ้่ทฏ็ค๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใฎ้้ใใ้้็ญใไพตๅ ฅใใใใใจใใฆใใใใใใฌใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ้ปๅฎณใใใ้ๆ้ ๅใซใพใง้้็ญใไพตๅ ฅใใใใใจใ้ๅธธใซๅฐ้ฃใจใชใใใใฎ็ตๆใ้้็ญใซใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅคง้ๆพๅฃ๏ผใๅผทๅถ็ใซ้ๆพใใ็ญใฎไธๆญฃ่ก็บใ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย Since the discharge passage board 517 is provided just behind the upper plate 201 on the front surface of the pachinko machine 10, a wire or the like is inserted from the ball discharge port (the upper plate discharge port 36b in FIG. 2) leading to the upper plate 201. Furthermore, an illegal act of causing the wire or the like to enter the game area side through a gap between the inner frame 13 and the discharge passage board 517 can be considered. Therefore, the discharge passage board 517 of the pachinko machine 10 is provided with a plate 519 extending in front of the pachinko machine 10 so as to almost integrally overlap the inner frame 13 around the back side of the upper plate 201. Therefore, even if a wire or the like tries to enter from the gap between the inner frame 13 and the discharge passage board 517, the wire or the like is obstructed by the plate 519, and it is very difficult to make the wire or the like enter the game area. As a result, it is possible to prevent an illegal act such as forcibly opening the variable winning device 65 (large opening) with a wire or the like.
ใพใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขใซใฏใๅ็จฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใชใฉใธใฎ้ๆ็ใฎๅ ฅ็๏ผ้้๏ผใๆคๅบใใใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ็ฅๆฉๆงใชใฉใ่จญใใใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผ่กจๅดใฎไธ่ฌๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใไฝ็ฝฎใซใฏๅ ฅ่ณๅฃในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ็นๅฎ้ ๅในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใซใฆใณใในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ็นๅฎ้ ๅในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ็ถๆ ใงๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ้ๆ็ใ็นๅฎ้ ๅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ็ถๆ ็ถ็ถใๅคๅฎใใใใใฎ้ ๅ๏ผใซๅ ฅใฃใใใจใๅคๅฎใใในใคใใใงใใใใซใฆใณใในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅ ฅ่ณ็ใใซใฆใณใใใในใคใใใงใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใไฝ็ฝฎใซใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใไฝ็ฝฎใซใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ ย ย In addition, on the back surface of the game board 16, a winning detection mechanism for detecting the entrance (passing) of game balls to various winning openings and the like are provided. Specifically, a prize opening switch 521 is provided at a position corresponding to the general prize opening 63 on the front side of the game board 16, and a specific area switch 522 and a count switch 523 are provided in the variable prize winning device 65. The specific area switch 522 is a switch for determining that a game ball won in the variable winning device 65 in the big hit state has entered a specific area (an area for determining whether to continue the big hit state), and the count switch 523 It is a switch that counts. A first entrance switch 524 is provided at a position corresponding to the first entrance 64 and a second entrance switch 525 is provided at a position corresponding to the second entrance 67.
ๅ ฅ่ณๅฃในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ็คบใใชใ้ปๆฐ้ ็ท๏ผใฑใผใใซใณใใฏใฟใๅซใ๏ผใไปใใฆ็ค้ขไธญ็ถๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฅ็ถใใใใใใซใใฎ็ค้ขไธญ็ถๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅพ่ฟฐใใไธปๅบๆฟ๏ผไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ปๆฐ้ ็ทใไปใใฆๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใใพใใ็นๅฎ้ ๅในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณใซใฆใณใในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏ้ปๆฐ้ ็ทใไปใใฆๅคง้ๆพๅฃไธญ็ถๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฅ็ถใใใใใใซใใฎๅคง้ๆพๅฃไธญ็ถๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ปๆฐ้ ็ทใไปใใฆไธปๅบๆฟใซๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใใใใซๅฏพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏไธญ็ถๅบๆฟใไปใใใซ็ดๆฅไธปๅบๆฟใซๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใ ย ย The prize opening switch 521 and the second ball opening switch 525 are connected to the board relay board 526 via electric wiring (including a cable connector) (not shown), and the board relay board 526 is a main board (main control device) to be described later. 561) via electrical wiring. Further, the specific area switch 522 and the count switch 523 are connected to the large opening relay board 527 through electric wiring, and the large opening relay board 527 is connected to the main board through electric wiring. On the other hand, the first entrance switch 524 is directly connected to the main board without going through the relay board.
ใใฎไปๅณ็คบใฏ็็ฅใใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผๅคง้ๆพๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใใใใฎๅคง้ๆพๅฃใฝใฌใใคใใจใๅ ฅ่ณ็ใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใซๅฐใใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณ็ๆฏๅๆฟใฝใฌใใคใใ่จญใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉใ้ๆพใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃใฝใฌใใคใใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใ็บๅฐ่ฃ ็ฝฎใจใใฆใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใๆก็จใใฆใใใใใ็บๅฐ่ฃ ็ฝฎใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅดใซใพใจใใฆ้ ็ฝฎใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใๅพๆฅใฎใขใผใฟๅใณ็บๅฐๆงใฎ็ตๅใใซๆฏในใฆๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซใฏ็บๅฐ่ฃ ็ฝฎใ้ ็ฝฎใใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผ่ฃ้ขใฎในใใผในใๅถๅพกๅบๆฟ็ญใฎไป้จๅใฎในใใผในใจใใฆๆๅนใซๆดป็จใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย Although not shown in the drawings, the variable winning device 65 includes a large opening solenoid for opening the specific winning opening (large opening) 65a and a winning ball sorting plate solenoid for guiding the winning ball to a specific area. The first entrance 64 is provided with a first entrance solenoid for opening the electric accessory. Moreover, in this embodiment, since the solenoid 92 is employ | adopted as a launching device which launches a game ball, the launching device is collectively arranged on the front side of the inner frame 13. For this reason, compared with the conventional combination of a motor and a launcher, a launching device is not arranged on the back side of the inner frame 13, and the space on the back side of the inner frame 13 is effectively used as a space for other parts such as a control board. Can do.
ไธ่จๅ ฅ่ณๆ็ฅๆฉๆงใซใฆๅใ ๆคๅบใใใๆคๅบ็ตๆใฏใๅพ่ฟฐใใไธปๅบๆฟใซๅใ่พผใพใใ่ฉฒไธปๅบๆฟใใใใฎ้ฝๅบฆใฎๅ ฅ่ณ็ถๆณใซๅฟใใๆๅบๆไปค๏ผ้ๆ็ใฎๆๅบๅๆฐ๏ผใๆๅบๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใซ้ไฟกใใใใใใใฆใ่ฉฒๆๅบๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฎๅบๅใซใใๆๅฎๆฐใฎ้ๆ็ใฎๆๅบใๅฎๆฝใใใใใใใๅ ดๅใๅ็จฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณ็ๅฆ็่ฃ ็ฝฎใซไธๆฆ้ใใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณ็ๅฆ็่ฃ ็ฝฎใงๅ ฅ่ณ็ใฎๅญๅจใ๏ผใคใใค้ ็ชใซ็ขบ่ชใใไธใงๆๅบใ่กใๅพๆฅๆนๅผ๏ผใใใใ่จผๆ ็ๆนๅผ๏ผใจใฏ็ฐใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅ็จฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃๆฏใซ้ๆ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณใ้ปๆฐ็ใซๆ็ฅใใฆๆๅบใ็ดใกใซ่กใใใ๏ผๅณใกใๆฌใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏๅ ฅ่ณ็ๅฆ็่ฃ ็ฝฎใๅปๆญขใใฆใใ๏ผใๆ ใซใๆใๅบใ้ๆ็ใๅค้ใซใใฃใฆใใใใฎๆๅบใใใกๆฉใๅฎๆฝใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใ ย ย The detection results detected by the winning detection mechanism are taken into the main board, which will be described later, and a payout command (the number of game balls to be paid out) corresponding to the winning situation is sent from the main board to the payout control board. The Then, a predetermined number of game balls are paid out by the output of the payout control board. In such a case, a conventional method (so-called evidence ball method) in which game balls won at various winning openings are once collected in a winning ball processing device, and the winning ball processing device confirms the presence of the winning balls one by one and then pays out one by one. Unlike the above, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment electrically senses the winning of a game ball for each winning opening and immediately pays out (that is, the pachinko machine 10 abolishes the winning ball processing device). doing). Therefore, even if there are a lot of game balls to be paid out, the payout can be carried out quickly.
้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขใซใใธใงๅบๅฎใใใ่ฃๆ ใปใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใใฎๅไปๆฉๆงใ่จญใใใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใใใฎๅไปๆฉๆงใจใใฆใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅทฆไธ้ ้จใซใฏไธไธๆนๅใซๅปถใณใๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใธใงๅใไปใใใใใใฎๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏๅไธ่ปธ็ทไธใซไธไธไธๅฏพใฎๆฏๆๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใใฎไปใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ขๅณไธ้จใซใฏไธไธไธๅฏพใฎ่ขซ็ท ็ตๅญ๏ผใใคใฉใใๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅๅทฆไธ้จใซใฏไฟๆญข็ช็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ ย ย An attachment mechanism for attaching the first control board unit 501 is provided in the back frame set 515 fixed to the back surface of the game board 16 with screws. Specifically, as the attachment mechanism, a support fitting 531 extending in the vertical direction is attached to the lower left corner of the back surface of the game board 16 with a screw, and the support fitting 531 has a pair of upper and lower support holes 531a on the same axis. Is formed. In addition, a pair of upper and lower fastening holes (ny latch holes) 532 are provided in the lower right portion of the back of the game board 16 (see FIG. 22), and a locking claw piece 533 is provided in the upper left portion.
ๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ฃใใใฏใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใใฎๅไปๆฉๆงใ่จญใใใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ขๅณ็ซฏ้จใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใ้ทๅฐบ็ถใฎๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใฆใใใ ย ย An attachment mechanism for attaching the second control board unit 502 and the back pack unit 503 is provided on the back surface of the inner frame 13. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 22, a long support metal fitting 535 shown in FIG. 25 is attached to the rear right end portion of the inner frame 13.
ๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ทๅฐบๆฟ็ถใฎ้ๅ ทๆฌไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใใใฎ้ๅ ทๆฌไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ่ตท็ซใใใใใใซใใฆใไธๆน๏ผใซๆใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็จใฎๆฏๆๅญ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฝขๆใใใใจๅ ฑใซใไธๆน๏ผใซๆใซ่ฃใใใฏใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็จใฎๆฏๆๅญ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใใใๆฏๆๅญ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใใๅ่ปธใฎๆฏๆๅญใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใใฎไปใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็จใฎๅไปๆฉๆงใจใใฆใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ่จญ็ฝฎ้ ๅใใใไธๆนๅทฆ็ซฏ้จใซไธไธไธๅฏพใฎ่ขซ็ท ็ตๅญ๏ผใใคใฉใใๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใพใใ่ฃใใใฏใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็จใฎๅไปๆฉๆงใจใใฆใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ่จญ็ฝฎ้ ๅใฎๅทฆ็ซฏ้จใซไธไธไธๅฏพใฎ่ขซ็ท ็ตๅญ๏ผใใคใฉใใๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็จใฎๆฏๆ้ๅ ทใจ่ฃใใใฏใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็จใฎๆฏๆ้ๅ ทใจใๅใ ๅๅฅใฎ้จๆใง่จญใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใงใใใใพใใ่ฃใใใฏใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็จใฎๅไปๆฉๆงใจใใฆๅๅๅผใฎ๏ผใคใฎๅบๅฎๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใใๅบๅฎๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใจใฎ้ใซ่ฃใใใฏใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๆใฟ่พผใใงๆฏๆใใใใ ย ย The support metal fitting 535 has a long plate-like metal fitting body 536, and support holes 537 for the second control board unit 502 are formed at two lower positions so as to stand up from the metal fitting body 536, and Support hole portions 538 for the back pack unit 503 are formed at two upper positions. Coaxial support holes are formed in the support hole portions 537 and 538, respectively. In addition, as an attachment mechanism for the second control board unit 502, as shown in FIG. 22, the inner frame 13 has a pair of upper and lower tightening holes (nai latch holes) 539 at the left end below the game board 16 installation area. Is provided. In addition, as an attachment mechanism for the back pack unit 503, the inner frame 13 is provided with a pair of upper and lower fastening holes (ny latch holes) 540 at the left end portion of the game board 16 installation area. It is also possible to provide the support bracket for the second control board unit 502 and the support bracket for the back pack unit 503 by separate members. Further, as a mounting mechanism for the back pack unit 503, three rotary fixing tools 541 to 543 are provided on the inner frame 13, and the back pack unit 503 is provided between the fixing tools 541 to 543 and the game board 16. Is sandwiched and supported.
ใใฎไปใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ขๅดใซใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณไธ้จใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใๅพ่ฟฐใใๆๅบใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆใๅบใใใ้ๆ็ใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใฏๆๅบ้่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฝใใใซๆฏใๅใใใใใฎ้ๆ็ๅ้ ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ้ๆ็ๅ้ ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ๏ผใคใฎ้ๅฃ้จใๅทฆๅณใซไธฆใใง่จญใใใใๅทฆๅดใฎ้ๅฃ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใไธญๅคฎใฎ้ๅฃ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใๅณๅดใฎ้ๅฃ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏๆๅบ้่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใๆงๆใจใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย In addition, in the lower right portion of the game board 16 on the back side of the inner frame 13, as shown in FIG. A game ball distribution unit 545 is provided for distributing the game balls. The game ball distribution unit 545 is provided with three openings side by side, the left opening 545a communicates with the upper plate 201, the central opening 545b communicates with the lower plate 301, and the right opening 545c includes It is configured to communicate with the discharge passage 518.
ๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏ้จใซใฏใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใซๅใไปใใใใในใใผใซ๏ผณ๏ผฐใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซ้ใชใไฝ็ฝฎใซ็ฉฟๅญใใใๅคๆฐใฎในใใผใซๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ๆ ใใผใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จใจใใฆๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใในใใผใซ๏ผณ๏ผฐใฎ้ณๅฃฐๅบๅๆใซๆฏๅๆฟ๏ผใณใผใณ๏ผใๆฏๅใใฆใในใใผใซๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ขๅดใธๆฏๅใ้ใใใใใฎใงใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใจไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใจใฎ้ใงๅ ฑ้ณด้ณใ็ใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใใชใใในใใผใซๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฝขๆใใใ้ๅฃใฎ้ข็ฉใฏใในใใผใซ๏ผณ๏ผฐใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซ้ใชใ้ ๅใซในใใผใซ๏ผณ๏ผฐใฎๆฏๅๆฟใฎ้ข็ฉใจๅไธไปฅไธใจใใใใจใๅ ฑ้ณด้ณใๆๅถใใไธใงๅฅฝใพใใใๅ ฑ้ณด้ณใๆๅถใใคใคๅๆงๅผทๅบฆใ้ซใใใใใซในใใผใซๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๅฃ้ข็ฉใจในใใผใซ๏ผณ๏ผฐใฎๆฏๅๆฟใฎ้ข็ฉใจใๅไธๅใฏใปใผๅไธใจใใใใจใๅฅฝ้ฉใงใใใ ย ย At the lower end of the inner frame 13, a large number of speaker holes 546 are formed as a part of the inner frame base 300, which are perforated at positions overlapping the back side of the speaker SP attached to the lower dish unit 15. Even if the diaphragm (cone) vibrates during the sound output of the speaker SP, the vibration is released to the back side of the pachinko machine 10 through the speaker hole 546, so that a resonance sound is generated between the inner frame 13 and the lower dish unit 15. Is suppressed. It is preferable that the area of the opening formed by the speaker hole 546 be equal to or larger than the area of the diaphragm of the speaker SP in the area overlapping the back surface side of the speaker SP in order to suppress the resonance sound. However, in order to increase the rigidity and strength, it is preferable that the opening area of the speaker hole 546 and the area of the diaphragm of the speaker SP be the same or substantially the same.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆ่ฆๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ่งฃๆ่ฆๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ฃ้ขใใ่ฆใๅ่งฃๆ่ฆๅณใงใใใ ย ย Next, the first control board unit 501 will be described with reference to FIGS. 26 is a front view of the first control board unit 501, FIG. 27 is a perspective view of the unit 501, FIG. 28 is an exploded perspective view of the unit 501, and FIG. 29 is a view of the unit 501 from the back side. FIG.
็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏ็ฅ๏ผฌๅญ็ถใใชใๅไปๅฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใใใฎๅไปๅฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๆญ่ผใใใฆใใใใใใงใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ๆใฎไธปใใๅถๅพกใๅธใ๏ผใใใใใคใณใณใจใใฆใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅ็จฎๆฉๅจใจใฎ้ฃ็ตกใใจใใใผใใๅ็จฎๆฝ้ธใฎ้ใซ็จใใใใไนฑๆฐ็บ็ๅจใๆ้่จๆฐใๅๆใๅณใๅ ดๅใชใฉใซไฝฟ็จใใใใฏใญใใฏใใซใน็บ็ๅ่ทฏ็ญใๅซใไธปๅบๆฟใๅ ทๅใใฆใใใใใฎไธปๅบๆฟใ้ๆๆจน่ๆๆ็ญใใใชใๅบๆฟใใใฏใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ่ขซๅ ๆๆฎต๏ผใซๅๅฎนใใใฆๆงๆใใใฆใใใใชใใๅบๆฟใใใฏใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฅ็ดๆนไฝๅฝข็ถใฎใใใฏในใใผในใจ่ฉฒใใใฏในใใผในใฎ้ๅฃ้จใ่ฆใใใใฏในใซใใผใจใๅใใฆใใใใใใใใใฏในใใผในใจใใใฏในใซใใผใจใฏๅฐๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅฐๅฐๆๆฎต๏ผใซใใฃใฆ้ๅฐไธ่ฝใซ้ฃ็ตใใใใใใซใใๅบๆฟใใใฏใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฐๅฐใใใฆใใใ ย ย The first control board unit 501 has a mounting base 551 having a substantially L shape, and the main control device 561 and the sound lamp control device 562 are mounted on the mounting base 551. Here, the main control device 561 is an MPU 701 (see FIG. 39) as a one-chip microcomputer for controlling the main game, a port for communicating with various devices, a random number generator used for various lotteries, a time count, It has a main board including a clock pulse generation circuit used for synchronization, etc., and this main board is housed in a board box 563 (encapsulating means) made of a transparent resin material or the like. . The substrate box 563 includes a substantially rectangular parallelepiped box base and a box cover that covers the opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are connected by a sealing unit 564 (sealing means) so that they cannot be opened, and the substrate box 563 is thereby sealed.
ๅฐๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฏในใใผในใจใใใฏในใซใใผใจใ้ๅฐไธ่ฝใซ้ฃ็ตใใๆงๆใงใใใฐไปปๆใฎๆงๆใ้ฉ็จใงใใใใใใใงใฏๅณ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใซ็คบใใใใซใ๏ผใคใฎๅฐๅฐ้จๆใ้ฃ็ตใใใๆงๆใจใชใฃใฆใใใใใฎๅฐๅฐ้จๆใฎ้ทๅญใซไฟๆญข็ชใๆฟๅ ฅใใใใจใงใใใฏในใใผในใจใใใฏในใซใใผใจใ้ๅฐไธ่ฝใซ้ฃ็ตใใใใๅฐๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฐๅฐๅฆ็ใฏใใใฎๅฐๅฐๅพใฎไธๆญฃใช้ๅฐใ้ฒๆญขใใใพใไธไธไธๆญฃ้ๅฐใ่กใใใฆใใใฎใใใชไบๆ ใๆฉๆใซไธใคๅฎนๆใซ็บ่ฆๅฏ่ฝใจใใใใฎใงใใฃใฆใไธๆฆ้ๅฐใใๅพใงใๅๅบฆ้ๅฐใปๅฐๅฐๅฆ็ใ่กใใใจ่ชไฝใฏๅฏ่ฝใงใใใๅณใกใๅฐๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆงๆใใ๏ผใคใฎๅฐๅฐ้จๆใฎใใกใๅฐใชใใจใไธใคใฎๅฐๅฐ้จๆใฎ้ทๅญใซไฟๆญข็ชใๆฟๅ ฅใใใใจใซใใๅฐๅฐๅฆ็ใ่กใใใใใใใฆใๅๅฎนใใไธปๅบๆฟใฎไธๅ ทๅใชใฉใซใใๅบๆฟใใใฏใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๅฐใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไฟๆญข็ชใๆฟๅ ฅใใใๅฐๅฐ้จๆใจไปใฎๅฐๅฐ้จๆใจใฎ้ฃ็ตใๅๆญใใใใใฎๅพใๅๅบฆๅฐๅฐๅฆ็ใใๅ ดๅใฏไปใฎๅฐๅฐ้จๆใฎ้ทๅญใซไฟๆญข็ชใๆฟๅ ฅใใใๅบๆฟใใใฏใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๅฐใ่กใฃใๆจใฎๅฑฅๆญดใๅฝ่ฉฒๅบๆฟใใใฏใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฎใใฆใใใฐใๅบๆฟใใใฏใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ฆใใใจใงไธๆญฃใช้ๅฐใ่กใใใๆจใๅฎนๆใซ็บ่ฆใงใใใ ย ย As long as the sealing unit 564 is configured to connect the box base and the box cover so that they cannot be unsealed, any configuration can be applied. Here, as shown in FIG. 27 and the like, five sealing members are connected. The box base and the box cover are connected so that they cannot be opened by inserting a locking claw into the long hole of the sealing member. Sealing processing by the sealing unit 564 prevents unauthorized opening after the sealing, and makes it possible to detect such a situation early and easily even if unauthorized opening is performed. It is possible to perform the opening / sealing process again even after the operation. That is, the sealing process is performed by inserting the locking claw into the long hole of at least one sealing member among the five sealing members constituting the sealing unit 564. When the substrate box 563 is opened due to a failure of the accommodated main substrate, the connection between the sealing member into which the locking claw is inserted and the other sealing member is cut. Thereafter, when the sealing process is performed again, the locking claws are inserted into the long holes of the other sealing members. If the history of opening the substrate box 563 is left in the substrate box 563, it can be easily found that the unauthorized opening has been performed by looking at the substrate box 563.
ใพใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไพใใฐไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใฏ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๆ็คบใซๅพใ้ณๅฃฐใใฉใณใ่กจ็คบใฎๅถๅพกใๅธใ๏ผใใใใใคใณใณใจใใฆใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผตใใๅ็จฎใใผใ็ญใๅซใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใๅ ทๅใใฆใใใใใฎ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใ้ๆๆจน่ๆๆ็ญใใใชใๅบๆฟใใใฏใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅๅฎนใใใฆๆงๆใใใฆใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผไธใซใฏ้ปๆบไธญ็ถๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆญ่ผใใใฆใใใๅพ่ฟฐใใ้ปๆบๅบๆฟใใไพ็ตฆใใใ้ปๆบใใใฎ้ปๆบไธญ็ถๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅบๅใใใใ ย ย The audio lamp control device 562 includes an audio lamp control board including an MPU as a one-chip microcomputer for controlling audio and lamp display according to an instruction from the main control device 561 or the display control device 505, various ports, and the like. The sound lamp control board is housed in a board box 565 made of a transparent resin material or the like. A power relay board 566 is mounted on the sound lamp controller 562, and power supplied from a power board described later is output to the display controller 505 and the sound lamp controller 562 via the power relay board 566. .
ๅไปๅฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆ่ฒ๏ผไพใใฐ็ทใ้็ญ๏ผใฎๆจน่ๆๆ๏ผไพใใฐใใชใซใผใใใผใๆจน่่ฃฝ๏ผใซใฆๆๅฝขใใใใใฎ่กจ้ขใซๅนณๅฆ็ถใใชใ๏ผใคใฎๅบๆฟๆญ่ผ้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใใๅบๆฟๆญ่ผ้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ดไบคใใๅใใซๅปถใณใๅๅพๆนๅใซๆฎตๅทฎใใใฃใฆๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใไฝใใๅไปๅฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏ็ก่ฒ้ๆๅใฏๅ้ๆใฎๆจน่ๆๅๅใงใใฃใฆใ่ฏใใ ย ย The mounting base 551 is formed of a colored (for example, green, blue, etc.) resin material (for example, made of polycarbonate resin), and has two substrate mounting surfaces 552 and 553 that are flat on the surface. These substrate mounting surfaces 552 and 553 extend in a direction orthogonal to each other, and are formed with a step in the front-rear direction. However, the mounting base 551 may be a colorless transparent or translucent resin molded product.
ไธๆนใฎๅบๆฟๆญ่ผ้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผไธใซใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆจช้ทใฎๅใใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใใจๅ ฑใซใไปๆนใฎๅบๆฟๆญ่ผ้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผไธใซใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพกๅบๆฟ๏ผใ็ธฆ้ทใฎๅใใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใใ็นใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ข่ฆๆๅๅดใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฎๅฅฅๅดใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใๅบๆฟๆญ่ผ้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅๅพๆนๅใซๆฎตๅทฎใใใฃใฆๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใฎใงใใใใๅบๆฟๆญ่ผ้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆญ่ผใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆๅๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฎไธ้จใๅๅพใซ้ใญใฆ้ ็ฝฎใใใใใใซใชใใใคใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใซใ่ฆใใใใใใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฎไธ้จ๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็จๅบฆ๏ผใๆตฎใใ็ถๆ ใง้ ็ฝฎใใใใใใซใชใใๆ ใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใชใ้ ๅใพใง้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆกๅผตใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใๅฝ่ฉฒๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฎๅคงๅๅใซใ่ฏๅฅฝใซๅฏพๅฆใงใใใจๅ ฑใซใๅๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎใๅน็่ฏใ่จญ็ฝฎใงใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฃ ็ใใ็ถๆ ใงใฏใๅบๆฟๆญ่ผ้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅพๆนใซในใใผในใ็ขบไฟใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ้ปๆฐ้ ็ท็ญใ็ก็ใชใ่จญ็ฝฎใงใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย On one board mounting surface 552, the main control device 561 is arranged in a landscape orientation, and on the other board mounting surface 553, an audio lamp control device 562 (audio lamp control board) is oriented in a portrait orientation. Be placed. In particular, the main control device 561 is disposed on the front side of the pachinko machine 10 when viewed from the rear, and the sound lamp control device 562 is disposed on the back side thereof. In this case, since the substrate mounting surfaces 552 and 553 are formed with steps in the front-rear direction, the control devices 561 and 562 are mounted in a state where the main controller 561 and the sound lamp controller 562 are mounted on the substrate mounting surfaces 552 and 553. Are arranged with a part of them stacked one after the other. That is, as can be seen in FIG. 27 and the like, the main controller 561 is arranged in a state where a part thereof (in the present embodiment, about 1/3 on the left side of FIG. 26) is floated. Therefore, the sound lamp control device 562 can be expanded to an area overlapping with the main control device 561, it is possible to cope with an increase in the size of the control board, and each control device can be installed efficiently. Further, when the first control board unit 501 is mounted on the game board 16, a space is secured behind the board mounting surface 552 so that the variable winning device 65 and its electric wiring can be installed without difficulty.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใไธปๅบๆฟ็จใฎๅบๆฟๆญ่ผ้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅทฆๅณ๏ผใซๆใซๆจช้ทๅฝข็ถใฎ่ฒซ้ๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅบๆฟใใใฏใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใฎ่ฃ้ขใฎๅทฆๅณ๏ผใซๆใซๅๅๅผใฎๅบๅฎๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅบๆฟๆญ่ผ้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆญ่ผใใ้ใซใฏใๅบๆฟๆญ่ผ้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฒซ้ๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅบๅฎๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ใใใใใฎ็ถๆ ใงๅบๅฎๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅๅใใใฆไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใญใใฏใใใใๅพใฃใฆใไธ่ฟฐใฎ้ใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฎไธ้จใๆตฎใใ็ถๆ ใง้ ็ฝฎใใใใจใใฆใใๅฝ่ฉฒไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฑ่ฝ็ญใฎไธ้ฝๅใๅ้ฟใงใใใใพใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅบๆฟๆญ่ผ้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใใๅบๅฎๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใญใใฏ่งฃ้คใใชใใใฐใๅใๅคใใงใใชใใใใๅบๆฟๅใๅคใ็ญใฎไธๆญฃ่ก็บใซๅฏพใใฆๆๆญขๅนๆใๆๅพ ใงใใใ ย ย As shown in FIGS. 28 and 29, the board mounting surface 552 for the main board has horizontally elongated through holes 554 at two places on the left and right. Correspondingly, the substrate box 563 of the main control device 561 is provided with rotational fixing tools 567 at two positions on the left and right sides of the back surface thereof. When the main controller 561 is mounted on the board mounting surface 552, the fixing tool 567 is passed through the through hole 554 of the board mounting surface 552, and the fixing tool 567 is rotated in this state to lock the main control apparatus 561. The Therefore, even if the main controller 561 is arranged in a state where it floats as described above, inconveniences such as dropping off of the main controller 561 can be avoided. In addition, since the main controller 561 cannot be removed unless the fixture 567 is unlocked from the back side of the first control board unit 501 (board mounting surface 552), it is expected to have a deterrent effect against illegal acts such as board removal. it can.
ๅไปๅฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใซ็คบใใใใซใๅทฆ็ซฏ้ขใซไธไธไธๅฏพใฎๆฏ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎๆฏ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅใไปใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้้ๅฏ่ฝใซๆฏๆใใใใใพใใๅไปๅฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅณ็ซฏ้จใซ็ท ็ตๅ ทใจใใฆไธไธไธๅฏพใฎใใคใฉใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใใจๅ ฑใซไธ็ซฏ้จใซๆจช้ทใฎ้ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใคใฉใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎ่ขซ็ท ็ตๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅตใ่พผใใจๅ ฑใซใไธ็ซฏ้จใฎ้ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎไฟๆญข็ช็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใไฟๆญขใใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใซๅบๅฎใใใใใชใใๆฏๆ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๆฏ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฏ่ปธ้จ๏ผญ๏ผใซใ่ขซ็ท ็ตๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณใใคใฉใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ท ็ต้จ๏ผญ๏ผใซใไฟๆญข็ช็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ้ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไฟๆญข็ช้จ๏ผญ๏ผใซใใใใใ็ธๅฝใใใ ย ย As shown in FIG. 27 and the like, the mounting base 551 is provided with a pair of upper and lower support shafts 556 on the left end surface, and these support shafts 556 are attached to the support bracket 531 on the game board 16 side (see FIG. 24). Thus, the first control board unit 501 is supported to be openable and closable with respect to the game board 16. In addition, the mounting base 551 is provided with a pair of upper and lower nai latches 557 as fasteners at the right end portion and a horizontally long opening 558 at the upper end portion, and the tie latch 557 is connected to a to-be-fastened hole 532 (see FIG. 22) and the locking claw piece 533 (see FIG. 24) on the game board 16 side is locked in the opening 558 on the upper end portion, whereby the first control board unit 501 is fixed to the game board 16. . The support fitting 531 and the support shaft 556 correspond to the support shaft portion M1 in FIG. 21, the fastened hole 532 and the ny latch 557 correspond to the fastening portion M2, and the locking claw piece 533 and the opening 558 correspond to the locking claw portion M3, respectively. To do.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆ่ฆๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ่งฃๆ่ฆๅณใงใใใ ย ย Next, the second control board unit 502 will be described with reference to FIGS. 30 to 32. 30 is a front view of the second control board unit 502, FIG. 31 is a perspective view of the unit 502, and FIG. 32 is an exploded perspective view of the unit 502.
็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๆจช้ทๅฝข็ถใใชใๅไปๅฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใใใฎๅไปๅฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณใซใผใใฆใใใๆฅ็ถๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆญ่ผใใใฆใใใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅจ็ฅใฎ้ใๅถๅพกใฎไธญๆขใใชใ๏ผใใใใใคใณใณใจใใฆใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผตใๅ็จฎใใผใ็ญใๅซใๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใๅ ทๅใใฆใใใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆงๆใใๅถๅพกๅบๆฟ๏ผๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅบๆฟ๏ผใซใใใ่ณๅ็ใ่ฒธๅบ็ใฎๆๅบๅถๅพกใจใ้ๆ่ ใซใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆไฝใซๅพใฃใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใใใณ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกใจใ่กใใใใ้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆงๆใใๅถๅพกๅบๆฟ๏ผ้ปๆบๅบๆฟ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏใๅ็จฎๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ็ญใง่ฆใใๆๅฎใฎ้ปๆบ้ปๅงใ็ๆใใๅบๅใใใใ ย ย The second control board unit 502 has a horizontally long mounting base 601, and a payout / discharge control device 611, a power supply device 612 and a card unit connection board 613 are mounted on the mounting base 601. As is well known, the payout / release control device 611 and the power supply device 612 include a control board including an MPU as a one-chip microcomputer that forms the center of control, various ports, and the like. With a control board (payout launch control board) constituting the payout launch control device 611, the payout control of prize balls and rental balls and the ball launch unit 90 (launch solenoid 92 and electromagnet 104 according to the operation of the operation handle 310 by the player). ) Is performed. In a control board (power supply board) constituting the power supply device 612, a predetermined power supply voltage required by various control devices or the like is generated and output.
ใซใผใใฆใใใๆฅ็ถๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผๅ้ขใฎ่ฒธ็ๆไฝ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๅณ็คบใใชใใซใผใใฆใใใใซ้ปๆฐ็ใซๆฅ็ถใใใ้ๆ่ ใซใใ็่ฒธใๆไฝใฎๆไปคใๅใ่พผใใงใใใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅบๅใใใใฎใงใใใใชใใใซใผใใฆใใใใไปใใใซ็่ฒธใ่ฃ ็ฝฎ็ญใใไธ็ฟใซ้ๆ็ใ็ดๆฅ่ฒธใๅบใใใ็พ้ๆฉใงใฏใใซใผใใฆใใใๆฅ็ถๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏไธ่ฆใงใใใ ย ย The card unit connection board 613 is electrically connected to the ball lending operation unit 210 on the front surface of the pachinko machine 10 and a card unit (not shown). The card unit connection board 613 takes in a ball lending operation command by the player and outputs it to the payout and launch control device 611. Is. Note that the card unit connection board 613 is unnecessary in a cash machine in which game balls are lent directly from the ball lending device or the like to the upper plate without using the card unit.
ไธ่จๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณใซใผใใฆใใใๆฅ็ถๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ๆๆจน่ๆๆ็ญใใใชใๅบๆฟใใใฏใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใใๅๅฎนใใใฆๆงๆใใใฆใใใ็นใซใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅ่ฟฐใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๅๆงใๅบๆฟใใใฏใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ่ขซๅ ๆๆฎต๏ผใๆงๆใใใใใฏในใใผในใจใใใฏในใซใใผใจใๅฐๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅฐๅฐๆๆฎต๏ผใซใใฃใฆ้ๅฐไธ่ฝใซ้ฃ็ตใใใใใใซใใๅบๆฟใใใฏใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฐๅฐใใใฆใใใ ย ย The payout / discharge control device 611, the power supply device 612, and the card unit connection substrate 613 are configured to be accommodated in substrate boxes 615 to 617 made of a transparent resin material, respectively. In particular, in the dispensing discharge control device 611, similarly to the main control device 561 described above, the box base and the box cover that constitute the substrate box 615 (encapsulating means) are connected by the sealing unit 619 (sealing means) so as not to be opened, As a result, the substrate box 615 is sealed.
ๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณ็ซฏ้จใซใฏ็ถๆ ๅพฉๅธฐในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใไพใใฐใๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ้จใฎ็่ฉฐใพใ็ญใๆๅบใจใฉใผใฎ็บ็ๆใซใใใฆ็ถๆ ๅพฉๅธฐในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆผไธใใใใจใๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆญฃ้ๅ่ปขใใใ็่ฉฐใพใใฎ่งฃๆถ๏ผๆญฃๅธธ็ถๆ ใธใฎๅพฉๅธฐ๏ผใๅณใใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆ็ซฏ้จใซใฏใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็บๅฐๅใ่ชฟๆดใใๅฏๅคๆตๆๅจใฎๆไฝใคใพใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎๆไฝ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณๅใใซๅ่ปขใใใใจ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฑ็ฃใใใ้ปๆต๏ผๅใฏ้ปๅง๏ผใๅคใใชใฃใฆ็บๅฐๅใ้ซใใใใๆไฝ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅทฆๅใใซๅ่ปขใใใใจ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฑ็ฃ้ปๆต๏ผๅใฏ้ปๅง๏ผใไฝไธใใฆ็บๅฐๅใไฝไธใใใ ย ย A state return switch 621 is provided at the right end portion of the payout launch control device 611. For example, when the state return switch 621 is pressed when a payout error occurs, such as a ball jam in the payout motor 658a, the payout motor 658a is rotated forward and reverse to eliminate the ball jam (return to the normal state). It is like that. An operation knob 622 of a variable resistor that adjusts the firing force of the firing solenoid 92 is provided at the left end of the payout firing control device 611. When the operation shaft 622 is rotated clockwise, the firing solenoid 92 is excited. When the operating shaft 622 is rotated counterclockwise, the exciting current (or voltage) of the firing solenoid 92 is lowered and the firing force is also lowered.
้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใๆฌใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฏใขใใๆฉ่ฝใๆใใฆใใใไธไธๅ้ปใ็บ็ใใ้ใงใๅ้ปๆใฎ็ถๆ ใไฟๆใใๅ้ปใใใฎๅพฉๅธฐ๏ผๅพฉ้ป๏ผใฎ้ใซใฏๅ้ปๆใฎ็ถๆ ใซๅพฉๅธฐใงใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใๅพใฃใฆใ้ๅธธๆ้ ใง๏ผไพใใฐใใผใซใฎๅถๆฅญ็ตไบๆใซ๏ผ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญใใใจ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๅใฎ็ถๆ ใ่จๆถไฟๆใใใใฎใงใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆใซๅๆ็ถๆ ใซๆปใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆผใใชใใ้ปๆบใๆๅ ฅใใใใจใจใใฆใใใ ย ย The power supply device 612 is provided with a RAM erase switch 623. This pachinko machine 10 has a backup function, so that even if a power failure occurs, it maintains the state at the time of a power failure, and can be restored to the state at the time of a power failure when returning from a power failure (power recovery) It has become. Therefore, if the power is turned off in the normal procedure (for example, when the hall is closed), the state before the power is turned off is stored. If you want to return to the initial state when the power is turned on, turn on the power while pressing the RAM erase switch 623. To do.
ๅไปๅฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏไพใใฐ็ก่ฒ้ๆใชๆจน่ๆๅๅใใใชใใใใฎ่กจ้ขใซใใใๅทฆๅณไธกๅดใซๅนณๅฆ็ถใใชใๅบๆฟๆญ่ผ้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใๅทฆๅดใฎๅบๆฟๆญ่ผ้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆญ่ผใใใๅณๅดใฎๅบๆฟๆญ่ผ้ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใซใผใใฆใใใๆฅ็ถๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆญ่ผใใใใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎไธ้จใ้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅบๆฟใใใฏใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผไธใซ้ใญใฆๆญ่ผใใใใ ย ย The mounting base 601 is made of, for example, a colorless and transparent resin molded product, and flat board mounting surfaces 602 and 603 are provided on both the left and right sides of the surface. A power supply device 612 is mounted on the left substrate mounting surface 602, and a card unit connection substrate 613 is mounted on the right substrate mounting surface 603. The payout launch control device 611. A part thereof is mounted on the substrate box 616 of the power supply device 612 in an overlapping manner.
ๅไปๅฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใใใฎๅณ็ซฏ้จใซไธไธไธๅฏพใฎๆฏ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎๆฏ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎๆฏๆๅญ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซไธๆนใใๆฟ้ใใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้้ๅฏ่ฝใซๆฏๆใใใใใพใใๅไปๅฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅทฆ็ซฏ้จใซ็ท ็ตๅ ทใจใใฆไธไธไธๅฏพใฎใใคใฉใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใคใฉใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎ่ขซ็ท ็ตๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฏใ่พผใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซ้้ไธ่ฝใซๅบๅฎใใใใใใซใชใใใชใใๆฏๆๅญ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๆฏ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฏ่ปธ้จ๏ผญ๏ผใซใ่ขซ็ท ็ตๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณใใคใฉใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ท ็ต้จ๏ผญ๏ผใซใใใใใ็ธๅฝใใใ ย ย As shown in FIG. 30, the mounting base 601 is provided with a pair of upper and lower support shafts 605 at the right end thereof. By inserting from above, the second control board unit 502 is supported to be openable and closable with respect to the inner frame 13. In addition, the mounting base 601 is provided with a pair of upper and lower nai latches 606 as fasteners at the left end portion. The control board unit 502 is fixed to the inner frame 13 so that it cannot be opened and closed. The support hole portion 537 and the support shaft 605 correspond to the support shaft portion M4 in FIG. 21, and the fastened hole 539 and the ny latch 606 correspond to the fastening portion M5, respectively.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ่ฃใใใฏใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ขใใ่ฆใ่ฃใใใฏใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใฆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฎๅ่งฃๆ่ฆๅณใ็คบใใฆใใใ่ฃใใใฏใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆจน่ๆๅฝขใใใ่ฃใใใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ้ๆ็ใฎๆๅบใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใไธไฝๅใใใใฎใงใใใ ย ย Next, the configuration of the back pack unit 503 will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 34. FIG. 33 shows the back pack unit 503 viewed from the back of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 34 shows an exploded perspective view thereof. The back pack unit 503 is formed by integrating a resin-formed back pack 651 and a game ball payout unit 652.
่ฃใใใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏไพใใฐ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่ใซใใไธไฝๆๅใใใฆใใใ็ฅๅนณๅฆ็ถใฎใใผใน้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผๅพๆนใซ็ชๅบใๆจช้ทใฎ็ฅ็ดๆนไฝๅฝข็ถใใชใไฟ่ญทใซใใผ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๆใใใไฟ่ญทใซใใผ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅทฆๅณๅด้ขๅใณไธ้ขใ้้ใใไธใคไธ้ขใฎใฟใ้ๆพใใใๅฝข็ถใใชใใๅฐใชใใจใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใๅฒใใฎใซๅๅใชๅคงใใใๆใใ๏ผไฝใๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅ่ฟฐใฎ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใใใฆๅฒใๆงๆใจใชใฃใฆใใ๏ผใไฟ่ญทใซใใผ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ขใซใฏๅคๆฐใฎ้ๆฐ็ฉด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎ้ๆฐ็ฉด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏๅใ ใ้ท็ดฐใๅฝขๆใใใ้ๆฐ็ฉด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ็ซฏใๆฏ่ผ็่ฟใไฝ็ฝฎใง้ฃใๅใใใ่จญใใใใฆใใใๅพใฃใฆใ้ฃใๅใ้ๆฐ็ฉด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ้ใซใใๆจน่้จๅใๅๆญใใใใจใซใใใ่ฃใใใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ขใๅฎนๆใซ้ๅฃใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฎใใใ้ๆฐ็ฉด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ้ใฎๆจน่้จๅใๅๆญใใฆใใฎๅ ้จใฎ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใ้ฒๅบใใใใใจใงใๆๅฎใฎๆคๅฎ็ญใๅฎนๆใซๅฎๆฝใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย The back pack 651 is integrally formed of, for example, ABS resin, and includes a substantially flat base portion 653 and a protective cover portion 654 that protrudes rearward from the pachinko machine 10 and has a horizontally long substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape. The protective cover portion 654 has a shape in which the left and right side surfaces and the upper surface are closed and only the lower surface is opened, and has a size sufficient to surround at least the variable display device unit 80 (however, in the present embodiment, the above-mentioned audio The lamp control device 562 is also enclosed. A large number of ventilation holes 654 a are provided on the back surface of the protective cover portion 654. Each of the vent holes 654a is formed to be thin and provided so that the ends of the vent holes 654a are adjacent to each other at a relatively close position. Therefore, the back surface of the back pack 651 can be easily opened by cutting the resin portion between the adjacent vent holes 654a. For this reason, predetermined | prescribed test | inspection etc. can be easily implemented by cut | disconnecting the resin part between the vent holes 654a and exposing the display control apparatus 505 grade | etc., Inside.
่ฃใใใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใไฟ่ญทใซใใผ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ฟๅใใใใใซใใฆๆๅบใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใธใงๅบๅฎใใใฆใใใๆๅบใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่ฃใใใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆไธ้จใซไฝ็ฝฎใใฆไธๆนใซ้ๅฃใใใฟใณใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฟใณใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆนใซ้ฃ็ตใใใๆจชๆนๅ๏ผๅ๏ผ๏ผๆก๏ผใฎ็้่ทฏใๆใใฆไธๆตๅดใซๅใใฆ็ทฉใใใซๅพๆใใใฟใณใฏใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฟใณใฏใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆตๅดใซ็ธฆๅใใซ้ฃ็ตใใใใฑใผในใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฑใผในใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆไธๆต้จใซ่จญใใใใๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ็ญใฎๆๅฎใฎ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใซใใ้ๆ็ใฎๆๅบใ่กใๆๅบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅใใฆใใใใฟใณใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ้ๆใใผใซใฎๅณถ่จญๅใใไพ็ตฆใใใ้ๆ็ใ้ๆฌก่ฃ็ตฆใใใๆๅบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฟ ่ฆๅๆฐใฎ้ๆ็ใฎๆใๅบใใ้ฉๅฎ่กใใใใใพใใๆๅบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๆใๅบใใใ้ๆ็ใฏใ่ฃใใใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏ้จใซๅ ่ตใใใๆๅบ้่ทฏ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใ้ใใฆๅ่จไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใซไพ็ตฆใใใใ ย ย A payout unit 652 is fixed to the back pack 651 with a screw so as to bypass the protective cover portion 654. The payout unit 652 is located at the uppermost part of the back pack 651 and is connected to the lower side of the tank 655 and the lower side of the tank 655. The tank rail 656 which is gently inclined, the case rail 657 vertically connected to the downstream side of the tank rail 656, and the most downstream portion of the case rail 657, and has a predetermined electrical configuration such as a dispensing motor 658 a A payout device 658 for paying out game balls. The game balls supplied from the island facilities of the game hall are sequentially replenished to the tank 655, and a required number of game balls are paid out by the payout device 658 as appropriate. The game balls paid out by the payout device 658 are supplied to the upper plate 201 and the like through a payout passage (not shown) built in the lower end portion of the back pack 651.
ใฟใณใฏใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅฝ่ฉฒใฟใณใฏใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฏๅใไปๅ ใใใใใฎใใคใใฌใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใฆใใใๅพใฃใฆใไปฎใซใฟใณใฏใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผไป่ฟใง็่ฉฐใพใใ็ใใ้ใซใฏใใใคใใฌใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้งๅใใใใจใซใใฃใฆ็่ฉฐใพใใ่งฃๆถใงใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใใใฎใใคใใฌใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฆใใใๅใใใฆใใใฎใงใใฟใณใฏใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆจชใธๅฎนๆใซๅใไปใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย A vibrator 660 for applying vibration to the tank rail 656 is attached to the tank rail 656. Therefore, if a ball clogging occurs near the tank rail 656, the ball clogging can be eliminated by driving the vibrator 660. Since this vibrator 660 is unitized, it can be easily attached to the side of the tank rail 656.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใฟใณใฏใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ฉณ่ฟฐใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฟใณใฏใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ่งฃๆ่ฆๅณใงใใใใฟใณใฏใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏไธๆนใซ้ๅฃใใ้ทๅฐบๆจ็ถใใชใใฌใผใซๆฌไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใใฌใผใซๆฌไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅง็ซฏ้จใซใฏไธๆนๅดใซๅๅผง็ถใซๅพๆใใฆๅฝขๆใใใ็ๅ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎ็ๅ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใใฟใณใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ่ฝไธใใฆใใ้ๆ็ใฏๅๆปใซใฌใผใซๆฌไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๅใ่พผใพใใใใพใใใฌใผใซๆฌไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏ้ทๆๆนๅใซๅปถใณใไปๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎไปๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ้ๆ็ใไบๆใซๅๆตใใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใไปๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใไปๅใใใ๏ผๆกใฎ็้่ทฏใฏ้ๆ็ใฎ็ดๅพใใใๅ ใใซๅน ๅบใจใชใฃใฆใใใไปๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใไปๅใใใๅ็้่ทฏใฎๅบ้ขใซใฏใใใฎ้่ทฏใฎไธก็ซฏใซใฆไธๅดใซ้ๅฃใใ้ๅฃ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ ย ย Here, the configuration of the tank rail 656 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. FIG. 35 is an exploded perspective view of the tank rail 656. The tank rail 656 has a rail body 661 having an elongated bowl shape that opens upward, and a ball receiving portion 662 that is formed to be inclined in an arc shape on one side is provided at the start end of the rail body 661. . By this ball receiving portion 662, the game ball dropped from the tank 655 is smoothly taken into the rail body 661. In addition, the rail body 661 is provided with a partition wall 663 extending in the longitudinal direction, and the game balls are divided into two hands by the partition wall 663. The two ball passages partitioned by the partition wall 663 are slightly wider than the diameter of the game ball. On the bottom surface of each spherical passage partitioned by the partition wall 663, an opening 665 is provided that opens downward at both ends of the passage.
ใพใใใฌใผใซๆฌไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใฎไธๆตๅดใฎๅคฉไบ้จๅใ่ฆใใใใซใใฆๆดๆตๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใใใฎๆดๆตๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธๆตๅดใซใชใใปใฉใฟใณใฏใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ้่ทฏใฎ้ซใใๅถ้ใใใใๅบ้ขใซๆฌก็ฌฌใซ่ฟใฅใใใใซๅพๆใใฆ้ ่จญใใใใใพใใๆดๆตๆฟใฎไธๆตๅดใซใฏใ้ซใ็ฉใพใใ็ถๆ ใงๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใฎใใกไธๅดใฎ้ๆ็ใซใ ใๅฝๆฅใใฆๆตไธใๅถ้ใใใใใซๆตไธๆนๅใซๆฒฟใฃใฆๆฏใๅญ็งปๅใใๅฏๅๅผใฎๆดๆต้๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใๅไธใใฆ่จญใใใใใใฟใณใฏใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆต้จใใ้ๆ็ใ็ฉใพใใ็ถๆ ใงๆตใ่พผใใงใใฆใใๆดๆต้ใซใใฃใฆใฟใณใฏใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ้ๆ็ใๆดๅใใคใคๆตไธใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย In addition, a rectifying plate 667 is disposed on the rail body 661 so as to cover the ceiling portion on the downstream side. The rectifying plate 667 is disposed so as to gradually approach the bottom surface so as to limit the height of the passage in the tank rail 656 toward the downstream side. Further, on the upstream side of the current plate, a movable rectifying weight that moves in a pendulum direction along the flow direction so as to limit the flow by contacting only the upper game ball of the game balls flowing down in a highly stacked state (Not shown) is provided to hang down. Even if the game balls flow from the upstream portion of the tank rail 356 in a stacked state, the game balls in the tank rail 656 flow down while being aligned by the rectifying weight.
ใชใใใฌใผใซๆฌไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ป่ฒใฎๅฐ้ปๆงใใชใซใผใใใผใๆจน่ใซใใๆๅฝขใใใใฎใซๅฏพใใๆดๆตๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏ้ๆใฎใใชใซใผใใใผใๆจน่ใซใใๆๅฝขใใฆ้่ทฏๅ ้จใ่ฆ่ชใๆใใใฆใใใใพใๆดๆตๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏ็่ฑๅฏ่ฝใซ่จญใใใใฆใใใๅฝ่ฉฒๆดๆตๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใๅคใใใจใซใใใฟใณใฏใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎใกใณใใใณในใๅฎนๆใซๅฎๆฝใงใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย The rail body 661 is formed of a black conductive polycarbonate resin, whereas the rectifying plate 667 is formed of a transparent polycarbonate resin so that the inside of the passage can be easily seen. Further, the rectifying plate 667 is detachably provided, and maintenance in the tank rail 656 can be easily performed by removing the rectifying plate 667.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๆปใฃใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๆๅบใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆๅบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๆๅบๆไปคใฎไฟกๅทใไธญ็ถใใๆๅบไธญ็ถๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅค้จใใไธป้ปๆบใๅใ่พผใใใใฎ้ปๆบในใคใใๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅใใฆใใใ้ปๆบในใคใใๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ้ปๅงๅคๆๅจใไปใใฆไพใใฐไบคๆต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผถใฎไธป้ปๆบใไพ็ตฆใใใ้ปๆบในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅๆฟๆไฝใซใใ้ปๆบ๏ผฏ๏ผฎๅใฏ้ปๆบ๏ผฏ๏ผฆ๏ผฆใจใใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย Returning to FIG. 33 and FIG. The payout unit 652 includes a payout relay board 681 that relays a payout command signal from the payout launch control device 611 to the payout device 658, and a power switch board 682 for taking in the main power from the outside. The power switch board 682 is supplied with, for example, an AC 24V main power via a voltage converter, and is turned on or off by a switching operation of the power switch 682a.
ใฟใณใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆๅบ้่ทฏใซ่ณใใพใงใฎ้ๆ็ใฎ้่ทฏใๅฝขๆใใ้จๆใฏใไฝใใๅฐ้ปๆงใๆใใๆจน่ๆๆ๏ผไพใใฐๅฐ้ปๆงใใชใซใผใใใผใๆจน่๏ผใซใฆๆๅฝขใใใใใฎไธ้จใซใฆๆฅๅฐ๏ผใขใผใน๏ผใใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ็ใฎๅธฏ้ปใซใใใใคใบใฎ็บ็ใๆๅถใใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย The members that form the path of the game ball from the tank 655 to the payout path are all formed of a conductive resin material (for example, conductive polycarbonate resin) and grounded (grounded) at a part thereof. Yes. Thereby, generation | occurrence | production of the noise by charging of a game ball is suppressed.
ใพใใ่ฃใใใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใใใฎๅณ็ซฏ้จใซไธไธไธๅฏพใฎๆฏ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎๆฏ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎๆฏๆๅญ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซไธๆนใใๆฟ้ใใใใใจใงใ่ฃใใใฏใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้้ๅฏ่ฝใซๆฏๆใใใใใพใใ่ฃใใใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅทฆ็ซฏ้จใซ็ท ็ตๅ ทใจใใฆไธไธไธๅฏพใฎใใคใฉใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใใจๅ ฑใซใไธ็ซฏ้จใซไฟๆญขๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใคใฉใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎ่ขซ็ท ็ตๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฏใ่พผใใจๅ ฑใซใไฟๆญขๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎๅบๅฎๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใไฟๆญขใใใใใจใงใ่ฃใใใฏใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซ้้ไธ่ฝใซๅบๅฎใใใใๅบๅฎๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณไฟๆญขๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้จๅใซใใคใฉใใใไฝฟ็จใใชใใฎใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใไฟๆญขๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆ้ฃใซใฏ้ๆ็ใ่ฒฏ็ใใใฟใณใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎ้จๅใๅผทๅบใซๅบๅฎใใใใใงใใใๅบๅฎๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅบๅฎๆใซใฏใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆไธ้ ใจๅณไธ้ ใฎๅบๅฎๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใฃใฆใ่ฃใใใฏใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅบๅฎใใใใใชใใๆฏๆๅญ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๆฏ่ปธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฏ่ปธ้จ๏ผญ๏ผใซใ่ขซ็ท ็ตๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณใใคใฉใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ท ็ต้จ๏ผญ๏ผใซใๅบๅฎๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณไฟๆญขๅญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไฟๆญข้จ๏ผญ๏ผใซใใใใ็ธๅฝใใใใพใใๅบๅฎๅ ท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไฟๆญข้จ๏ผญ๏ผใซ็ธๅฝใใใ ย ย Further, as shown in FIG. 33, the back pack 651 is provided with a pair of upper and lower support shafts 685 at the right end thereof, and these support shafts 685 are supported on the support holes 538 on the inner frame 13 side (see FIG. 23). The back pack unit 503 is supported so that it can be opened and closed with respect to the inner frame 13. In addition, the back pack 651 is provided with a pair of upper and lower nai latches 686 as fasteners at the left end portion, and is provided with a locking hole 687 at the upper end portion, and the nai latch 686 is connected to the fastening hole 540 ( The back pack unit 503 is fixed to the inner frame 13 so that it cannot be opened and closed by engaging with the fixing member 542 (see FIG. 23) on the inner frame 13 side in the locking hole 687. As shown in FIG. 33, a tank 355 for storing a game ball is provided on the left side of the locking hole 687, and this portion is not used for the fixing tool 542 and the locking hole 687. This is because it is firmly fixed. When the fixture 542 is fixed, the back pack unit 503 is also fixed to the inner frame 13 by the fixtures 541 and 543 (see FIG. 23) at the upper left corner and the lower right corner of the inner frame 13. The support hole portion 538 and the support shaft 685 correspond to the support shaft portion M6 in FIG. 21, the fastened hole 540 and the ny latch 686 correspond to the fastening portion M7, and the fixture 542 and the locking hole 687 correspond to the locking portion M8, respectively. . The fixing tool 543 corresponds to the locking portion M9.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ ใจใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใใใณไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ ใ่กใใใใฎๆฝ้ ่ฃ ็ฝฎใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฝ้ ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฝ้ ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๆ่ฆๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏๆฝ้ ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ขๆ่ฆๅณใงใใใใชใใๅณ้ขใฎ่ค้ๅใ้ฟใใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใณใคใซใใใ็็ฅใใฆ็คบใใฆใใใ ย ย Next, a locking device for locking the inner frame 13 to the outer frame 12 and locking the front frame 14 and the lower tray unit 15 to the inner frame 13 will be described with reference to FIGS. 36 to 38. 36 is a front view of the locking unit 410, FIG. 37 is a front perspective view of the locking unit 410, and FIG. 38 is a rear perspective view of the locking unit 410. In order to avoid complication of the drawings, the coil spring is not shown in FIGS.
ๆฝ้ ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฏใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขใงใใฃใฆใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆๅณๅดใซ็ธฆ้ทใซ้ ่จญใใใๆฝ้ ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๆฝ้ ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆบๅๅฏ่ฝใซ่จญใใใใ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไฟๅใใฆๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใ้้ใใ็ถๆ ใซ็ถญๆใใไฟๅ้จใจใซใใๆงๆใใใใไฟๅ้จใจใใฆใฏใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅใ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผใจใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๆ ้ค้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ฟไฟๅ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใ่ฉฒๅฝใใใ ย ย The locking device is engaged with a locking unit 410 that is vertically long on the back surface of the inner frame 13 and on the right side of the pachinko machine 10 when viewed from the front, and hook members 411 to 413 that are slidably provided on the locking unit 410. And an engaging portion that maintains the inner frame 13 and the front frame 14 in a closed state. As the engaging portion, the metal fitting 23 of the outer frame 12, the front frame flange portion 14a of the front frame 14, and the lower plate engaging portion 15a of the lower plate unit 15 are applicable.
ๆฝ้ ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆไธญๅคฎไธ้จใซใฏใ้ต็ฉด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใใทใชใณใ้ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ ใจๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ ใจใฏใใใฎใทใชใณใ้ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ต็ฉด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฐ็จใฎ้ตใๅทฎใ่พผใใงๆๅฎใฎๆไฝใ่กใใใจใซใใใใ่งฃ้คใใใใ ย ย A cylinder lock 420 having a key hole 421 is provided at the lower center of the locking unit 410 when viewed from the front. The locking of the inner frame 13 and the locking of the front frame 14 are released by inserting a dedicated key into the key hole 421 of the cylinder lock 420 and performing a predetermined operation.
ๆฝ้ ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ธฆ้ทใซๅฝขๆใใใ้คๅบไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ้คๅบไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆบๅๅฏ่ฝใซ่จญใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใใใณไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใใใใซไฟๅใใ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅใใฆใใใ้คๅบไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่คๆฐใฎๅไปๅญใ็ฉฟ่จญใใใๅไปๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅไปๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ดไบคใใฆ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใๆฏๆใใๆฏๆๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใซใใๆญ้ข็ฅ๏ผฌๅญ็ถใซๅฝขๆใใใใๆฝ้ ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใงใใฃใฆ้้่ปธใใ้ข้ใใๅดใฎ็ซฏ้จ๏ผ่้ข่ฆๅทฆ็ซฏ้จ๏ผใซ้คๅบไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅไปๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใธใง็ท ใไปใใฆๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅบๅฎใใใใ ย ย The locking unit 410 includes an eaves base 414 formed vertically and eaves members 411 to 413 that are slidably provided on the eaves base 414 and engage with the inner frame 13, the front frame 14, and the lower dish unit 15, respectively. I have. The eaves base 414 is formed in a substantially L-shaped cross section by an attachment plate 415 in which a plurality of attachment holes are formed, and a support plate 416 that is orthogonal to the attachment plate 415 and supports the eaves members 411 to 413 and the like. The locking unit 410 is fixed to the inner frame 13 by tightening a mounting plate 415 of the flange base 414 with a screw at an end portion (left end portion in rear view) on the back surface side of the inner frame 13 and away from the opening / closing axis.
้คๅบไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅไปๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใฎไธ้จใจไธ้จใซ็ธฆ้ท็ฅ็ฉๅฝข็ถใฎๆฟๅ ฅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใๆฟๅ ฅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฏใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้ๆใซๅ้ขๆ ้ค้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅ ็ซฏ้จๅใ้ฒๅ ฅใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย The attachment plate 415 of the heel base 414 is provided with an insertion port 415a having a vertically long and substantially rectangular shape at the upper and lower portions thereof. When the front frame 14 is closed, the front end portion of the front frame flange portion 14a enters the insertion port 415a.
้คๅบไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฏๆๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅดใซใฏใๆฏๆๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฒฟใฃใฆ็ธฆ้ทใซๅฝขๆใใใๆฟ็ถใฎๆบๅๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธไธๆนๅใซๆบๅๅฏ่ฝใซ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใใพใใ้คๅบไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธไธ๏ผใซๆใซใฏใๅณ็คบใใชใใณใคใซใใใซใใไธๆนใซๅธธใซๅผใฃๅผตใใใ็ถๆ ใงๆฏๆๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆบๅๅฏ่ฝใซๆฏๆใใใ้ค้จๆ๏ผๅ ๆ ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใๅ ๆ ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎๅ ็ซฏ้จๅใไธๆนใซ็ชๅบใใ้คๅฝขใซๅฝขๆใใใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅใ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผใซๅผใฃๆใใฃใฆๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๆฝ้ ใใใใใฎๅ ๆ ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆบๅๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธญ็ซไฝ็ฝฎใใไธๆนใธ็งปๅใใใจใใซใฎใฟใๆบๅๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไฟๅใใฆไธๆนใซๆบๅใใใๆบๅๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ ๆ ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปๅขใใใณใคใซใใใฎๅผใฃๅผตใๅใจใปใผๅไธใฎๅคงใใใฎๅๅใงไธๆนใธไปๅขใใใใ ย ย A plate-like sliding rod 417 formed vertically along the supporting plate 416 is slidably arranged in the vertical direction inside the supporting plate 416 of the rod base 414. In addition, a hook member (an inner frame hook member) 411 that is slidably supported by the support plate 416 while being always pulled downward by a coil spring (not shown) is disposed at two upper and lower portions of the flange base 414. Yes. The inner frame hook member 411 is formed in a hook shape with a tip portion protruding downward, and is hooked on the receiving bracket 23 of the outer frame 12 to lock the inner frame 13. The inner frame collar member 411 engages with the sliding collar 417 and slides upward only when the sliding collar 417 moves upward from the neutral position. The sliding rod 417 is urged downward by a reaction force having substantially the same magnitude as the pulling force of the coil spring that urges the inner frame collar member 411.
ใใฎไธไธ๏ผใคใฎๅ ๆ ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌ็ซใใฆไธๆนใธ็งปๅๅฏ่ฝใจใชใฃใฆใใใ้้ใชใฉใงๅ ๆ ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็งปๅใใฆ่งฃ้ ใใใใใจใใๅ ดๅใซใฏไธกๆนใฎๅ ๆ ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธๆนใซ็งปๅใใใชใใใฐใชใใชใใไธๆนใฎใฟใไธๆนใธ็งปๅใใใฆใไปๆนใฎๅ ๆ ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅใ้ๅ ท๏ผ๏ผใซๅผใฃๆใใฃใใพใพใจใชใใใใฎใใใไธๆญฃใช่งฃ้ ๆไฝใๅฐ้ฃใจใชใฃใฆ้ฒ็ฏๆงใ้ซใใใใใใพใใๅ ๆ ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆบๅๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆนใธใฎๆบๅใซไผดใฃใฆไธๆนใธ็งปๅใใใๆบๅๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใทใชใณใ้ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใฎๅฐ็จ้ตใซใใๅณๅใใฎๆไฝใซ้ฃๅใใฆไธๆนใธๆบๅใใใใฎใงใใใๅฐ็จ้ตใฎๆไฝใซใใฃใฆๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ ็ถๆ ใ่งฃ้คใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย The upper and lower two inner frame collar members 411 are independently movable upward. When the inner frame collar member 411 is moved and unlocked with a wire or the like, both inner frames are removed. The scissor member 411 must be moved upward. Even if only one of them is moved upward, the other inner frame flange member 411 remains hooked on the receiving bracket 23 of the outer frame 12. For this reason, an unauthorized unlocking operation becomes difficult and crime prevention is improved. Further, the inner frame collar member 411 moves upward as the sliding collar 417 slides upward. The sliding rod 417 slides upward in conjunction with the clockwise operation with the dedicated key with respect to the cylinder lock 420, and the locked state of the inner frame 13 can be released by operating the dedicated key. .
ใพใใ้คๅบไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธไธ๏ผใซๆใซใฏใๅณ็คบใใชใใณใคใซใใใซใใไธๆนใซๅธธใซๅผใฃๅผตใใใ็ถๆ ใงๅไปๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณๆฏๆๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆบๅๅฏ่ฝใซๆฏๆใใใ้ค้จๆ๏ผๅ้ขๆ ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใๅ้ขๆ ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ๅฑๆฟใๆญ้ขใณๅญ็ถใซๆใๆฒใใฆๅฝขๆใใใๅไปๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎ้ขใซใฏ็ธฆ้ท็ฉๅฝข็ถใฎไฟๆญขๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใพใใๅ้ขๆ ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไฟๆญขๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅไปๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฝขๆใใใๆฟๅ ฅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ้ใชใใคใคใไธญ็ซ็ถๆ ใซใฆไฟๆญขๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธ็ซฏใๆฟๅ ฅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใไธๅดใซไฝ็ฝฎใใใใใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใฆใใใ ย ย Further, at two upper and lower portions of the flange base 414, a flange member (front frame flange member) 412 supported slidably by the mounting plate 415 and the support plate 416 while being always pulled upward by a coil spring (not shown). It is arranged. The front frame flange member 412 is formed by bending a metal plate into a U-shaped cross section, and a vertically long rectangular locking port 412a is formed on the surface on the mounting plate 415 side. Further, the front frame flange member 412 has the locking port 412a overlapping the insertion port 415a formed in the mounting plate 415, and the lower end of the locking port 412a is positioned above the insertion port 415a in the neutral state. Has been placed.
ๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้ๆใซใฏใๅ้ขๆ ้ค้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆฟๅ ฅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ้ฒๅ ฅใใไฟๆญขๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ ใซใ้ฒๅ ฅใใใไฟๆญขๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธ็ซฏใฏใๅ้ขๆ ้ค้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ ็ซฏใฎ็ชๅบ้จๅใซๅฝๆฅใใไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใๅ้ขๆ ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ้ขๆ ้ค้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆผใไธใใใใฆไธๆนใธๆบๅใใใๅ้ขๆ ้ค้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ ็ซฏใฎ็ชๅบ้จๅใไฟๆญขๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ ใซๅฎๅ จใซๅ ฅใ่พผใใจใใณใคใซใใใฎๅผใฃๅผตใๅใงๅ้ขๆ ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏไธๆใใฆๅ ใฎไฝ็ฝฎใซๆปใใๅ้ขๆ ้ค้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅผใฃๆใใฃใฆๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพไธ่ฝใซไฟๆญขใใใใพใใๅ้ขๆ ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆบๅๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆนใธใฎๆบๅใซไผดใฃใฆไธๆนใธ็งปๅใใใๆบๅๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใทใชใณใ้ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใฎๅฐ็จ้ตใซใใๅทฆๅใใฎๆไฝใซ้ฃๅใใฆไธๆนใธๆบๅใใใใฎใงใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใจๅๆงใๅฐ็จ้ตใฎๆไฝใซใใฃใฆๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ ็ถๆ ใ่งฃ้คใใใใ ย ย When the front frame 14 is closed, the front frame flange portion 14a enters the insertion port 415a and also enters the locking port 412a. The lower end of the locking port 412a is disposed at a position where it comes into contact with the protruding portion at the front end of the front frame flange portion 14a, and the front frame flange member 412 is pushed down by the front frame flange portion 14a and slides downward. When the protruding portion at the front end of the front frame flange portion 14a completely enters the locking port 412a, the front frame flange member 412 rises and returns to the original position by the pulling force of the coil spring, and is caught by the front frame flange portion 14a. The front frame 14 is locked so as not to be opened. Further, the front frame collar member 412 moves downward as the sliding collar 417 slides downward. The sliding rod 417 slides downward in conjunction with the counterclockwise operation with the dedicated key with respect to the cylinder lock 420, and, like the inner frame 13, the front frame 13 is locked by operating the dedicated key. Is released.
ใทใชใณใ้ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๆบๅๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใฎ้ฃๅๆฉๆงใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใจใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใใทใชใณใ้ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ ่ปธใซใฏใใใฎๅๅๅไฝใซใใฃใฆๆบๅๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆฌ ๅ ใซ้ฒๅ ฅใใ๏ผใคใฎ็ช่ตทใๆใใใซใ ๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅใไปใใใใฆใใใๅฐ็จ้ตใใทใชใณใ้ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ต็ฉด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅทฎใ่พผใพใใ็ถๆ ใงๅณๅใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆ่จๅใๆนๅ๏ผใซๅๅใใใจใใซใ ๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธๅดใฎ็ช่ตทใๆบๅๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆฌ ๅ ใซ้ฒๅ ฅใใฆไธๆนใซๆบๅๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆผใไธใใใไธๆนใๅฐ็จ้ตใใทใชใณใ้ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ต็ฉดใซๅทฎใ่พผใพใใ็ถๆ ใงๅทฆๅใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆ่จๅใๆนๅ๏ผใซๅๅใใใจใใซใ ๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธๅดใฎ็ช่ตทใๆบๅๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆฌ ๅ ใซ้ฒๅ ฅใใฆไธๆนใซๆบๅๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆผใไธใใใใใฎใใใซใๅฐ็จ้ตใฎๅๅๆไฝใซใใฃใฆๅไธใฎๆบๅๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธไธใซ่ชๅจใซๆบๅใใใใใจใซใใใๆบๅๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ฃๅใใๅ ๆ ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณๅ้ขๆ ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไฝๅใใใฆๅ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๆฏใซๆฝ้ ใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใใใณๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใๆฝ้ ็ถๆ ใ่งฃ้คใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ่คๆฐใฎๆบๅๆใใทใชใณใ้ ใฎ้ ่ปธใซใใใใ้ฃๅใใใใใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใซๆฏในใฆ้จๅๆงๆใๅ็ดใซใชใใ่ฃฝ้ ใณในใใไฝๆธใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย The interlocking mechanism between the cylinder lock 420 and the sliding rod 417 will be described. As shown in FIG. 38, the lock shaft of the cylinder lock 420 has two protrusions that enter the notch of the sliding rod 417 by the rotation operation. A cam plate 420a is attached. When the exclusive key is inserted clockwise into the key hole 421 of the cylinder lock 420 and rotates clockwise (the clockwise direction in FIG. 36), the lower protrusion of the cam plate 420a enters the notch of the sliding rod 417. The sliding rod 417 is pushed upward. On the other hand, when the dedicated key is turned counterclockwise (counterclockwise in FIG. 36) with the key inserted into the keyhole of the cylinder lock 420, the upper projection of the cam plate 420a enters the notch of the sliding rod 417. Then push down the sliding rod 417 downward. In this way, by sliding the single sliding rod 417 up and down freely by rotating the dedicated key, the inner frame collar member 411 and the front frame collar member 412 interlocked with the sliding rod 417 are moved. The locked state with respect to the inner frame 13 and the front frame 14 locked for each of the flange members 411 and 412 can be released by operating. Therefore, compared with the case where a plurality of sliding rods are respectively configured to be interlocked with the lock shaft of the cylinder lock, the component configuration is simplified, and the manufacturing cost can be reduced.
้คๅบไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จใซใฏใๅณ็คบใใชใใณใคใซใใใซใใไธๆนใซๅธธใซๅผใฃๅผตใใใ็ถๆ ใงๆฏๆๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆบๅๅฏ่ฝใซๆฏๆใใใ้ค้จๆ๏ผไธ็ฟ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใไธ็ฟ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใไธ็ฟไฟๅ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซไฟๅใใฆไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใๆฝ้ ใใใใใฎใใฎใงใใใไธไธๆนๅใซๆฒฟใฃใไธญๅคฎ้จใใใณไธ้จใใๅ้ขๅดใซ็ชๅบใใๆดใซๅ ็ซฏ้จใไธๆนใซ็ชๅบใใฆๅฝขๆใใใไธไธ๏ผใคใฎ้ค้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใไธ็ฟไฟๅ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅผใฃๆใใฃใฆไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพใ่ฆๅถใใใ ย ย A heel member (lower plate heel member) 413 that is slidably supported by the support plate 416 while being always pulled upward by a coil spring (not shown) is disposed below the heel base 414. The lower plate saddle member 413 is for engaging the lower plate engaging portion 15a (see FIG. 19) provided in the lower plate unit 15 to lock the lower plate unit 15, and is located in the center along the vertical direction. The upper and lower two flanges 413a, which protrude from the upper and lower portions to the front side and further protrude from the tip, are hooked by the lower plate engaging portion 15a to restrict the opening of the lower plate unit 15.
ไธ็ฟ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏ้จใซใฏใๅ้ขๅดใซ็ชๅบใใใใใซๆใๆฒใใฆๅฝขๆใใใๆไฝ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใๆๅ ็ญใงไธ็ฟ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธๆนใซๆผไธใงใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใใใฎไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆไฝ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅธธใซใฏๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฆใใใไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใๅ ดๅใซใฎใฟ้ฒๅบใใฆๆไฝๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใ ย ย At the upper end of the lower plate ridge member 413, an operation portion 413b formed so as to protrude to the front side is provided, so that the lower plate ridge member 413 can be pushed downward with a fingertip or the like. ing. The operation unit 413b of the lower dish unit 15 is always disposed at a position covered by the front frame 14, and can be exposed and operated only when the front frame 14 is opened.
้้็ถๆ ใฎไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใๅ ดๅใใพใใๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใฆไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆไฝ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆไฝๅฏ่ฝใซใใใใใฎๅพใๆไฝ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใณใคใซใใใฎไปๅขๅใซๆใใฆๆผไธใใไธ็ฟ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธๅดใธ็งปๅใใใจใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผๅดใซ่จญใใใใไธ็ฟไฟๅ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจไธ็ฟ็จ้ค้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ค้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใฎไฟๅ็ถๆ ใ่งฃ้คใใใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใๆๅใซๅผใใ ใใง้ๆพๅฏ่ฝใช่งฃ้ ็ถๆ ใจใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย When opening the lower tray unit 13 in the closed state, first, the front frame 14 is opened so that the operation portion 413b of the lower tray unit 15 can be operated. After that, when the operation unit 413b is pressed against the urging force of the coil spring and the lower plate cage member 413 is moved downward, the lower plate engagement unit 15a provided on the lower plate unit 15 side and the lower plate cage member The engagement state of the 413 with the flange portion 413a is released, and the unlocking state can be achieved by simply pulling the lower plate unit 15 forward.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใ็คบใใใใญใใฏๅณใงใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๆผ็ฎ่ฃ ็ฝฎใงใใ๏ผใใใใใคใณใณใจใใฆใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆญ่ผใใใฆใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ่ฉฒ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ็จฎใฎๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟใ่จๆถใใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่จๆถใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎๅฎ่กใซ้ใใฆๅ็จฎใฎใใผใฟ็ญใไธๆ็ใซ่จๆถใใใใใฎใกใขใชใงใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใใฎใปใใๅฒ่พผๅ่ทฏใใฟใคใๅ่ทฏใใใผใฟ้ๅไฟกๅ่ทฏใชใฉใฎๅ็จฎๅ่ทฏใๅ ่ตใใใฆใใใ ย ย Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 39 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10. The main controller 561 is equipped with an MPU 701 as a one-chip microcomputer that is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 701 includes a ROM 702 that stores various control programs executed by the MPU 701 and fixed value data, and a memory that temporarily stores various data when the control program stored in the ROM 702 is executed. A certain RAM 703 and other various circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission / reception circuit are incorporated.
๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบใฎ้ฎๆญๅพใซใใใฆใ้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใใฏใขใใ้ปๅงใไพ็ตฆใใใฆใใผใฟใไฟๆ๏ผใใใฏใขใใ๏ผใงใใๆงๆใจใชใฃใฆใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅ็จฎใฎใใผใฟ็ญใไธๆ็ใซ่จๆถใใใใใฎใกใขใชใใจใชใขใฎไปใซใใใใฏใขใใใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ ย ย The RAM 703 is configured to hold (backup) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply device 612 even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off. The RAM 703 temporarily stores various data and the like. A backup area 703a is provided in addition to a memory and an area for the purpose.
ใใใฏใขใใใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅ้ปใชใฉใฎ็บ็ใซใใ้ปๆบใ้ฎๆญใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆ๏ผๅ้ป็บ็ๆใๅซใใไปฅไธๅๆง๏ผใฎในใฟใใฏใใคใณใฟใใๅใฌใธในใฟใ๏ผฉ๏ผ๏ผฏ็ญใฎๅคใ่จๆถใใฆใใใใใฎใจใชใขใงใใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆ๏ผๅ้ป่งฃๆถใซใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅใๅซใใไปฅไธๅๆง๏ผใซใฏใใใใฏใขใใใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ถๆ ใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๅใฎ็ถๆ ใซๅพฉๅธฐใใใใใใใฏใขใใใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใฎๆธใ่พผใฟใฏ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใฃใฆ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใซๅฎ่กใใใใใใฏใขใใใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆธใ่พผใพใใๅๅคใฎๅพฉๅธฐใฏ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใชใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉ็ซฏๅญ๏ผใใณใในใซใใซๅฒ่พผ็ซฏๅญ๏ผใซใฏใๅ้ป็ญใฎ็บ็ใซใใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใซใๅ้ป็ฃ่ฆๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใๅ ฅๅใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใฎๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๅ ฅๅใใใใจใๅ้ปๆๅฆ็ใจใใฆใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใๅณๅบงใซๅฎ่กใใใใ ย ย The backup area 703a stores values such as a stack pointer, each register, and I / O when the power is shut down (including when a power failure occurs, the same applies hereinafter) when the power is shut off due to a power failure or the like. When the power is turned on (including power-on due to power failure cancellation, the same applies hereinafter), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before power-off based on the information in the backup area 703a. Writing to the backup area 703a is executed when the power is shut off by the NMI interrupt process (see FIG. 50), and restoration of each value written to the backup area 703a is executed in the main process (see FIG. 43) when the power is turned on. . Note that the power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 742 is input to the NMI terminal (non-maskable interrupt terminal) of the MPU 701 when the power is interrupted due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. Is input immediately, the NMI interrupt process as a power failure process is immediately executed.
ไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใขใใฌในใในๅใณใใผใฟใในใงๆงๆใใใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅพ่ฟฐใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฎไปๅณ็คบใใชใในใคใใ็พคใชใฉใๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใ ย ย An input / output port 705 is connected to the MPU 701 of the main controller 561 via a bus line 704 including an address bus and a data bus. The input / output port 705 is connected to a RAM erasing switch circuit 743, a payout / emission control device 611, a display control device 505, and other switches not shown.
ๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใ่ณ็ใ่ฒธๅบ็ใฎๆๅบๅถๅพกใ่กใใใฎใงใใใๆผ็ฎ่ฃ ็ฝฎใงใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟ็ญใ่จๆถใใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฏใผใฏใกใขใช็ญใจใใฆไฝฟ็จใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅใใฆใใใ ย ย The payout launch control device 611 controls payout of prize balls and rental balls by a payout motor 658a. The MPU 711 as an arithmetic unit includes a ROM 712 that stores a control program executed by the MPU 711, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 713 that is used as a work memory or the like.
ๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๅๆงใซใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบใฎ้ฎๆญๅพใซใใใฆใ้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใใฏใขใใ้ปๅงใไพ็ตฆใใใฆใใผใฟใไฟๆ๏ผใใใฏใขใใ๏ผใงใใๆงๆใจใชใฃใฆใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใใฏใขใใใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใ็ๅบๅฃ้ๆพใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใ็บๅฐ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใจใ็บๅฐๅฑ็ฃใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใจใ็้ใๅฑ็ฃใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใจใ็บๅฐๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใจใ็้ใ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใจใ้่ทฏ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใจใ่จญใใใใๆดใซๅ็จฎใฎใใผใฟ็ญใไธๆ็ใซ่จๆถใใใใใฎใกใขใชใใจใชใขใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ ย ย Like the RAM 703 of the main control device 561, the RAM 713 of the payout / release control device 611 is configured to hold (backup) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply device 612 even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is shut off. Yes. The RAM 713 includes a backup area 713a, a ball exit opening flag 713b, a firing interval counter CHK, a firing excitation counter CHS, a ball feeding excitation counter COS, a firing number counter CHN, a ball feeding interval counter CTK, and a passage closure. A counter CSS is provided, and a memory and an area are provided for temporarily storing various data.
ใพใใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆไฝใซๅพใฃใฆ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใใใณ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็บๅฐๅถๅพกใ่กใใใฎใงใใใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใใใณ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆๅฎๆกไปถใๆดใฃใฆใใๅ ดๅใซ้งๅใ่จฑๅฏใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่งฆใใฆใใใใจใใฟใใใปใณใตใซใใๆคๅบใใ็บๅฐใๅๆญขใใใใใใฎ็บๅฐๅๆญขในใคใใใๆไฝใใใฆใใชใใใจใๆกไปถใซใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅ้ใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใๅฑ็ฃใใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆไฝ้ใซๅฟใใๅผทใใง้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใใๆดใซใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๅบใใใ้ๆ็ใฎ็ๆใๅถๅพกใ่กใใ ย ย The payout launch control device 611 controls the launch of the ball launch unit 90 (the launch solenoid 92 and the electromagnet 104) in accordance with the operation of the operation handle 310 by the player. The launch solenoid 92 and the electromagnet 104 have predetermined conditions. Driving is allowed when it is in place. Specifically, it corresponds to the amount of rotation of the operation handle 310 on the condition that the touch sensor detects that the player is touching the operation handle 310 and the firing stop switch for stopping the firing is not operated. Then, the launch solenoid 92 is excited, and the game ball is launched with a strength corresponding to the operation amount of the operation handle 310. Further, the payout launch control device 611 performs ball removal control of the game ball sent to the ball launch unit 90.
ใใใฏใขใใใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅ้ปใชใฉใฎ็บ็ใซใใ้ปๆบใ้ฎๆญใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใฎในใฟใใฏใใคใณใฟใใๅใฌใธในใฟใ๏ผฉ๏ผ๏ผฏ็ญใฎๅคใ่จๆถใใฆใใใใใฎใจใชใขใงใใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆใซใฏใใใฎใใใฏใขใใใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ถๆ ใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๅใฎ็ถๆ ใซๅพฉๅธฐใใใใใใใฏใขใใใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใฎๆธใ่พผใฟใฏ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใซๅฎ่กใใใใใใฏใขใใใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆธใ่พผใพใใๅๅคใฎๅพฉๅธฐใฏ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใชใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๅๆงใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉ็ซฏๅญใซใใๅ้ป็ญใฎ็บ็ใซใใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใซๅ้ป็ฃ่ฆๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใๅ ฅๅใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใฎๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๅ ฅๅใใใใจใๅ้ปๆๅฆ็ใจใใฆใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใๅณๅบงใซๅฎ่กใใใใ ย ย The backup area 713a is an area for storing a stack pointer, each register, I / O, and the like when the power is cut off when the power is cut off due to a power failure or the like. Based on the information in the backup area 713a, the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before the power is shut off. Writing to the backup area 713a is executed when the power is shut off by the NMI interrupt process, and restoration of each value written to the backup area 713a is executed in the main process when the power is turned on. As with the MPU 701 of the main controller 561, the power failure signal SG1 is input to the NMI terminal of the MPU 711 from the power failure monitoring circuit 742 when the power is interrupted due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. When input to the MPU 711, an NMI interrupt process as a power failure process is immediately executed.
็ๅบๅฃ้ๆพใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฐๅ ฅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจใ้ฃ้ใใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้้็ถๆ ใ่จๆถใใใใใฎใใฉใฐใงใใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใใใใชใณใซๅใๆฟใใใจใๅพ่ฟฐใใ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ้งๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใฃใฆ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้งๅใใใฆ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธๆใใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใใใจๅ ฑใซ็ๅบๅฃ้ๆพใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใจใชใใไธๆนใใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใณใใใชใใซๅใๆฟใใใจใ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้งๅใใใฆ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใใใจๅ ฑใซ็ๅบๅฃ้ๆพใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใจใชใใใใฎใใใ็ๅบๅฃ้ๆพใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใชใใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใใ็ถๆ ใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ๅบๅฃ้ๆพใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใชใณใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้้ใ่งฃ้คใใใ็ถๆ ใซๅฏพๅฟใใใ ย ย The ball outlet opening flag 713b is a flag for storing the open / closed state of the ball outlet 224a that connects the upper plate 201 and the introduction port 102b (see FIG. 7) of the ball launching unit 90. When the touch sensor of the operation handle 310 is switched from OFF to ON, a ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 is driven by a ball outlet opening / closing motor driving process (see S1306 in FIG. 57) described later, the opening / closing lid 252 is raised, and the ball outlet 224a is moved. The ball outlet opening flag 713b is turned on while being opened. On the other hand, when the touch sensor is switched from on to off, the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 is driven to close the ball outlet 224a by the opening / closing lid 252, and the ball outlet opening flag 713b is turned off. For this reason, turning off the ball outlet opening flag 713b corresponds to a state in which the ball outlet 224a is closed by the opening / closing lid 252, and turning on the ball outlet opening flag 713b releases the closing of the ball outlet 224a by the opening / closing lid 252. Corresponds to the state.
็บๅฐ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใฏใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐ้้ใ่จๆใใใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟใงใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผๅ้ใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใฎ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐ้้ใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใ็บๅฐ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใซใฏใใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใใใใชใณใซๅใๆฟใใฃใใฟใคใใณใฐใงใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎๅคใใปใใใใใไปฅๅพใ๏ผใใช็ง๏ผไปฅไธใ๏ฝ๏ฝใใง่กจใ๏ผๅจๆใง่กใใใ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใง๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝๆฏใซใ๏ผใใใคๆธ็ฎใใใใใใฎ็บๅฐ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใใ๏ผใใซๆดๆฐใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใๅณใกใใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใใใใชใณใซๅใๆฟใใฃใฆใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง็ต้ใใใฟใคใใณใฐใง็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใๅฑ็ฃใใใฆ้ๆ็ใฏ็บๅฐใใใใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐๅพใซใฏใๅๅบฆใฟใใใปใณใตใฎ็ถๆ ใ็ขบ่ชใใใใชใณใงใใใฐๅๅบฆใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎๅคใ็บๅฐ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใซใปใใใใใฆใ๏ผใใซๆดๆฐใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใง็นฐใ่ฟใใฆ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใใใใใซใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ใงๅฎๆ็ใซ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐใ่กใใใจใใงใใใใพใใใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใใใใชใณใซๅใๆฟใใฃใๅพใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ็ต้ใใฆใใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใๅฑ็ฃใใใใฎใงใใณใณใใณใตใซ้ป่ทใ่็ฉใใๆ้ใ็ขบไฟใใใใจใใงใใใใใฎใณใณใใณใตใฏใ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใใใฎ้ปๆตใ็ญๆ้ใซๅๅใซๆตใใใใซ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฅ็ถใใใใฎใงใใใ้ป่ทใฎ่็ฉๆ้ใ็ขบๅฎใซ็ขบไฟใใใใจใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฝๅใฎๅฎๅฎๅใๅณใใใฆใใใ ย ย The firing interval counter CHK is a counter for measuring the firing interval of the game balls. The pachinko machine 10 is configured such that 100 game balls are fired per minute, and the game ball firing interval is set to 0.6 seconds. In the firing interval counter CHK, a value of โ150โ is set at the timing when the touch sensor is switched from OFF to ON, and thereafter, a firing control process performed in a cycle of 4 milliseconds (hereinafter referred to as โmsโ) (FIG. 55). , S1002), โ1โ is subtracted every 4 ms. The launch solenoid 92 is excited and the game ball is fired at the timing when the firing interval counter CHK is updated to โ0โ, that is, 0.6 seconds after the touch sensor is switched from off to on. After the game ball is fired, the state of the touch sensor is confirmed again, and if it is on, the value โ150โ is set again in the firing interval counter CHK and is repeatedly updated to โ0โ, and the game ball is fired repeatedly. Is done. Thereby, a game ball can be periodically fired at intervals of 0.6 seconds. In addition, since the firing solenoid 92 is excited after 0.6 seconds have elapsed after the touch sensor is switched from OFF to ON, it is possible to secure a time for accumulating electric charge in the capacitor. This capacitor is connected to the firing solenoid 92 so that a current for launching the game ball can flow sufficiently in a short period of time, and the operation of the firing solenoid 92 is stabilized by ensuring the charge accumulation time. Is planned.
็บๅฐๅฑ็ฃใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใ็้ใๅฑ็ฃใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใใใณ้่ทฏ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใฏใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณ้่ทฏ้้ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฑ็ฃใใๆ้ใ่จๆใใใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟใงใใใ็บๅฐๅฑ็ฃใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใฏ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใซใ็้ใๅฑ็ฃใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใฏ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็้ใๆฉๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใ้่ทฏ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใฏ้่ทฏ้้ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใใๅฏพๅฟใใใๅใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใๅ ดๅใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใพใใฏ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฑ็ฃใใใใจๅ ฑใซใใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใใคๆธ็ฎใใใใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใซใชใใจๅใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใพใใฏ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๅฑ็ฃใจใชใใๅใซใฆใณใฟใซใฏใๅๅไฝใซๅฟ ่ฆใชๅฑ็ฃๆ้ใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคใใๅพ่ฟฐใใ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธญใงๆธใ่พผใพใใฆใใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ฉๅใซไฝๅใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย The firing excitation counter CHS, the ball feed excitation counter COS, and the passage closing counter CSS are counters for measuring time for exciting the firing solenoid 92, the electromagnet 104, and the passage opening / closing solenoid 262. The launch excitation counter CHS corresponds to the launch solenoid 92, the ball feed excitation counter COS corresponds to the electromagnet 104 of the ball launch unit 90 (ball feed mechanism 94), and the passage closing counter CSS corresponds to the passage opening / closing solenoid 262. When the value of each counter is greater than โ0โ, the solenoids 92 and 262 or the electromagnet 104 corresponding to the counter are excited, the counter value is decremented by โ1โ, and the counter value becomes โ0โ. Each solenoid 92, 262 or electromagnet 104 is de-energized. In each counter, a value corresponding to the excitation time required for each operation is written in a launch control process (FIG. 55, S1002) to be described later so that the solenoids 92 and 262 and the electromagnet 104 operate appropriately. It has become.
็บๅฐๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใใใณ็้ใ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใฏใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็้ใๆฉๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้จใซๆป็ใใ้ๆ็ใๆฎใใใจใชใ็ๆใใ่กใใใใซ่จญใใใใใซใฆใณใฟใงใใใ็บๅฐๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใฏใ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฑ็ฃใใฆ็้ใๆฉๆง๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้จใซๆป็ใใ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผไธใซ้ๅบใใ็้ใๅไฝใจใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใๅฑ็ฃใใฆ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผไธใฎ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใจใ่กใๅๆฐ๏ผๆฎๆฐ๏ผใ่จๆฐใใใใฎใงใใใๅบๆฌ็ใซใฏใ๏ผใใจใชใฃใฆใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใฆใฏใใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใณใใใชใใซๅใๆฟใใใจใ๏ผใใฎๅคใๆธใ่พผใพใใใใใฎๅพใ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฑ็ฃใใใฆ็้ใๅไฝใ่กใใใใจๅ ฑใซ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใๅฑ็ฃใใใฆ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใ่กใใใๆฏใซใ็บๅฐๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฎ๏ผณใฎๅคใฏ๏ผใใคๆธ็ฎใใใใ็บๅฐๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฎ๏ผณใใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใจใใซใฏ็้ใๅไฝใจ็บๅฐๅไฝใจใ็ถ็ถใใฆ่กใใใ็บๅฐๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฎ๏ผณใใ๏ผใใฎใจใใซใฏ็บๅฐๅไฝใฎใฟใ็ถ็ถใใฆ่กใใใใ๏ผๅใฎ็้ใๅไฝใจ๏ผๅใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใจใ่กใใใใจ็บๅฐๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฎ๏ผณใฏใ๏ผใใจใชใฃใฆ็้ใๅไฝใจ็บๅฐๅไฝใจใๅๆญขใใใใใใงใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็้ใๆฉๆง๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๆๅคง๏ผๅใฎ็ใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็้ใๆฉๆง๏ผ๏ผใฎ้จไฝใซๆป็ใใใใฎใงใใใใฟใใใปใณใตใฎใชใๅพใซ๏ผๅใฎ็้ใๅไฝใจ๏ผๅใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใจใ่กใใใใจใ็้ใๆฉๆง๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ้ๆ็ใๆฎใใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผไธใซ้ๅบใใใฆ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็บๅฐใใใใใชใใใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใใฎๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅๆไฝใ่กใใใฆใใชใใใใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐๅใฏๆๅฐใจใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅๆไฝใ่กใใใฆใใชใใจใใซใฏใๅ ่ตใใใณใคใซใใใซใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅทฆๅใใซไปๅขใใใฆๅๆไฝ็ฝฎใซๆปใใใใใฎไฝ็ฝฎใซใใใฆใฏ้ๆ็ใ้ๆ้ ๅใซๅฑใใชใใงใใกใผใซ็ใจใชใฃใฆไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๆๅบใใใ่จญๅฎใจใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย The number-of-fires counter CHN and the ball feed interval counter CTK are counters provided for removing a ball without leaving a game ball staying inside the ball launch unit 90 (ball feed mechanism 94). The firing number counter CHN excites the electromagnet 104 to send the game ball staying in the ball feed mechanism 94 onto the launch rail 93 and the launch solenoid 92 to excite the game ball on the launch rail 93. The number of times (the remaining number) of performing the launching operation is counted, and is basically โ0โ. In the present embodiment, a value of โ4โ is written when the touch sensor is switched from on to off. Thereafter, each time the electromagnet 104 is excited to perform a ball feeding operation and the firing solenoid 92 is excited to perform a game ball firing operation, the value of the firing number counter CNS is decremented by one. When the firing number counter CNS is larger than โ1โ, the ball feeding operation and the firing operation are continuously performed. When the firing number counter CNS is โ1โ, only the firing operation is continuously performed. When three ball feeding operations and four firing operations are performed, the firing number counter CNS becomes โ0โ and the ball feeding operation and the firing operation are stopped. Here, in the ball feeding mechanism 94 of the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, a maximum of two balls stay in the portion of the ball feeding mechanism 94 of the ball launching unit 90, and three times after the touch sensor is turned off. When the ball feeding operation and the four firing operations are performed, all the game balls in the ball feeding mechanism 94 are delivered onto the firing rail 93 and fired by the firing solenoid 92. Note that when the touch sensor is off, the player does not rotate the operation handle 310, and thus the launching force of the game ball is minimized. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment, when the operation handle 310 is not rotated, the operation handle 310 is urged counterclockwise by the built-in coil spring and returned to the initial position. Is set to be discharged into the lower plate 301 as a foul ball without reaching the game area.
็้ใ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใฏใใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใณใใใชใใซๅใๆฟใใฃใใจใใซ่กใใใ๏ผๅใฎ็้ใๅไฝๅใณ๏ผๅใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใฎๆ้้้ใ่จๆใใใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟใงใใใ็้ใ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใซใฏใๅฝ่ฉฒ็้ใๅไฝใๅฟ ่ฆใจใชใฃใใจใใซใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎๅคใๆธใ่พผใพใใใใฎๅพใ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝๆฏใซใ๏ผใใใค็นฐใ่ฟใๆธ็ฎใใใใ็้ใ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใใ๏ผใใจใชใใจ็บๅฐๅฑ็ฃใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใซๅคใๆธใ่พผใพใใฆ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใ่กใใใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผไธใฎ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใใใพใใ็้ใ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใใ๏ผใใจใชใใจใใซใฏใ็้ใๅฑ็ฃใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใซๅคใๆธใ่พผใพใใฆ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็้ใๅไฝใ่กใใใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผไธใซ้ๆ็ใ้ๅบใใใใใใฎ็้ใ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใซใฏใใใฎๅพใซ็บๅฐๅไฝใ่กใใใใจใใงใใฃใฆใ๏ผๅ็ฎใใใณ๏ผๅ็ฎใฎ็้ใๅไฝใ่กใใใใจใใซใฏใๅใณใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎๅคใๆธใ่พผใพใใใ็้ใ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใ๏ผใใซๆดๆฐใใใใพใงใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไนใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ่ฆใใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ใง็้ใๅไฝใจ็บๅฐๅไฝใจใ่กใใใใ ย ย The ball feed interval counter CTK is a counter for measuring time intervals of three ball feed operations and four launch operations performed when the touch sensor is switched from on to off. In the ball feeding interval counter CTK, a value of โ200โ is written when the ball feeding operation becomes necessary, and thereafter, โ1โ is repeatedly subtracted by 1 every 4 ms. When the ball feed interval counter CTK becomes โ0โ, a value is written in the firing excitation counter CHS, and the launching operation of the game ball by the launch solenoid 92 is performed, and the game ball on the launch rail 93 is launched. When the ball feed interval counter CTK is โ0โ, a value is written in the ball feed excitation counter COS, the ball feed operation is performed by the electromagnet 104, and a game ball is sent onto the launch rail 93. In the ball feeding interval counter CTK, the value โ200โ is written again when the launching operation is performed thereafter, and when the first and second ball feeding operations are performed. It takes 0.8 seconds, which is 0.8 ms multiplied by 100, until the ball feed interval counter CTK is updated from โ200โ to โ0โ. Therefore, the ball feed operation and the launch operation are performed at intervals of 0.8 seconds. Done.
ๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใขใใฌในใในๅใณใใผใฟใในใงๆงๆใใใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้่ทฏ้้ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใ็้ใ็จใฎ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใฟใใใปใณใต๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผ็ญใใใใใๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใ ย ย An input / output port 715 is connected to the MPU 711 of the payout / release control device 611 via a bus line 714 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The input / output port 715 includes a RAM erase switch circuit 743, a main controller 561, a passage opening / closing solenoid 262, a payout motor 658a, a firing solenoid 92, a ball feeding electromagnet 104, a ball outlet opening / closing motor 251, and a touch sensor for the operation handle 310. (Not shown) are connected to each other.
่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผค๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆ๏ผใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผฌ๏ผฃ๏ผค๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใจใๅถๅพกใใใใฎใงใใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅ ฅๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ๏ผใคใฎๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅใใฆใใใๅ ฅๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ฅๅๅดใซใฏไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅบๅๅดใๆฅ็ถใใใๅ ฅๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅบๅๅดใซใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ถใใใใจๅ ฑใซใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅบๅๅดใซใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใใพใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใใใฎๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅบๅๅดใซใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใ ย ย The display control device 505 displays a variation display of the second symbol (ordinary symbol) on the second symbol display device (LED) 82 and a variation display of the first symbol (special symbol) on the first symbol display device (LCD) 81. It is something to control. The display control device 505 includes an MPU 721, a ROM (program ROM) 722, a work RAM 723, a video RAM 724, a character ROM 725, an image controller 726, an input port 727, two output ports 728 and 729, and a bus line. 730 and 731. The input side of the input port 727 is connected to the output side of the main controller 561, and the output side of the input port 727 is connected to the MPU 721, ROM 722, work RAM 723, image controller 726, and output port via the bus line 729. 728 is connected. A second symbol display device 82 and an audio lamp control device 562 are connected to the output side of the output port 728. An output port 729 is connected to the image controller 726 via a bus line 731, and the first symbol display device 81 is connected to the output side of the output port 729.
่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใๅณๆ่กจ็คบ็จใฎใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใใใณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใๅถๅพกใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ็จฎใฎๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟใ่จๆถใใใใใฎใกใขใชใงใใใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅ็จฎใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎๅฎ่กๆใซไฝฟ็จใใใใฏใผใฏใใผใฟใใใฉใฐใไธๆ็ใซ่จๆถใใใใใฎใกใขใชใงใใใ ย ย The MPU 721 of the display control device 505 controls the display contents of the first symbol display device 81 and the second symbol display device 82 based on the symbol display command transmitted from the main control device 561. The ROM 722 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data executed by the MPU 721, and the work RAM 723 is for temporarily storing work data and flags used when the MPU 721 executes various programs. Memory.
ใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใ่จๆถใใใใใฎใกใขใชใงใใใใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใๆธใๆฟใใใใจใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใๅคๆดใใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅณๆใชใฉใฎใญใฃใฉใฏใฟใใผใฟใ่จๆถใใใใใฎใกใขใชใงใใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใใใใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใ่ชฟๆดใใฆใใผใฟใฎ่ชญใฟๆธใใซไปๅจใใใจๅ ฑใซใใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆๅฎใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใง่ชญใฟๅบใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใฎใงใใใ ย ย The video RAM 724 is a memory for storing display data displayed on the first symbol display device 81, and the display content of the first symbol display device 81 is changed by rewriting the contents of the video RAM 724. The character ROM 725 is a memory for storing character data such as symbols displayed on the first symbol display device 81. The image controller 726 adjusts the timings of the MPU 721, the video RAM 724, and the output port 729 to intervene in reading and writing data, and reads display data stored in the video RAM 724 from the character ROM 725 at a predetermined timing. It is displayed on the symbol display device 81.
้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้จใซ้ปๆบใไพ็ตฆใใใใใฎ้ปๆบ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅ้ป็ญใซใใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญใ็ฃ่ฆใใๅ้ป็ฃ่ฆๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅใใฆใใใ้ปๆบ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ็คบใใชใ้ปๆบ็ต่ทฏใ้ใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใซๅฏพใใฆๅใ ใซๅฟ ่ฆใชๅไฝ้ปๅงใไพ็ตฆใใใใใฎๆฆ่ฆใจใใฆใฏใ้ปๆบ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅค้จใใไพ็ตฆใใใไบคๆต๏ผ๏ผใใซใใฎ้ปๅงใๅใ่พผใฟใๅ็จฎในใคใใใใใฝใฌใใคใใใขใผใฟ็ญใ้งๅใใใใใฎ๏ผ๏ผใใซใใฎ้ปๅงใใญใธใใฏ็จใฎ๏ผใใซใใฎ้ปๅงใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใใใฏใขใใ็จใฎใใใฏใขใใ้ปๅงใชใฉใ็ๆใใใใใ๏ผ๏ผใใซใใฎ้ปๅงใ๏ผใใซใใฎ้ปๅงๅใณใใใฏใขใใ้ปๅงใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใซๅฏพใใฆไพ็ตฆใใใ ย ย The power supply device 612 includes a power supply unit 741 for supplying power to each part of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 742 for monitoring power interruption due to a power failure and the like, and a RAM erase switch circuit 743 having a RAM erase switch 623. ing. The power supply unit 741 supplies necessary operating voltages to the main control device 561, the payout / release control device 611, and the like through a power supply path (not shown). As its outline, the power supply unit 741 takes in an AC 24 volt voltage supplied from the outside, 12 volt voltage for driving various switches, solenoids, motors, etc., 5 volt voltage for logic, RAM A backup voltage or the like for backup is generated, and the 12 volt voltage, the 5 volt voltage, and the backup voltage are supplied to the main controller 561, the payout control device 611, and the like.
ๅ้ป็ฃ่ฆๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ้ป็ญใฎ็บ็ใซใใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉ็ซฏๅญใธๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใๅบๅใใใใใฎๅ่ทฏใงใใใๅ้ป็ฃ่ฆๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ปๆบ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใๆๅคง้ปๅงใงใใ็ดๆตๅฎๅฎ๏ผ๏ผใใซใใฎ้ปๅงใ็ฃ่ฆใใใใฎ้ปๅงใ๏ผ๏ผใใซใๆชๆบใซใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซๅ้ป๏ผ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญ๏ผใฎ็บ็ใจๅคๆญใใฆใๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๅบๅใใใๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใฎๅบๅใซใใฃใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ้ปใฎ็บ็ใ่ช่ญใใ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใชใใ้ปๆบ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ดๆตๅฎๅฎ๏ผ๏ผใใซใใฎ้ปๅงใ๏ผ๏ผใใซใๆชๆบใซใชใฃใๅพใซใใใฆใใ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กใซๅ ๅใชๆ้ใฎ้ใๅถๅพก็ณปใฎ้งๅ้ปๅงใงใใ๏ผใใซใใฎ้ปๅงใฎๅบๅใๆญฃๅธธๅคใซ็ถญๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใๆญฃๅธธใซๅฎ่กใๅฎไบใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย The power failure monitoring circuit 742 is a circuit for outputting a power failure signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 701 of the main control device 561 and the MPU 711 of the payout launch control device 611 when the power is shut down due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 742 monitors the voltage of DC stable 24 volts, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 741, and determines that a power failure (power shutdown) occurs when this voltage is less than 22 volts. Power failure signal SG1 is output to main controller 561 and payout launch controller 611. Based on the output of the power failure signal SG1, the main controller 561 and the payout launch controller 611 recognize the occurrence of the power failure and execute the NMI interrupt process. Note that the power supply unit 741 outputs a voltage of 5 volts, which is a drive voltage of the control system, for a time sufficient to execute the NMI interrupt processing even after the voltage of 24 VDC is less than 22 volts. Is maintained at a normal value. Therefore, main controller 561 and payout launch controller 611 can normally execute and complete the NMI interrupt process.
๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆผไธใใใๅ ดๅใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใใใใฏใขใใใใผใฟใใฏใชใขใใใใใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใๅบๅใใๅ่ทฏใงใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆใซใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใๅ ฅๅใใๅ ดๅใซใใใใใใฎใใใฏใขใใใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใใผใฟใใฏใชใขใใใ ย ย The RAM erase switch circuit 743 is a circuit that outputs a RAM erase signal SG2 for clearing backup data to the main control device 561 and the payout / release control device 611 when the RAM erase switch 623 is pressed. When the RAM erase signal SG2 is input when the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the main controller 561 and the payout launch controller 611 clear the data in the respective backup areas 703a and 713a.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใใใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใจใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅใ ใซ็คบใๅณ้ขใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่ชฌๆใใใใใฎๅณ้ขใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎ้ ๅๅบๅ่จญๅฎใจๆๅนใฉใคใณ่จญๅฎใจใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅฎ้ใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใไพ็คบใใๅณใงใใใ ย ย Here, with reference to FIG. 40 and FIG. 41, the 1st symbol displayed on the 1st symbol display apparatus 81 and the display screen of the 1st symbol display apparatus 81 are demonstrated. FIG. 40 is a drawing individually showing the first symbol. FIG. 41 is a diagram for explaining the display screen of the first symbol display device 81, and FIG. 41 (a) is a diagram schematically showing the area division setting and the effective line setting of the display screen, FIG. 41B is a diagram illustrating an actual display screen.
็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฏใใ๏ผใใใใ๏ผใใฎๆฐๅญใไปใใ๏ผ๏ผ็จฎ้กใฎไธปๅณๆใจใใใฎไธปๅณๆใใๅฐใใๅฝขๆใใใ่ฑใณใๅฝข็ถใฎ๏ผ็จฎ้กใฎๅฏๅณๆใจใซใใๆงๆใใใฆใใใๅไธปๅณๆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใๆจ็ฎฑใใใชใๅพๆนๅณๆใฎไธใซใ๏ผใใใใ๏ผใใฎๆฐๅญใไปใใฆๆงๆใใใใใฎใใกๅฅๆฐ็ชๅท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใไธปๅณๆใฏใๆจ็ฎฑใฎๅ้ขใปใผไธๆฏใซๅคงใใชๆฐๅญใไปๅ ใใใฆใใใใใใซๅฏพใใๅถๆฐ็ชๅท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใไธปๅณๆใฏใๆจ็ฎฑใฎๅ้ขใปใผไธๆฏใซใๅฎใใ้ขจๅๆทใใใซใกใใ็ญใฎใญใฃใฉใฏใฟใๆจกใใไปๅฑๅณๆใไปๅ ใใใฆใใใไปๅฑๅณๆใฎๅณไธๅดใซๅถๆฐใฎๆฐๅญใ็ท่ฒใงๅฐใใใไธใคใไปๅฑๅณๆใฎๅๅดใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซไปๅ ใใใฆใใใ ย ย The first symbol is composed of ten types of main symbols with numbers from โ0โ to โ9โ and one type of sub-pattern of petal shape formed smaller than this main symbol. As shown in FIG. 40 (a) to FIG. 40 (i), each main symbol is configured by attaching numbers โ0โ to โ9โ on a rear symbol made of a wooden box, of which an odd number ( The main symbols with 1,3,5,7,9) have a large number added to almost the front of the wooden box. On the other hand, the main symbols with even numbers (0, 2, 4, 6, 8) are attached to the front of the wooden box almost fully, and attached symbols imitating characters such as furoshiki and helmets, An even number is small in green on the lower right side of the attached symbol, and is added so as to be displayed on the front side of the attached symbol.
ใพใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏใๅไธใฎไธปๅณๆใๆใฃใๅ ดๅใซๅคงๅฝใใใ็บ็ใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใๅฅๆฐ็ชๅทใไปๅ ใใใไธปๅณๆใฏใ้ซ็ขบ็ๅณๆใใซ็ธๅฝใใๅฝ่ฉฒ้ซ็ขบ็ๅณๆใๆใฃใฆๅคงๅฝใใใจใชใใจใ็นๅฅ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซ้ท็งปใใฆ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎๆ้ใซใใใฃใฆๆๅฎๅๆฐ้ๆพใใใใใซใใฎๅพใ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใซ็งป่กใใใไธๆนใๅถๆฐ็ชๅทใไปๅ ใใใไธปๅณๆใฏใไฝ็ขบ็ๅณๆใใซ็ธๅฝใใๅฝ่ฉฒไฝ็ขบ็ๅณๆใๆใฃใฆๅคงๅฝใใใจใชใใจใ็นๅฅ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซ้ท็งปใใใใใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใซใฏ็งป่กใใชใใใใใงใ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใจใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎ็ตๅใใไบใๅฎใใ็ขบ็ๅคๅๅณๆใฎ็ตๅใใจใชใฃใฆๅคงๅฝใใใซใชใใไปๅ ไพกๅคใจใใฆใใฎๅพใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็ขบ็ใใขใใใใ็ถๆ ใใใใใ็ขบ็ๅคๅ๏ผ็ขบๅค๏ผใฎๆใใใใใพใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๏ผไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใจใฏใ็ขบๅคใงใชใๆใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็ขบ็ใ้ๅธธใฎ็ถๆ ใๅณใกใ็ขบๅคใฎๆใใๅคงๅฝใใ็ขบ็ใไฝใ็ถๆ ใใใใ ย ย Moreover, although mentioned later for details, in the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, it is comprised so that a big hit may generate | occur | produce when the same main symbol is prepared. In this case, the main symbol to which the odd number is added corresponds to a โhigh probability symbolโ, and when the high probability symbols all come together and the jackpot is reached, the special winning state 65a is released a predetermined number of times over a predetermined time period. After that, it shifts to a high probability state. On the other hand, the main symbol to which an even number is added corresponds to a โlow probability symbolโ, and when the low probability symbols all come together to win a big game, it shifts to a special gaming state, but in such a case, it does not shift to a high probability state. . Here, the high probability state is a state in which the combination of the first symbol becomes a jackpot as a combination of the probability variation symbols determined in advance, and the subsequent jackpot probability is increased as added value, that is, a so-called probability variation (probability change). Say. In addition, the normal state (low probability state) means a time when the probability of hitting is not probable, and a state where the jackpot probability is a normal state, that is, a state where the probability of jackpot is lower than that during the probability change.
ๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฏใๅคงใใใฏไธไธใซ๏ผๅๅฒใใใไธๅดใฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใใใไปฅๅคใฎไธๅดใฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไบๅๆผๅบใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟใ่กจ็คบใใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใจใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย Next, the display screen of the first symbol display device 81 will be described. As shown in FIG. 41 (a), the display screen of the first symbol display device 81 is roughly divided into two vertically, and the lower 2/3 is the main display area Dm in which the first symbol is variably displayed. The upper third is a sub display area Ds for displaying a notice effect and a character.
ไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใๅทฆใปไธญใปๅณใฎ๏ผใคใฎๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผบ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผบ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใๅๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใ๏ผบ๏ผใซใฏใๅ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ่ฆๅฎใฎ้ ๅบใง่กจ็คบใใใใๅณใกใๅๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใ๏ผบ๏ผใซใฏใๆฐๅญใฎๆ้ ใพใใฏ้้ ใซไธปๅณๆใ้ ๅใใใใจๅ ฑใซใๅไธปๅณๆใฎ้ใซๅฏๅณๆใ๏ผใคใใค้ ๅใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใๅๅณๆๅใซใฏใ๏ผ๏ผๅใฎไธปๅณๆใจ๏ผ๏ผๅใฎๅฏๅณๆใฎ่จ๏ผ๏ผๅใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ่จญๅฎใใใๅๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใ๏ผบ๏ผๆฏใซๅจๆๆงใใใฃใฆไธใใไธใธใจในใฏใญใผใซใใฆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ่กใใใใ็นใซใๅทฆๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏไธปๅณๆใฎๆฐๅญใ้้ ใซ็พใใใใใซ้ ๅใใใไธญๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผๅใณๅณๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏไธปๅณๆใฎๆฐๅญใๆ้ ใซ็พใใใใใซ้ ๅใใใฆใใใ ย ย In the main display area Dm, three symbol rows Z1, Z2, and Z3 of left, middle, and right are displayed. In each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, the above-described first symbols are displayed in a prescribed order. That is, in each symbol row Z1 to Z3, main symbols are arranged in ascending or descending numerical order, and one sub symbol is arranged between each main symbol. For this reason, a total of 20 first symbols of 10 main symbols and 10 sub-designs are set in each symbol row, and scrolls from top to bottom with periodicity for each symbol row Z1 to Z3. The display is changed. In particular, the main symbol numbers are arranged in descending order in the left symbol row Z1, and the main symbol numbers are arranged in ascending order in the middle symbol row Z2 and the right symbol row Z3.
ใพใใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใๅๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใ๏ผบ๏ผๆฏใซไธใปไธญใปไธใฎ๏ผๆฎตใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ่กจ็คบใใใใๅพใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ๏ผๆฎตร๏ผๅใฎ่จ๏ผๅใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใ๏ผใคใฎๆๅนใฉใคใณใๅณใกไธใฉใคใณ๏ผฌ๏ผใไธญใฉใคใณ๏ผฌ๏ผใไธใฉใคใณ๏ผฌ๏ผใๅณไธใใใฉใคใณ๏ผฌ๏ผใๅทฆไธใใใฉใคใณ๏ผฌ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใใใฆใๆฏๅใฎ้ๆใซ้ใใฆใๅทฆๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผโๅณๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผโไธญๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใฎ้ ใซๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅๆญขใใใใฎๅๆญขๆใซใใใใใฎๆๅนใฉใคใณไธใซๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใฎ็ตๅใ๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅไธใฎไธปๅณๆใฎ็ตๅใ๏ผใงๆใใฐๅคงๅฝใใใจใใฆๅคงๅฝใใๅ็ปใ่กจ็คบใใใใ ย ย In the main display area Dm, the first symbols are displayed in the upper, middle, and lower three rows for each symbol row Z1 to Z3. Accordingly, the first symbol display device 81 displays a total of nine first symbols of 3 rows ร 3 columns. In the main display area Dm, five effective lines, that is, an upper line L1, a middle line L2, a lower line L3, a right rising line L4, and a left rising line L5 are set. In each game, the variable display stops in the order of the left symbol row Z1 โ the right symbol row Z3 โ the middle symbol row Z2, and the combination of jackpot symbols on any active line at the time of the stop (in this embodiment, A jackpot video is displayed as a jackpot if the same combination of main symbols) is arranged.
ๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฏใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใใใไธๆนใซๆจช้ทใซ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใใซๅทฆๅณๆนๅใซ๏ผใคใฎไบๅ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใซ็ญๅบๅใใใฆใใใใใใงใๅทฆๅณใฎไบๅ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใฏใใฝใฌใใคใใง้ปๆฐ็ใซ้้ใใใไธก้ใๅผใฎไธ้ๆใชๆใง้ๅธธ่ฆใใใฆใใใๆใจใใฆใฝใฌใใคใใๅฑ็ฃใใใฆๆใๆๅๅดใซ้ๆพใใใใใจใซใใ้ๆ่ ใซ่ฆ่ชๅฏ่ฝใจใชใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใจใชใฃใฆใใใไธญๅคฎใฎไบๅ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆใง่ฆใ้ ใใใใซๅธธใซ่ฆ่ชใงใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใจใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย The sub display area Ds is horizontally long above the main display area Dm, and is further equally divided into three notice areas Ds1 to Ds3 in the left-right direction. Here, the left and right notice areas Ds1, Ds3 are normally covered with a double-open opaque door that is electrically opened and closed by a solenoid, and sometimes the solenoid is excited and the door is opened to the front side. The display area is visible to the player. The center notice area Ds2 is a display area that is always visible without being covered by the door.
ๅฎ้ใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎไธปๅณๆใจๅฏๅณๆใจใๅ่จ๏ผๅ่กจ็คบใใใใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใใใฆใฏใๅทฆๅณใฎๆใ้้ใใใ็ถๆ ใจใชใฃใฆใใใๅทฆๅณใฎไบๅ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใ่ฆใ้ ใใใฆ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่ฆ่ชใงใใชใ็ถๆ ใจใชใฃใฆใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฎ้ไธญใซใใใฆใๅทฆๅณใฎใใใใไธๆนใใพใใฏไธกๆนใฎๆใ้ๆพใใใใจใๅทฆๅณใฎไบๅ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใซๅ็ปใ่กจ็คบใใใ้ๅธธใใๅคงๅฝใใใธ้ท็งปใๆใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซ็คบๅใใใใไธญๅคฎใฎไบๅ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏใ้ๅธธใฏใๆๅฎใฎใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใใใใญใไปใใๅฐๅนด๏ผใๆๅฎๅไฝใใใๆใจใใฆๆๅฎๅไฝใจใฏๅฅใฎ็นๅฅใชๅไฝใใใใใๅฅใฎใญใฃใฉใฏใฟใ็พๅบใใ็ญใใฆไบๅๆผๅบใ่กใใใใใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฏใๅๅใจใใฆไธไธใฎ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผค๏ฝใซๅบๅใใใฆใใใใๅ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผค๏ฝใ่ทจใใงใใๅคงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ็ญใ่กจ็คบใใฆ่กจ็คบๆผๅบใ่กใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย On the actual display screen, as shown in FIG. 41 (b), a total of nine main symbols and sub-designs of the first symbol are displayed in the main display area Dm. In the sub display area Ds, the left and right doors are closed, and the left and right notice areas Ds1, Ds3 are covered and the display screen cannot be visually recognized. If either one of the left and right doors or both doors are opened during the variable display, a video is displayed in the left and right notice areas Ds1 and Ds3, and it is easy for the player to change to a big hit than usual. It is suggested. In the center notice area Ds2, a predetermined character (a boy with a bee in this embodiment) usually performs a predetermined action and sometimes performs a special action different from the predetermined action or another character appears. The announcement effect is performed by putting out. The display screen of the first symbol display device 81 is basically divided into upper and lower display areas Dm, Ds, but displays the first symbol, characters, etc. larger across the display areas Dm, Ds. A display effect can be performed.
ๆฌกใซใไธ่จใฎๅฆใๆงๆใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅไฝใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ๆใซ้ใๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟๆ ๅ ฑใ็จใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณๆ่กจ็คบใฎ่จญๅฎใชใฉใ่กใใใจใจใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใๅคงๅฝใใใฎๆฝ้ธใซไฝฟ็จใใๅคงๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใฎ้ธๆใซไฝฟ็จใใๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใๅคใๅคๅใใ้ใฎใชใผใๆฝ้ธใซไฝฟ็จใใใชใผใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใจใๅคงๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅๆๅค่จญๅฎใซไฝฟ็จใใไนฑๆฐๅๆๅคใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใซไฝฟ็จใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใจใๅทฆๅใไธญๅๅใณๅณๅใฎๅๅคใๅณๆใฎ่จญๅฎใซไฝฟ็จใใๅทฆใปไธญใปๅณใฎๅๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใจใ็จใใใใจใจใใฆใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ธใซใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ็จใใใใใ ย ย Next, the operation of the pachinko machine 10 configured as described above will be described. In the present embodiment, the MPU 701 in the main control device 561 uses various counter information during the game to perform jackpot lottery, setting the symbol display of the first symbol display device 81, and the like. Specifically, As shown in FIG. 42, when the jackpot random number counter C1 used for the jackpot lottery, the jackpot symbol counter C2 used for selecting the jackpot symbol of the first symbol display device 81, and the first symbol display device 81 fluctuate and change. Reach random number counter C3 used for reach lottery, random number initial value counter CINI used for initial value setting of jackpot random number counter C1, variation type counters CS1, CS2 used for variation pattern selection of the first symbol display device 81, , Left, middle and right out symbol counters CL, CM, CR used to set each out symbol in the left, middle and right columns It is set to be there. The second symbol random number counter C4 is used for the lottery of the second symbol display device 82.
ใใฎใใกใใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ๏ผฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฏใใใฎๆดๆฐใฎ้ฝๅบฆๅๅๅคใซ๏ผใๅ ็ฎใใใๆๅคงๅคใซ้ใใๅพ๏ผใซๆปใใซใผใใซใฆใณใฟใจใชใฃใฆใใใใพใใๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผฒใฌใธในใฟ๏ผใชใใฌใใทใฅใฌใธในใฟ๏ผใ็จใใฆใฌใธในใฟๅคใๅ ็ฎใใใ็ตๆ็ใซๆฐๅคใใฉใณใใ ใซๅคๅใใๆงๆใจใชใฃใฆใใใๅใซใฆใณใฟใฏ็ญๆ้้้ใงๆดๆฐใใใใใฎๆดๆฐๅคใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅฎ้ ๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใใซใฆใณใฟ็จใใใใกใซ้ฉๅฎๆ ผ็ดใใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ๏ผใคใฎๅฎ่กใจใชใขใจ๏ผใคใฎไฟ็ใจใชใข๏ผไฟ็็ฌฌ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผใจใชใข๏ผใจใใใชใไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใขใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใใใฎๅใจใชใขใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ้ๆ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผๅใณใชใผใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅๅคใใใใใๆ ผ็ดใใใใ ย ย Among these, the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS1, and CS2 are loop counters that each add 1 to the previous value and return to 0 after reaching the maximum value. Further, the out symbol counters CL, CM, CR are configured such that the register values are added using the R register (refresh register) in the MPU 701, and as a result, the numerical values change randomly. Each counter is updated at short time intervals, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 703. The RAM 703 is provided with a holding ball storage area including one execution area and four holding areas (holding first to fourth areas). The values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot symbol counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 are stored in accordance with the winning timing of the game ball.
ๅใซใฆใณใฟใซใคใใฆ่ฉณใใใฏใๅคงๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฏใไพใใฐ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ฏๅฒๅ ใง้ ใซ๏ผใใคๅ ็ฎใใใๆๅคงๅค๏ผใคใพใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใๅพ๏ผใซๆปใๆงๆใจใชใฃใฆใใใ็นใซๅคงๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ๏ผๅจใใๅ ดๅใใใฎๆ็นใฎไนฑๆฐๅๆๅคใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉใฎๅคใๅฝ่ฉฒๅคงๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅๆๅคใจใใฆ่ชญใฟ่พผใพใใใใชใใไนฑๆฐๅๆๅคใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉใฏใๅคงๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใจๅไธ็ฏๅฒใงๆดๆฐใใใใซใผใใซใฆใณใฟใจใใฆๆงๆใใ๏ผๅค๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๆฏใซ๏ผๅๆดๆฐใใใใจๅ ฑใซ้ๅธธๅฆ็ใฎๆฎไฝๆ้ๅ ใง็นฐใ่ฟใๆดๆฐใใใใๅคงๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฏๅฎๆ็ใซ๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๆฏใซ๏ผๅ๏ผๆดๆฐใใใ้ๆ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใฟใคใใณใฐใง๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใๅคงๅฝใใใจใชใไนฑๆฐใฎๅคใฎๆฐใฏใไฝ็ขบ็ๆใจ้ซ็ขบ็ๆใจใง๏ผ็จฎ้ก่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใไฝ็ขบ็ๆใซๅคงๅฝใใใจใชใไนฑๆฐใฎๅคใฎๆฐใฏ๏ผใงใใใฎๅคใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใงใใใ้ซ็ขบ็ๆใซๅคงๅฝใใใจใชใไนฑๆฐใฎๅคใฎๆฐใฏ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใฎๅคใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใงใใใ ย ย For details of each counter, the jackpot random number counter C1 is configured so that, for example, 1 is sequentially added within a range of 0 to 676, and after reaching the maximum value (that is, 676), it returns to 0. In particular, when the jackpot random number counter C1 makes one round, the value of the random number initial value counter CINI at that time is read as the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1. The random number initial value counter CINI is configured as a loop counter that is updated in the same range as the jackpot random number counter C1 (value = 0 to 676), and is updated once every timer interruption and within the remaining time of normal processing. Will be updated repeatedly. The jackpot random number counter C1 is updated periodically (once every timer interruption in the present embodiment), and stored in the reserved ball storage area of the RAM 703 at the timing when the game ball wins the first entrance 64. The number of random number values that are jackpots is set at low probability and high probability, and the number of random numbers that are jackpots at low probability is 2, and the values are โ337,673โ. There are 10 random numbers that are big hits at high probability, and the values are โ67, 131, 199, 269, 337, 401, 463, 523, 601, 661โ.
ๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใฎ้ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅๅๆญขๆใฎๅณๆใๆฑบๅฎใใใใฎใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆๆๅนใฉใคใณใ๏ผใฉใคใณใงใใใ็นๅฎๅณๆ๏ผไธปๅณๆ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใฎใงใ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใ็จๆใใใฆใใใๅณใกใๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฏใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ฏๅฒๅ ใง้ ใซ๏ผใใคๅ ็ฎใใใๆๅคงๅค๏ผใคใพใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใๅพ๏ผใซๆปใๆงๆใจใชใฃใฆใใใๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฏๅฎๆ็ใซ๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๆฏใซ๏ผๅ๏ผๆดๆฐใใใ้ๆ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใฟใคใใณใฐใง๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใ ย ย The jackpot symbol counter C2 determines the symbol at the time of the fluctuation stop of the first symbol display device 81 at the time of the jackpot, and in the present embodiment, the first symbol display device 81 has five effective lines, Since ten specific symbols (main symbols) are set, 50 counter values (0 to 49) are prepared. In other words, the jackpot symbol counter C2 is configured so that one by one is added in order within the range of 0 to 49, and after reaching the maximum value (that is, 49), it returns to 0. The jackpot symbol counter C2 is updated periodically (once every timer interruption in this embodiment), and stored in the reserved ball storage area of the RAM 703 at the timing when the game ball wins the first entrance 64.
ใชใผใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฏใไพใใฐ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ฏๅฒๅ ใง้ ใซ๏ผใใคๅ ็ฎใใใๆๅคงๅค๏ผใคใพใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใๅพ๏ผใซๆปใๆงๆใจใชใฃใฆใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใใชใผใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใซใใฃใฆใใชใผใ็บ็ใใๅพๆ็ตๅๆญขๅณๆใใชใผใๅณๆใฎๅๅพใซ๏ผใคใ ใใใใฆๅๆญขใใใๅๅพๅคใใชใผใใใจใๅใใใชใผใ็บ็ใใๅพๆ็ตๅๆญขๅณๆใใชใผใๅณๆใฎๅๅพไปฅๅคใงๅๆญขใใใๅๅพๅคใไปฅๅคใชใผใใใจใใชใผใ็บ็ใใชใใๅฎๅ จๅคใใใจใๆฝ้ธใใใใจใจใใฆใใใไพใใฐใใชใผใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅๅพๅคใใชใผใใซ่ฉฒๅฝใใใชใผใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅๅพๅคใไปฅๅคใชใผใใซ่ฉฒๅฝใใใชใผใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅฎๅ จๅคใใซ่ฉฒๅฝใใใใชใใใชใผใใฎๆฝ้ธใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ธ็ขบ็ใฎ็ถๆ ใๅคๅ้ๅงๆใฎไฝๅไฟ็็ๆฐ็ญใซๅฟใใฆๅใ ๅๅฅใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎใงใใฃใฆใ่ฏใใใชใผใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฏๅฎๆ็ใซ๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๆฏใซ๏ผๅ๏ผๆดๆฐใใใ้ๆ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใฟใคใใณใฐใง๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใ ย ย For example, the reach random number counter C3 is incremented one by one within a range of 0 to 238, for example, and reaches a maximum value (that is, 238) and then returns to 0. In the present embodiment, the reach random number counter C3 causes the last stop symbol to stop after the reach has occurred by shifting the last stop symbol by one before and after the reach symbol. Similarly, after the reach has occurred, the final stop symbol is the reach symbol. โReach other than front / rear offโ that stops other than before and after, and โcompletely outโ that does not occur reach will be drawn. For example, the reach random number counter C3 = 0, 1 corresponds to the front / rear out of reach, the reach random number counter C3 = 2-21 corresponds to the reach other than the front / rear out, and the reach random number counter C3 = 22-238 corresponds to the complete out. The reach lottery may be set individually according to the state of the lottery probability of the first symbol display device 81, the number of suspended balls at the start of change, and the like. The reach random number counter C3 is updated periodically (once every timer interruption in this embodiment), and stored in the reserved ball storage area of the RAM 703 at the timing when the game ball wins the first entrance 64.
๏ผใคใฎๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎใใกใไธๆนใฎๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฏใไพใใฐ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ฏๅฒๅ ใง้ ใซ๏ผใใคๅ ็ฎใใใๆๅคงๅค๏ผใคใพใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใๅพ๏ผใซๆปใๆงๆใจใชใฃใฆใใใไปๆนใฎๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฏใไพใใฐ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ฏๅฒๅ ใง้ ใซ๏ผใใคๅ ็ฎใใใๆๅคงๅค๏ผใคใพใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใๅพ๏ผใซๆปใๆงๆใจใชใฃใฆใใใไปฅไธใฎ่ชฌๆใงใฏใ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟใใ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟใใจใใใใ ย ย Of the two variation type counters CS1 and CS2, one variation type counter CS1 is incremented one by one within a range of 0 to 198, for example, and reaches a maximum value (that is, 198) and then returns to 0. On the other hand, the other variation type counter CS2 is, for example, incremented one by one within a range of 0 to 240, and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value (that is, 240). In the following description, CS1 is also referred to as โfirst variation type counterโ, and CS2 is also referred to as โsecond variation type counterโ.
็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใซใใฃใฆใใใใใใใผใใซใชใผใใในใผใใผใชใผใใใใฌใใขใ ใชใผใ็ญใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎใชใผใ็จฎๅฅใใใฎไปๅคงใพใใชๅณๆๅคๅๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใซใใฃใฆใใชใผใ็บ็ๅพใซๆ็ตๅๆญขๅณๆ๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใงใฏไธญๅณๆ๏ผใๅๆญขใใใพใงใฎ็ต้ๆ้๏ผ่จใๆใใใฐใๅคๅๅณๆๆฐ๏ผใชใฉใใ็ดฐใใชๅณๆๅคๅๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใใใๅพใฃใฆใใใใใฎๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใ็ตใฟๅใใใใใจใงใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใฎๅค็จฎๅคๆงๅใๅฎนๆใซๅฎ็พใงใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใ ใใงๅณๆๅคๅๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใจๅๆญขๅณๆใจใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใงๅใใๅณๆๅคๅๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใงใใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฏใๅพ่ฟฐใใ้ๅธธๅฆ็ใ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใใๆฏใซ๏ผๅๆดๆฐใใใๅฝ่ฉฒ้ๅธธๅฆ็ๅ ใฎๆฎไฝๆ้ๅ ใงใ็นฐใ่ฟใๆดๆฐใใใใใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ้ๅงๆใซใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณๆฑบๅฎใซ้ใใฆๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎใใใใกๅคใๅๅพใใใใ ย ย The first variation type counter CS1 determines the reach type of the first symbol such as so-called normal reach, super reach, premium reach, and other rough symbol variation modes, and the second variation type counter CS2 determines the final stop symbol ( In the present embodiment, a more detailed symbol variation mode such as an elapsed time (in other words, the number of variation symbols) until the middle symbol) stops is determined. Therefore, a variety of variation patterns can be easily realized by combining these variation type counters CS1 and CS2. It is also possible to determine the symbol variation mode only by the first variation type counter CS1, or to determine the symbol variation mode similarly by combining the first variation type counter CS1 and the stop symbol. The variation type counters CS1 and CS2 are updated once every time a normal process to be described later is executed once, and are repeatedly updated even within the remaining time in the normal process. Then, the buffer values of the variation type counters CS1 and CS2 are acquired when the variation pattern is determined when the first symbol display device 81 starts the variation of the first symbol.
ๅทฆใปไธญใปๅณใฎๅๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฏใๅคงๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใๅคใใจใชใฃใๆใซๅทฆๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใไธญๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใๅณๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใฎๅคใๅๆญขๅณๆใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใฎใใฎใงใใใๅๅใฎๅๆฎตใซใฏไธปๅณๆๅใณๅฏๅณๆใฎๅใใใฆ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎไฝใใใ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใใๅใ ใซ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใ็จๆใใใฆใใใๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌใซใใๅทฆๅณๆๅใฎไธใปไธญใปไธๆฎตใฎๅๅณๆใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผญใซใใไธญๅณๆๅใฎไธใปไธญใปไธๆฎตใฎๅๅณๆใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใซใใๅณๅณๆๅใฎไธใปไธญใปไธๆฎตใฎๅๅณๆใๆฑบๅฎใใใใ ย ย The left, middle and right off symbol counters CL, CM and CR are used to determine the stop symbol of the left symbol row Z1, the middle symbol row Z2 and the right symbol row Z3 when the big hit lottery is missed. There are 20 first symbols in total, including the main symbol and the sub symbol, in each row of each column, so 20 counter values (0 to 19) are prepared for each. The left, upper, middle, and lower symbols are determined by the out symbol counter CL, the upper, middle, and lower symbols are determined by the out symbol counter CM, and the right symbol column is determined by the out symbol counter CR. The top, middle and bottom symbols are determined.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ่ตใฎ๏ผฒใฌใธในใฟใฎๆฐๅคใ็จใใใใจใซใใๅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎๅคใใฉใณใใ ใซๆดๆฐใใใๅณใกใๅๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎๆดๆฐๆใซใฏใๅๅๅคใซ๏ผฒใฌใธในใฟใฎไธไฝ๏ผใใใใฎๅคใๅ ็ฎใใใใใฎๅ ็ฎ็ตๆใๆๅคงๅคใ่ถ ใใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใใฆไปๅๅคใๆฑบๅฎใใใใๅๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฏๆดๆฐๆๆใ้ใชใใชใใใใซใใฆ้ๅธธๅฆ็ๅ ใงๆดๆฐใใใใใใๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅพๅคใใชใผใๅณๆใใใใกใๅๅพๅคใไปฅๅคใชใผใๅณๆใใใใกๅใณๅฎๅ จๅคใๅณๆใใใใกใฎไฝใใใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ้ๅงๆใซใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณๆฑบๅฎใซ้ใใใชใผใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅฟใใฆๅๅพๅคใใชใผใๅณๆใใใใกใๅๅพๅคใไปฅๅคใชใผใๅณๆใใใใกๅใณๅฎๅ จๅคใๅณๆใใใใกใฎไฝใใใฎใใใใกๅคใๅๅพใใใใ ย ย In the present embodiment, the values of the counters CL, CM, and CR are randomly updated by using the numerical value of the R register built in the MPU 701. That is, when each outlier symbol counter CL, CM, CR is updated, the value of the lower 3 bits of the R register is added to the previous value, and when the addition result exceeds the maximum value, 20 is subtracted to determine the current value. The Each outlier symbol counter CL, CM, CR is updated within the normal processing so that the update times do not overlap, and the combination of these outlier symbol counters CL, CM, CR is the reach of the RAM 703 front / rear symbol symbol buffer, reach other than front / rear out It is stored in either the symbol buffer or the completely off symbol buffer. Then, when determining the variation pattern at the time of starting the variation of the first symbol, the buffer value of any one of the front and rear outreach symbol buffer, the reach symbol buffer other than front and rear outlier, and the completely out symbol symbol buffer is acquired according to the value of the reach random number counter C3. The
ใชใใๅใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคงใใใ็ฏๅฒใฏไธไพใซใใใไปปๆใซๅคๆดใงใใใไฝใใไธ่ฆๅๆงใ้่ฆใใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใใชใผใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคงใใใฏไฝใใ็ฐใชใ็ด ๆฐใจใใใใใชใๅ ดๅใซใๅๆใใชใๆฐๅคใจใใฆใใใฎใๆใพใใใ ย ย In addition, the magnitude | size and range of each counter are only examples, and can be changed arbitrarily. However, if importance is attached to irregularity, it is desirable that the jackpot random number counter C1, the reach random number counter C3, and the variation type counters CS1 and CS2 are all different prime numbers and are not synchronized in any case.
็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฏใไพใใฐ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ฏๅฒๅ ใง้ ใซ๏ผใใคๅ ็ฎใใใๆๅคงๅค๏ผใคใพใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใๅพ๏ผใซๆปใใซใผใใซใฆใณใฟใจใใฆๆงๆใใใฆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฏๅฎๆ็ใซ๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๆฏใซ๏ผๅ๏ผๆดๆฐใใใ้ๆ็ใๅทฆๅณไฝใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใใใจใๆค็ฅใใใๆใซๅๅพใใใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจใจใชใไนฑๆฐใฎๅคใฎๆฐใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใใฎ็ฏๅฒใฏใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใจใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย The second symbol random number counter C4 is configured as a loop counter that is incremented one by one within a range of 0 to 250, for example, and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value (that is, 250). The second symbol random number counter C4 is periodically updated (once every timer interruption in the present embodiment), and it is detected that the game ball has passed through either the left or right second entrance (through gate) 67. Get when it is done. The number of random number values to be won is 149, and the range is โ5 to 153โ.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใญใผใใฃใผใใๅ็ งใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใ่ชฌๆใใใใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใจใใฆใฏๅคงๅฅใใฆใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅใซไผดใ่ตทๅใใใใกใคใณๅฆ็ใจใๅฎๆ็ใซ๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใงใฏ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝๅจๆใง๏ผ่ตทๅใใใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใจใ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉ็ซฏๅญใธใฎๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใฎๅ ฅๅใซใใ่ตทๅใใใ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใจใใใใ่ชฌๆใฎไพฟๅฎไธใใฏใใใซใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใจ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใจใ่ชฌๆใใใใฎๅพใกใคใณๅฆ็ใ่ชฌๆใใใ ย ย Next, each control process executed by the MPU 701 in the main controller 561 will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. 43 to 50. The processing of the MPU 701 is roughly divided into a main processing that is started when the power is turned on, a timer interrupt processing that is started periodically (in this embodiment, at a cycle of 2 ms), and a power failure signal SG1 to the NMI terminal. There is an NMI interrupt process activated by input. For convenience of explanation, the timer interrupt process and the NMI interrupt process will be described first, and then the main process will be described.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใไพใใฐ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝๆฏใซๅฎ่กใใใใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใงใฏใใพใๅ็จฎๅ ฅ่ณในใคใใใฎ่ชญใฟ่พผใฟๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณใกใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใๅ็จฎในใคใใ๏ผไฝใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้คใ๏ผใฎ็ถๆ ใ่ชญใฟ่พผใใจๅ ฑใซใๅฝ่ฉฒในใคใใใฎ็ถๆ ใๅคๅฎใใฆๆคๅบๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณๆค็ฅๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใไฟๅญใใใๆฌกใซใไนฑๆฐๅๆๅคใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉใฎๆดๆฐใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใไนฑๆฐๅๆๅคใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉใ๏ผๅ ็ฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใๆๅคงๅค๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใงใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใ้๏ผใซใฏใชใขใใใใใใฆใไนฑๆฐๅๆๅคใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉใฎๆดๆฐๅคใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉฒๅฝใใใใใใก้ ๅใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ ย ย FIG. 48 is a flowchart showing the timer interrupt process. The timer interrupt process is executed by the MPU 701 of the main controller 561 every 2 ms, for example. In the timer interruption process, first, reading process of various winning switches is executed (S601). That is, the state of various switches (excluding the RAM erase switch 623) connected to the main controller 561 is read, and the state of the switch is determined and the detection information (winning detection information) is stored. Next, the random number initial value counter CINI is updated (S602). Specifically, the random number initial value counter CINI is incremented by 1 and cleared to 0 when the counter value reaches the maximum value (676 in this embodiment). Then, the update value of the random number initial value counter CINI is stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 703.
ๆดใซใๅคงๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผๅใณใชใผใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๆดๆฐใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผๅใณใชใผใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใใใใใ๏ผๅ ็ฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใใใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใๆๅคงๅค๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใ้ใใใใ๏ผใซใฏใชใขใใใใใใฆใๅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๆดๆฐๅคใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉฒๅฝใใใใใใก้ ๅใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใฎๅพใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ่ณใซไผดใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ ย ย Further, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot symbol counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 are updated (S603). Specifically, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot symbol counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 are each incremented by 1 and their counter values reach the maximum values (in the present embodiment, 676, 49 and 238, respectively). Each time it is cleared to 0. Then, the updated values of the counters C1 to C3 are stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 703. After that, a start winning process is performed in accordance with winning in the first entrance 64 (S604).
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใญใผใใฃใผใใๅ็ งใใฆใใใฎๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็ใ่ชฌๆใใใใพใใ้ๆ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใๅฆใใไฝๅๅฃในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆคๅบๆ ๅ ฑใซใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใจๅคๅฅใใใใจ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฝๅไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผฎใไธ้ๅค๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใงใฏ๏ผ๏ผๆชๆบใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ่ณใใใใไธใคไฝๅไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใไฝๅไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผฎใ๏ผๅ ็ฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆดใซใๅ่จในใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงๆดๆฐใใๅคงๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผๅใณใชใผใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅๅคใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใขใฎ็ฉบใไฟ็ใจใชใขใฎใใกๆๅใฎใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธๆนใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ่ณใใชใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆใใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ่ณใใใฃใฆใไฝๅไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใงใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็ใฎ็ตไบๅพใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๆฌใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใไธๆฆ็ตไบใใใ ย ย The start winning process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. First, it is determined from the detection information of the operation port switch 524 whether or not the game ball has won (start winning) at the first entrance 64 (S701). If it is determined that the game ball has won the first entrance 64 (S701: Yes), is the number N of pending action balls of the first symbol display device 81 less than the upper limit (4 in this embodiment)? It is determined whether or not (S702). If there is a winning at the first entrance 64 and the number N of activated balls is less than 4 (S702: Yes), the number N of activated balls is incremented by 1 (S703), and further updated in step S603. The values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot symbol counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 are stored in the first area among the empty reserved areas in the reserved ball storage area of the RAM 703 (S704). On the other hand, there is no winning at the first entrance 64 (S701: No), or even if there is a winning at the first entrance 64, if the number N of operational reserves is not less than 4 (S702: No). , S703 and S704 are skipped, and the start winning process is terminated. After the start winning process is completed, the MPU 701 once ends the timer interrupt process.
ใชใใ้ๆ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใๅ ดๅใใใใซไผดใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ้ๅงใใใใใจใจใชใใใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅพใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅคๅใๅณๆๅๆญขใซ่ณใใพใงใซใฏๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ็ต้ใใฆใใชใใใฐใชใใชใใจใใๅถ็ดใใใใใใใงใไธ่จๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็ใงใฏใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใ็ขบ่ชใใใๅ ดๅใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใฎๆ ผ็ดๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅพใซใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅพใฎ็ต้ๆ้ใ่จใใใใฎใฟใคใใใปใใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใไธ่จๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็ใฏ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝๅจๆใงๅฎ่กใใใใใใไพใใฐ๏ผ็งใฎ็ต้ๆ้ใ่จๆธฌใใใซใฏใฟใคใใซๆฐๅคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใปใใใใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็ใฎ้ฝๅบฆใใฟใคใๅคใ๏ผใใคๆธ็ฎใใใใใฎใฟใคใๅคใฏใใใฎๆใ ใฎๅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใจๅ ฑใซใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใ็ฎก็ใใใใใใใฆใๅพ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณ่จญๅฎใซ้ใใฆใฏใไธ่จใฟใคใๅคใๅ็ งใใใๆฎใๆ้ใซๅฟใใฆ๏ผๆๅฎๆ้็ต้ๅพใซๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญขใใใใใ๏ผๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ่จญๅฎใใใใ ย ย In addition, when the game ball wins the first entrance 64 (start winning), the first symbol display device 81 starts the variable display of the first symbol, but after the start winning, There is a restriction that a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds) must elapse before the symbol changes and the symbol stops. Therefore, in the start winning process, when a start winning is confirmed, a timer for measuring the elapsed time after the start winning is set after each counter value storing process (S704). Specifically, since the start winning process is executed at a cycle of 2 ms, for example, in order to measure an elapsed time of 5 seconds, a numerical value โ2500โ is set in the timer, and the timer value is incremented by 1 for each start winning process. Subtract. This timer value is stored and managed in the reserved ball storage area of the RAM 703 together with the values of the respective counters C1 to C3. In setting the first symbol variation pattern, which will be described later, the timer value is referred to, and a variation pattern is set according to the remaining time (so that the symbol variation is stopped after a predetermined time has elapsed).
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฏใๅ้ปใฎ็บ็็ญใซใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใซใใใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใฎไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ถๆ ใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใใฏใขใใใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จๆถใใใใๅณใกใๅ้ปใฎ็บ็็ญใซใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบใ้ฎๆญใใใใจใๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใๅ้ป็ฃ่ฆๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉ็ซฏๅญใซๅบๅใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅถๅพกใไธญๆญใใฆ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใ้ๅงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฎใใญใฐใฉใ ใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใใๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใๅบๅใใใๅพๆๅฎๆ้ใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใซ้ปๆบ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ปๆบไพ็ตฆใใชใใใฆใใใใใฎๆๅฎๆ้ๅ ใซ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ ย ย FIG. 50 is a flowchart showing the NMI interrupt process. The NMI interrupt process is executed by the MPU 701 of the main controller 561 when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is shut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. By this NMI interrupt processing, the state of the main controller 561 at the time of power shut-off is stored in the backup area 703a of the RAM 703. That is, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure, the power failure signal SG1 is output from the power failure monitoring circuit 742 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 701 in the main controller 561, and the MPU 701 interrupts the control being executed. NMI interrupt processing is started. The NMI interrupt processing program of FIG. 50 is stored in the ROM 702 of the main controller 561. For a predetermined time after the power failure signal SG1 is output, power is supplied from the power supply unit 741 so that the processing of the main controller 561 can be executed, and the NMI interrupt processing is executed within the predetermined time.
๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใงใฏใใพใใไฝฟ็จใฌใธในใฟใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใใฏใขใใใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ้้ฟใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใในใฟใใฏใใคใณใฟใฎๅคใๅใใใฏใขใใใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จๆถใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆดใซใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใใใใฏใขใใใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ปๆบใ้ฎๆญใใใใใจใ็คบใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญ้็ฅใณใใณใใไปใฎๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎใซๅฏพใใฆ้ไฟกใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅคใ็ฎๅบใใใใใฏใขใใใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซไฟๅญใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅคใฏใไพใใฐใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฝๆฅญ้ ๅใขใใฌในใซใใใใใงใใฏใตใ ๅคใงใใใใใฎๅพใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใขใฏใปในใ็ฆๆญขใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ปๆบใๅฎๅ จใซ้ฎๆญใใฆๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใงใใชใใชใใพใง็ก้ใซใผใใ็ถ็ถใใใ ย ย In the NMI interrupt processing, first, the used register is saved in the backup area 703a of the RAM 703 (S801), and the value of the stack pointer is stored in the backup area 703a (S802). Further, the occurrence information of the power shutdown is set in the backup area 703a (S803), and a power shutdown notification command indicating that the power is shut off is transmitted to another control device (S804). A RAM determination value is calculated and stored in the backup area 703a (S805). The RAM determination value is, for example, a checksum value at the work area address of the RAM 703. Thereafter, access to the RAM 703 is prohibited (S806), and the infinite loop is continued until the power supply is completely shut down and the processing cannot be executed.
ใชใใไธ่จใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฏใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใๅๆงใซๅฎ่กใใใใใใ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใซใใใๅ้ปใฎ็บ็็ญใซใใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใฎๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ถๆ ใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใใฏใขใใใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จๆถใใใใๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใๅบๅใใใๅพๆๅฎๆ้ใฏใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใซ้ปๆบ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ปๆบไพ็ตฆใใชใใใใฎใๅๆงใงใใใๅณใกใๅ้ปใฎ็บ็็ญใซใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบใ้ฎๆญใใใใจใๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใๅ้ป็ฃ่ฆๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉ็ซฏๅญใซๅบๅใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅถๅพกใไธญๆญใใฆๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใ้ๅงใใใใใฎๅ ๅฎนใฏในใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญ้็ฅใณใใณใใฎ้ไฟกใ่กใชใใชใ็นใ้คใไธ่จ่ชฌๆใจๅๆงใงใใใ ย ย The above NMI interrupt process is executed in the same manner in the payout / release control device 611. With this NMI interrupt process, the state of the payout / release control device 611 when the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like is stored in the backup area 713a of the RAM 713. Is remembered. Similarly, the power supply unit 741 supplies power so that the process of the payout / discharge control device 611 can be executed for a predetermined time after the power failure signal SG1 is output. That is, when the power supply of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the power failure signal SG1 is output from the power failure monitoring circuit 742 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 711 in the payout launch control device 611, and the MPU 711 interrupts the control being executed. Then, the NMI interrupt process of FIG. 50 is started. The contents are the same as described above, except that the power-off notification command is not transmitted in step S804.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใกใคใณๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็ใฏ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆใฎใชใปใใใซใใ่ตทๅใใใใใกใคใณๅฆ็ใงใฏใใพใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅใซไผดใๅๆ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใในใฟใใฏใใคใณใฟใซไบใๆฑบใใใใๆๅฎๅคใ่จญๅฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใใตใๅดใฎๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ญ๏ผใๅไฝๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใซใชใใฎใๅพ ใคใใใซใใฆใงใคใๅฆ็๏ผไพใใฐ๏ผ็ง็จๅบฆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๆฌกใใงใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅบ่จฑๅฏใณใใณใใ้ไฟกใใๅพ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใขใฏใปในใ่จฑๅฏใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ ย ย FIG. 43 is a flowchart showing a main process executed by the MPU 701 in the main controller 561. This main process is started by a reset at power-on. In the main process, first, an initial setting process associated with power-on is executed (S101). Specifically, in order to set a predetermined value in the stack pointer and wait for the sub-side control devices (sound lamp control device 562, payout launch control device 611, etc.) to become operable. , Wait processing (for example, about 1 second) is executed. Next, after a payout permission command is transmitted to the payout launch control device 611 (S102), access to the RAM 703 is permitted (S103).
ใใฎๅพใฏใ้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใใใฆใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใใใฆใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใใใฏใขใใใใผใฟใใฏใชใข๏ผๆถๅป๏ผใใในใใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใใไธๆนใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใใใฆใใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆดใซ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใใฏใขใใใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถใใใฆใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จๆถใใใฆใใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใใฏใขใใใใผใฟใฏ่จๆถใใใฆใใชใใฎใงใใใฎๅ ดๅใซใใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใใใใใฏใขใใใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถใใใฆใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅคใ็ฎๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฎๅบใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅคใๆญฃๅธธใงใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใก็ฎๅบใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅคใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใซไฟๅญใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅคใจไธ่ดใใชใใใฐใใใใฏใขใใใใใใใผใฟใฏ็ ดๅฃใใใฆใใใฎใงใใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใใใชใใๅ่ฟฐใใ้ใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅคใฏใไพใใฐ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฝๆฅญ้ ๅใขใใฌในใซใใใใใงใใฏใตใ ๅคใงใใใใใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅคใซไปฃใใฆใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅฎใฎใจใชใขใซๆธใ่พผใพใใใญใผใฏใผใใๆญฃใใไฟๅญใใใฆใใใๅฆใใซใใใใใฏใขใใใฎๆๅนๆงใๅคๆญใใใใใซใใฆใ่ฏใใ ย ย Thereafter, it is determined whether or not the RAM erase switch 623 provided in the power supply device 612 is turned on (S104). If it is turned on (S104: Yes), processing is performed to clear (erase) the backup data. The process proceeds to S114. On the other hand, if the RAM erasure switch 623 is not turned on (S104: No), it is further determined whether or not the information on occurrence of power interruption is stored in the backup area 703a of the RAM 703 (S105). (S105: No), since backup data is not stored, in this case as well, the process proceeds to S114. If the occurrence information of power shutdown is stored in the backup area 703a (S105: Yes), the RAM judgment value is calculated (S106), and the calculated RAM judgment value is not normal (S107: No), that is, calculated. If the RAM determination value does not match the RAM determination value stored when the power is shut off, the backed up data has been destroyed. In such a case as well, the process proceeds to S114. As described above, the RAM determination value is, for example, a checksum value at the work area address of the RAM 703. Instead of the RAM determination value, the validity of the backup may be determined based on whether or not the keyword written in a predetermined area of the RAM 703 is correctly stored.
ไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๆฌใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไพใใฐใใผใซใฎๅถๆฅญ้ๅงๆใชใฉใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆใซ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใใผใฟใๅๆๅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆผใใชใใ้ปๆบใๆๅ ฅใใใใๅพใฃใฆใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆผใใใฆใใใฐใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใฎๅๆๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็งป่กใใใใพใใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅค๏ผใใงใใฏใตใ ๅค็ญ๏ผใซใใใใใฏใขใใใฎ็ฐๅธธใ็ขบ่ชใใใๅ ดๅใๅๆงใซ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็งป่กใใใๅณใกใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใฎๅๆๅๅฆ็ใงใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฝฟ็จ้ ๅใ๏ผใซใฏใชใขใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆๅคใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๅฒ่พผใฟใ่จฑๅฏใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅพ่ฟฐใใ้ๅธธๅฆ็ใซ็งป่กใใใ ย ย As described above, in the pachinko machine 10, when RAM data is initialized when the power is turned on, for example, at the start of business in a hall, the power is turned on while pressing the RAM erase switch 623. Therefore, if the RAM erase switch 623 is pressed, the process proceeds to the RAM initialization process (S114 to S116). Similarly, when the information on occurrence of power shutdown is not set or when a backup abnormality is confirmed by the RAM determination value (checksum value or the like), the process proceeds to initialization processing (S114 to S116) of the RAM 703 in the same manner. That is, in the RAM initialization process from S114, the used area of the RAM 703 is cleared to 0 (S114), and the initial value of the RAM 703 is set (S115). Thereafter, the interruption is permitted (S116), and the process proceeds to normal processing described later.
ไธๆนใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใใใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถใใใฆใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆดใซ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅค๏ผใใงใใฏใตใ ๅค็ญ๏ผใๆญฃๅธธใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใฆๅพฉ้ปๆใฎๅฆ็๏ผ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๅพฉๆงๆใฎๅฆ็๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅณใกใๅพฉ้ปๆใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใฎในใฟใใฏใใคใณใฟใๅพฉๅธฐใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใใฏใชใขใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใซใใตใๅดใฎๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅพฉๅธฐใใใใใใฎๅพฉ้ปๆใฎใณใใณใใ้ไฟกใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไฝฟ็จใฌใธในใฟใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใใฏใขใใใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅพฉๅธฐใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆดใซใ้ปๆบๆญๅใซๅฒ่พผใฟใ่จฑๅฏ็ถๆ ใซใใฃใใๅฆใใ็ขบ่ชใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฒ่พผใฟใ่จฑๅฏ็ถๆ ใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฒ่พผใฟใ่จฑๅฏใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธๆนใ้ปๆบๆญๆใซๅฒ่พผใฟใ็ฆๆญข็ถๆ ใซใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฒ่พผใฟใ็ฆๆญขใใใพใพใๅฆ็ใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๅใฎ็ชๅฐใธๆปใใ ย ย On the other hand, if the RAM erase switch 623 is not turned on (S104: No), the occurrence information of power shutdown is stored (S105: Yes), and the RAM judgment value (checksum value etc.) is normal ( (S107: Yes), the process proceeds to S108, and a process at the time of power recovery (a process at the time of power-off restoration) is executed. That is, in the power recovery process, the stack pointer at the time of power interruption is restored (S108), and the information on occurrence of power interruption is cleared (S109). Next, a power-return command for returning the sub-side control device to the gaming state at the time of power-off is transmitted (S110), and the used register is returned from the backup area 703a of the RAM 703 (S111). Further, it is confirmed whether or not the interrupt is permitted before the power is turned off (S112). If the interrupt is permitted (S112: Yes), the interrupt is permitted (S113), while the interrupt is prohibited when the power is turned off. If it is in the state (S112: No), the processing is returned to the address before the power is shut off while the interruption is prohibited.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใญใผใใฃใผใใๅ็ งใใฆ้ๅธธๅฆ็ใ่ชฌๆใใใใใฎ้ๅธธๅฆ็ใงใฏ้ๆใฎไธป่ฆใชๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎๆฆ่ฆใจใใฆใ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝๅจๆใฎๅฎๆๅฆ็ใจใใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๆฎไฝๆ้ใง๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใซใฆใณใฟๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใๆงๆใจใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย Next, normal processing will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. In this normal process, the main process of the game is executed. As an outline, each process of S201 to S207 is executed as a periodic process with a period of 4 ms, and the counter update process of S209 and S210 is executed in the remaining time.
้ๅธธๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใฏใใพใใๅๅใฎๅฆ็ใงๆดๆฐใใใใณใใณใ็ญใฎๅบๅใใผใฟใใตใๅดใฎๅๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎใซ้ไฟกใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅ ฅ่ณๆค็ฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆ็กใๅคๅฅใใๅ ฅ่ณๆค็ฅๆ ๅ ฑใใใใฐๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ็ฒๅพ้ๆ็ๆฐใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่ณ็ๆๅบใณใใณใใ้ไฟกใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใซ้ใใฆๅๆญขๅณๆใณใใณใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใ็ญใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ไฟกใใใใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ้ๅงๅพใซใใใฆใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใโๅทฆๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใฎๅๆญขๅณๆใณใใณใโไธญๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใฎๅๆญขๅณๆใณใใณใโๅณๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใฎๅๆญขๅณๆใณใใณใใฎ้ ใง้ๅธธๅฆ็ใฎ้ฝๅบฆ๏ผใคใใค๏ผๅณใกใ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝๆฏใซ๏ผใคใใค๏ผใณใใณใใ้ไฟกใใใๅคๅๆ้็ตไบใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใง็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใ้ไฟกใใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใ ย ย In the normal processing, first, output data such as a command updated in the previous processing is transmitted to each control device on the sub side (S201). Specifically, the presence / absence of winning detection information is determined, and if there is winning detection information, a winning ball payout command corresponding to the number of acquired game balls is transmitted to the payout launch control device 611. Further, a stop symbol command, a variation pattern command, a confirmation command, and the like are transmitted to the display control device 505 when the first symbol display device 81 displays the variation of the first symbol. In addition, after the start of the first symbol variation, each time normal processing is performed in the following order: variation pattern command โ stop symbol command for left symbol column Z1 โ stop symbol command for middle symbol column Z2 โ stop symbol command for right symbol column Z3 The commands are transmitted one by one (that is, one every 4 ms), and the confirmation command is transmitted at the end of the fluctuation time.
ๆฌกใซใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅๅคใๆดๆฐใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใ๏ผๅ ็ฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใใใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใๆๅคงๅค๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใงใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใ้ใใใใ๏ผใซใฏใชใขใใใใใใฆใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๆดๆฐๅคใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉฒๅฝใใใใใใก้ ๅใซๆ ผ็ดใใใๆดใซใๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใซใใใๅทฆๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใไธญๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผๅใณๅณๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใฎๅๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎๆดๆฐใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ ย ย Next, each value of the variation type counters CS1 and CS2 is updated (S202). Specifically, the variation type counters CS1 and CS2 are incremented by 1, and are cleared to 0 when the counter values reach the maximum values (198 and 240 in this embodiment). Then, the update values of the variation type counters CS 1 and CS 2 are stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 703. Further, the outlier counters CL, CM, and CR of the left symbol row Z1, the middle symbol row Z2, and the right symbol row Z3 are updated by the off symbol counter updating process (S203).
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใ่ชฌๆใใใใพใใๅทฆๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใฎๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌใฎๆดๆฐๆๆใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆดๆฐๆๆใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅทฆๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใฎๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌใๆดๆฐใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๅทฆๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใฎๆดๆฐๆๆใงใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไธญๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใฎๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผญใฎๆดๆฐๆๆใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆดๆฐๆๆใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใไธญๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใฎๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผญใๆดๆฐใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆดใซไธญๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใฎๆดๆฐๆๆใงใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใฎๆดๆฐๆๆใชใฎใงใๅณๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใฎๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใๆดๆฐใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ ย ย Here, with reference to FIG. 45, the off symbol counter update process will be described. First, it is determined whether or not it is the update time of the out symbol counter CL of the left symbol row Z1 (S301), and if it is the update time (S301: Yes), the out symbol counter CL of the left symbol row Z1 is updated (S303). . Next, if it is not the update time of the left symbol row Z1 (S301: No), it is determined whether it is the update time of the out symbol counter CM of the middle symbol row Z2 (S302), and if it is the update time (S302: Yes). ), The outlier symbol counter CM of the middle symbol row Z2 is updated (S304). Furthermore, if it is not the update time of the middle symbol row Z2 (S302: No), the update symbol counter CR of the right symbol row Z3 is updated because it is the update time of the right symbol row Z3 (S305).
ไธ่จ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅฆ็ใซใใใๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎๆดๆฐใงใฏใๅๅใฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใซ๏ผฒใฌใธในใฟใฎไธไฝ๏ผใใใใฎๅคใๅ ็ฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใใฎๅ ็ฎ็ตๆใๆๅคงๅคใ่ถ ใใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผ๏ผใๆธ็ฎใใใใฎๆผ็ฎ็ตๆใๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎไปๅๅคใจใใใไธ่จ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใซใใใฐใๅทฆๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใไธญๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผๅใณๅณๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใฎๅๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใ๏ผๅใฎ้ๅธธๅฆ็ใง๏ผใคใใค้ ใซๆดๆฐใใใใฎใงใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใฎๆดๆฐๆๆใ้ใชใใใจใฏใชใใใใใซใใใ้ๅธธๅฆ็ใ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใๆฏใซๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎ๏ผใปใใๅใๆดๆฐใใใใ ย ย In updating outlier symbol counters CL, CM, and CR in each of the processes of S303 to S305, the value of the lower 3 bits of the R register is added to the previous counter value, and 20 is added when the addition result exceeds the maximum value. Subtraction is performed, and the result of the calculation is taken as the current value of the symbol counter CL, CM, CR. According to the update process of CL, CM, CR, the outlier counters CL, CM, CR of the left symbol row Z1, the middle symbol row Z2, and the right symbol row Z3 are sequentially updated one by one in one normal process. Therefore, the update times of the counter values do not overlap. Thus, every time the normal process is executed three times, the set symbol counters CL, CM, and CR are updated for one set.
ใใฎๅพใไธ่จๆดๆฐใใๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใงใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใชใผใๅณๆใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใผใๅณๆใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆดใซใใใๅๅพๅคใใชใผใใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅๅพๅคใใชใผใใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎๆใฎๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅพๅคใใชใผใๅณๆใใใใกใซๆ ผ็ดใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใๅๅพๅคใไปฅๅคใชใผใใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎๆใฎๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅพๅคใไปฅๅคใชใผใๅณๆใใใใกใซๆ ผ็ดใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใงใชใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไธใคใชใผใๅณๆใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใงใใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใฏใชใผใๅณๆไปฅๅคใฎๅคใๅณๆใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใฎใงใใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฎๅ จๅคใๅณๆใใใใกใซๆ ผ็ดใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ ย ย Thereafter, it is determined whether or not the combination of the updated off symbol counters CL, CM, and CR is a jackpot symbol combination (S306). If the symbol combination is a jackpot symbol combination (S306: Yes), this process is performed as it is. finish. If it is not a jackpot symbol combination (S306: No), it is determined whether or not it is a reach symbol combination (S307). If it is a reach symbol combination (S307: Yes), then it is a back-and-forth outreach. It is determined whether or not there is (S308). If it is a combination of front and rear detach reach (S308: Yes), the combination of the detachment symbol counters CL, CM and CR at that time is stored in the front and rear detach reach symbol buffer of the RAM 703 (S309). If the detachment symbol counters CL, CM, CR are a combination of reach other than front / rear detachment (S308: No), the combination of the detachment symbol counters CL, CM, CR at that time is stored in the reach symbol buffer other than front / rear detachment in the RAM 703 (S310). ). If the combination of outlier symbol counters CL, CM, CR is not a combination of jackpot symbol (S306: No) and not a combination of reach symbols (S307: No), the combination of outlier symbol counters CL, CM, CR is a reach symbol. In such a case, the combination of the off symbol counters CL, CM, CR is stored in the complete off symbol buffer of the RAM 703 (S311).
ๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผฒๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ตไบๅพใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๅธธๅฆ็ใธๆปใฃใฆใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใ่ณ็่จๆฐไฟกๅทใๆๅบ็ฐๅธธไฟกๅทใ่ชญใฟ่พผใฟ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ่กใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็ใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใฎ่จญๅฎใชใฉใ่กใใใใใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็ใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใฏๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใ ย ย After completion of the off symbol counter CL, CM, CR update process (S203), the process returns to the normal process of FIG. 44, and reads the prize ball count signal and the payout abnormality signal received from the payout launch control device 611 (S204). A first symbol variation process for performing variation display of the first symbol by the one symbol display device 81 is executed (S205). By this first symbol variation process, jackpot determination, setting of a variation pattern of the first symbol, and the like are performed. Details of the first symbol variation process will be described later with reference to FIG.
็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็ใฎ็ตไบๅพใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผๅคง้ๆพๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพๅใฏ้้ใใใใใฎๅคง้ๆพๅฃ้้ๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณใกใๅคงๅฝใใ็ถๆ ใฎใฉใฆใณใๆฏใซ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆๅคง้ๆพๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใใๅใฏ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ้ๆ็ใ่ฆๅฎๆฐๅ ฅ่ณใใใใๅคๅฎใใใใใใฆใใใใไฝใใใฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใจ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใใใใฎใจใใ้ๆ็ใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใใใใจใๆกไปถใซ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ฃ็ถ้ๆพใ่จฑๅฎนใใใใใๆๅฎใฉใฆใณใๆฐ็นฐใ่ฟใๅฎ่กใใใ ย ย After the end of the first symbol variation process, a large opening opening / closing process for opening or closing the specific winning opening (large opening) 65a of the variable winning device 32 is executed in the case of the big win state (S206). That is, the specific winning opening 65a is opened for each round of the big hit state, and it is determined whether the maximum opening time of the specific winning opening 65a has passed or whether a predetermined number of game balls have been won in the specific winning opening 65a. When any of these conditions is satisfied, the specific winning opening 65a is closed. At this time, the specific winning opening 65a is allowed to be continuously opened on condition that the game ball has passed the specific area, and this is repeatedly executed for a predetermined number of rounds.
ๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผไพใใฐใโใๅใฏใรใใฎๅณๆ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฐกๅใซ่ชฌๆใใใจใ้ๆ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใใใจใๆกไปถใซใใใฎ้้ใใใฟใคใใณใฐใง็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใๅๅพใใใใจๅ ฑใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้จ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅฎๆฝใใใใใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎๆฝใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅฝใใ็ถๆ ใซใชใใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซไป้ใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉใๆๅฎๆ้้ๆพใใใใใชใใๅณ็คบใฏ็็ฅใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใใๅคงๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผๅใณใชใผใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใจๅๆงใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใซใใๆดๆฐใใใใ ย ย Next, display control of the second symbol (for example, symbol โโฏโ or โxโ) by the second symbol display device 82 is executed (S207). Briefly, on the condition that the game ball has passed through the second entrance (through gate) 67, the value of the second symbol random number counter C4 is acquired at the timing of passing and the second symbol display device 82. In the display unit 83, the second symbol variation display is performed. Then, the lottery of the second symbol is performed based on the value of the second symbol random number counter C4, and when the second symbol is hit, the electric accessory attached to the first entrance 64 is released for a predetermined time. Although not shown, the second symbol random number counter C4 is also updated by the timer interruption process shown in FIG. 48, like the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot symbol counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3.
ใใฎๅพใฏใๆฌกใฎ้ๅธธๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กใฟใคใใณใฐใซ่ณใฃใใๅฆใใๅณใกๅๅใฎ้ๅธธๅฆ็ใฎ้ๅงใใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใงใฏ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ต้ใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆขใซๆๅฎๆ้ใ็ต้ใใฆใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใๅ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผไปฅ้ใฎๅๅฆ็ใ็นฐใ่ฟใๅฎ่กใใใ ย ย Thereafter, it is determined whether or not the execution timing of the next normal process has been reached, that is, whether or not a predetermined time (4 ms in the present embodiment) has elapsed since the start of the previous normal process (S208). If (S208: Yes), the process proceeds to S201, and the processes after S201 described above are repeatedly executed.
ไธๆนใๅๅใฎ้ๅธธๅฆ็ใฎ้ๅงใใๆชใ ๆๅฎๆ้ใ็ต้ใใฆใใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆๅฎๆ้ใซ่ณใใพใงใฎใๅณใกๆฌกใฎ้ๅธธๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กใฟใคใใณใฐใซ่ณใใพใงใฎๆฎไฝๆ้ๅ ใซใใใฆใไนฑๆฐๅๆๅคใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉๅใณๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๆดๆฐใ็นฐใ่ฟใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใพใใไนฑๆฐๅๆๅคใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉใฎๆดๆฐใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใไนฑๆฐๅๆๅคใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉใ๏ผๅ ็ฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใๆๅคงๅค๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใงใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใ้๏ผใซใฏใชใขใใใใใใฆใไนฑๆฐๅๆๅคใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉใฎๆดๆฐๅคใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉฒๅฝใใใใใใก้ ๅใซๆ ผ็ดใใใๆฌกใซใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๆดๆฐใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใ๏ผๅ ็ฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใใใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใๆๅคงๅค๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใงใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใ้ใใใใ๏ผใซใฏใชใขใใใใใใฆใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๆดๆฐๅคใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉฒๅฝใใใใใใก้ ๅใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ ย ย On the other hand, if the predetermined time has not yet elapsed since the start of the previous normal process (S208: No), the random number initial is within the remaining time until the predetermined time is reached, that is, until the next normal process is executed. The value counter CINI and the variation type counters CS1 and CS2 are repeatedly updated (S209, S210). First, the random number initial value counter CINI is updated (S209). Specifically, the random number initial value counter CINI is incremented by 1 and cleared to 0 when the counter value reaches the maximum value (676 in this embodiment). Then, the update value of the random number initial value counter CINI is stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 703. Next, the fluctuation type counters CS1 and CS2 are updated (S210). Specifically, the variation type counters CS1 and CS2 are incremented by 1, and are cleared to 0 when the counter values reach the maximum values (198 and 240 in this embodiment). Then, the update values of the variation type counters CS 1 and CS 2 are stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 703.
ใใใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กๆ้ใฏ้ๆใฎ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆๅคๅใใใใใๆฌกใฎ้ๅธธๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กใฟใคใใณใฐใซ่ณใใพใงใฎๆฎไฝๆ้ใฏไธๅฎใงใชใๅคๅใใใๆ ใซใใใใๆฎไฝๆ้ใไฝฟ็จใใฆไนฑๆฐๅๆๅคใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉใฎๆดๆฐใ็นฐใ่ฟใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใใไนฑๆฐๅๆๅคใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผๅณใกใๅคงๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅๆๅค๏ผใใฉใณใใ ใซๆดๆฐใใใใจใใงใใๅๆงใซๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใซใคใใฆใใฉใณใใ ใซๆดๆฐใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย Here, since the execution time of each process of S201-S207 changes according to the state of the game, the remaining time until the next normal process execution timing is not constant and varies. Therefore, it is possible to update the random number initial value counter CINI (that is, the initial value of the big hit random number counter C1) at random by repeatedly executing the update of the random number initial value counter CINI using the remaining time. The variation type counters CS1 and CS2 can also be updated at random.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใญใผใใฃใผใใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ชฌๆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็ใงใฏใใพใใไป็พๅจๅคงๅฝใใไธญใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใไธญใจใใฆใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใฎ้ใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใง่กจ็คบใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๆไธญใจๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใฎๆๅฎๆ้ใฎๆไธญใจใๅซใพใใใๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใไธญใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ ย ย Next, the first symbol variation process (S205) will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. In the first symbol variation process, first, it is determined whether or not the jackpot is currently being hit (S401). The jackpot includes a jackpot game displayed on the first symbol display device 81 in the case of a jackpot and a predetermined time after the jackpot game ends. As a result of the determination, if it is a big hit (S401: Yes), this processing is terminated as it is.
ๅคงๅฝใใไธญใงใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบไธญใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบไธญใงใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฝๅไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผฎใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไฝๅไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผฎใ๏ผใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไฝๅไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใไฝๅไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผฎใ๏ผๆธ็ฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใผใฟใใทใใๅฆ็ใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎใใผใฟใทใใๅฆ็ใฏใไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใขใฎไฟ็็ฌฌ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใใผใฟใๅฎ่กใจใชใขๅดใซ้ ใซใทใใใใใๅฆ็ใงใใฃใฆใไฟ็็ฌฌ๏ผใจใชใขโๅฎ่กใจใชใขใไฟ็็ฌฌ๏ผใจใชใขโไฟ็็ฌฌ๏ผใจใชใขใไฟ็็ฌฌ๏ผใจใชใขโไฟ็็ฌฌ๏ผใจใชใขใไฟ็็ฌฌ๏ผใจใชใขโไฟ็็ฌฌ๏ผใจใชใขใจใใฃใๅ ทๅใซๅใจใชใขๅ ใฎใใผใฟใใทใใใใใใใใผใฟใทใใๅฆ็ใฎๅพใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใใๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆใฏๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใ ย ย If it is not a big hit (S401: No), it is determined whether or not the first symbol display device 81 is displaying the variation of the first symbol (S402), and if the first symbol is not being varied (S402: No), it is determined whether or not the number N of actuated balls of the first symbol display device 81 is greater than 0 (S403). If the number N of active balls is 0 (S403: No), this process is terminated as it is. If the number of the operation holding balls N> 0 (S403: Yes), the operation holding ball number N is decremented by 1 (S404), and the data stored in the holding ball storage area is shifted (S405). This data shift process is a process for sequentially shifting the data stored in the reserved first to fourth areas of the reserved ball storage area to the execution area side. The reserved first area โ the execution area, the reserved second area โ The data in each area is shifted such as the first hold area, the third hold area โ the second hold area, the fourth hold area โ the third hold area. After the data shift process, the first symbol variation start process is executed (S406). The variation start process will be described later with reference to FIG.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบไธญใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคๅๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฏใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅฟใใฆๆฑบใใใใฆใใใใใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใพใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กใในใญใใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไธๆนใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅๆญขๅณๆใฎ็ขบๅฎใฎใใใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ ย ย In the process of S402, when the variation of the first symbol is being displayed (S402: Yes), it is determined whether or not the variation time has elapsed (S407). The variation time of the first symbol is determined according to the variation pattern of the first symbol, and the execution of the process of S408 is skipped until the variation time has elapsed (S407: No). On the other hand, if the fluctuation time of the first symbol elapses (S407: Yes), the confirmation command set for the confirmation of the stop symbol is set (S408), and this process is terminated.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใญใผใใฃใผใใๅ็ งใใฆใๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็ใ่ชฌๆใใใๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใขใฎๅฎ่กใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคงๅฝใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใใๅฆใใฏๅคงๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟๅคใจใใฎๆใ ใฎใขใผใใจใฎ้ขไฟใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคๅฅใใใใๅ่ฟฐใใ้ใ้ๅธธใฎไฝ็ขบ็ๆใซใฏๅคงๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๆฐๅค๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใกใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅฝใใๅคใงใใใ้ซ็ขบ็ๆใซใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅฝใใๅคใงใใใ ย ย Next, the variation start process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. In the variation start process (S406), first, it is determined whether or not a big hit is made based on the value of the big hit random number counter C1 stored in the execution area of the reserved ball storage area (S501). Whether or not the jackpot is determined is based on the relationship between the jackpot random number counter value and the mode at that time. As described above, โ337,673โ is a winning value among the numerical values 0 to 676 of the jackpot random number counter C1 at the normal low probability, and โ67, 131, 199, 269, 337, 401, 463, 523โ at the high probability. "601, 661" is the winning value.
ๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใขใฎๅฎ่กใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅณๆใๅณใกๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใจๅณๆใจใฎๅฏพๅฟ้ขไฟใ่กจใๅณ็คบใใชใใใผใใซใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฑใใใใฎๅณๆใๅๆญขๅณๆใณใใณใใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎใจใใๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๆฐๅค๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ จ๏ผใคใฎๆๅนใฉใคใณไธใซใใใ๏ผ๏ผ้ใใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใฎไฝใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆใใใๅๆญขๅณๆใณใใณใใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผ้ใใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใฎไฝใใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใฎใใกใไบใๅฎใใใใ็นๅฎๅณๆ๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฅๆฐ็ชๅทใฎไธปๅณๆ๏ผใงๆใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏไปฅๅพ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซ็งป่กใใใใ็นๅฎๅณๆใงใชใๅณๆ๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅถๆฐ็ชๅทใฎไธปๅณๆ๏ผใงๆใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซ็งป่กใใชใใ ย ย When it is determined that the game is a big hit (S501: Yes), the symbol corresponding to the value of the jackpot symbol counter C2 stored in the execution area of the reserved ball storage area, that is, the jackpot symbol is the value of the jackpot symbol counter C2 and the symbol. The symbol is obtained based on a table (not shown) representing the corresponding relationship, and the symbol is set as a stop symbol command (S502). At this time, the numbers 0 to 49 of the jackpot symbol counter C2 correspond to any of the 50 jackpot symbols on all five active lines, and any one of the 50 jackpot symbols is set in the stop symbol command. Is done. Among these jackpot symbols, when a predetermined specific symbol (in this embodiment, an odd-numbered main symbol) is arranged, the process proceeds to a probabilistic state, but a symbol that is not a specific symbol (in this embodiment, an even number) When the numbers are aligned with the main symbols), the state does not shift to the probability variation state.
ๆฌกใซใๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใงๅๆญขใใใพใงใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๆฑบๅฎใใๅฝ่ฉฒๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎใจใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใซใฆใณใฟ็จใใใใกใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใ็ขบ่ชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆใใผใใซใชใผใใในใผใใผใชใผใใใใฌใใขใ ใชใผใ็ญใฎใชใผใ็จฎๅฅใใใฎไปๅคงใพใใชๅณๆๅคๅๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆใชใผใ็บ็ๅพใซๆ็ตๅๆญขๅณๆ๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใงใฏไธญๅณๆ๏ผบ๏ผ๏ผใๅๆญขใใใพใงใฎ็ต้ๆ้๏ผ่จใๆใใใฐใๅคๅๅณๆๆฐ๏ผ็ญใใใ็ดฐใใชๅณๆๅคๅๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใใใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๆฐๅคใจใชใผใใใฟใผใณใจใฎ้ขไฟใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๆฐๅคใจๅๆญขๅณๆๆ้ใจใฎ้ขไฟใฏใใใใใใซใใผใใซ็ญใซใใไบใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใไฝใใไธ่จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใไฝฟใใใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใ ใใ็จใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใงใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใ ใใงใใฟใผใณ่จญๅฎใใใๅใฏไธกๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎไธกๅคใงใใฟใผใณ่จญๅฎใใใใฏใใใฎ้ฝๅบฆใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใ้ๆๆกไปถใชใฉใซๅฟใใฆ้ฉๅฎๆฑบใใใใใใใใฏใๅพ่ฟฐใใๅๅพๅคใใชใผใ่กจ็คบใๅๅพๅคใไปฅๅคใชใผใ่กจ็คบใๅฎๅ จๅคใ่กจ็คบใ่กใชใๅ ดๅใซใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใฎ่จญๅฎใงใๅๆงใงใใใ ย ย Next, the variation pattern of the first symbol until it stops at the jackpot symbol is determined, and the variation pattern is set in the variation pattern command (S503). At this time, the values of the variation type counters CS1 and CS2 stored in the counter buffer of the RAM 703 are checked, and the reach type such as normal reach, super reach, premium reach, and other rough types are determined based on the value of the first variation type counter CS1. And the elapsed time until the final stop symbol (in this embodiment, middle symbol Z2) stops after occurrence of reach based on the value of the second variation type counter CS2 (in other words, the number of variable symbols) ) Etc. to determine a finer pattern variation mode. The relationship between the numerical value of the first variation type counter CS1 and the reach pattern and the relationship between the numerical value of the second variation type counter CS2 and the stop symbol time are respectively defined in advance by a table or the like. However, the variation pattern can be set using only the value of the first variation type counter CS1 without using the value of the second variation type counter CS2. Whether to set the pattern or to set the pattern with both values of both variation type counters CS1 and CS2 is appropriately determined according to the value of the first variation type counter CS1 and the game conditions each time. The same applies to the setting of the fluctuation pattern in the case of performing front / rear out of reach display, reach display other than front / rear out, and complete out of display described later.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงๅคงๅฝใใใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใขใฎๅฎ่กใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใชใผใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆใชใผใ็บ็ใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใผใ็บ็ใฎๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅใใใชใผใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆๅๅพๅคใใชใผใใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใใชใผใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใฏ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฝใใใงใใใใใฎใใกใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅๅพๅคใใชใผใใซ่ฉฒๅฝใใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใๅๅพๅคใไปฅๅคใชใผใใซ่ฉฒๅฝใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใชใผใใชใ๏ผๅฎๅ จๅคใ๏ผใซ่ฉฒๅฝใใใ ย ย If it is determined in step S501 that the game is not a big hit (S501: No), it is determined whether or not a reach has occurred based on the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the execution area of the reserved ball storage area ( If a reach has occurred (S504: Yes), it is also determined whether or not the front / rear reach has been reached based on the value of the reach random number counter C3 (S505). In the present embodiment, the value of the reach random number counter C3 is any one of 0 to 238, of which โ0, 1โ corresponds to the out-of-front reach and โ2-21โ corresponds to the reach other than the back-and-forth out- โ22 to 238โ corresponds to no reach (complete detachment).
ๅๅพๅคใใชใผใ็บ็ใฎๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅพๅคใใชใผใๅณๆใใใใกใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅทฆใปไธญใปๅณใฎๅๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎๅๅคใๅๆญขๅณๆใณใใณใใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใพใใๅๅพๅคใใชใผใ่กจ็คบใฎใใใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๆฑบๅฎใใๅฝ่ฉฒๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎใจใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใจๅๆงใซใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใซใฆใณใฟ็จใใใใกใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใ็ขบ่ชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆใใผใใซใชใผใใในใผใใผใชใผใใใใฌใใขใ ใชใผใ็ญใฎใชใผใ็จฎๅฅใใใฎไปๅคงใพใใชๅณๆๅคๅๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆใชใผใ็บ็ๅพใซๆ็ตๅๆญขๅณๆ๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใงใฏไธญๅณๆ๏ผใๅๆญขใใใพใงใฎ็ต้ๆ้๏ผ่จใๆใใใฐใๅคๅๅณๆๆฐ๏ผใชใฉใใ็ดฐใใชๅณๆๅคๅๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใใ ย ย When front / rear out of reach has occurred (S505: Yes), the left, middle, and right out of symbol counters CL, CM, CR stored in the front / rear out of reach design buffer of the RAM 703 are set as stop symbol commands ( S506). In addition, a fluctuation pattern for front / rear out of reach display is determined, and the fluctuation pattern is set as a fluctuation pattern command (S507). At this time, similarly to the processing of S503, the values of the variation type counters CS1 and CS2 stored in the counter buffer of the RAM 703 are checked, and the normal reach, super reach, and premium reach are determined based on the value of the first variation type counter CS1. The reach type (such as the middle symbol in the present embodiment) is stopped after the occurrence of the reach based on the value of the second variation type counter CS2 In other words, a more detailed symbol variation mode such as the number of variation symbols) is determined.
ๅๅพๅคใไปฅๅคใชใผใ็บ็ใฎๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅพๅคใไปฅๅคใชใผใๅณๆใใใใกใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅทฆใปไธญใปๅณใฎๅๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎๅๅคใๅๆญขๅณๆใณใใณใใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใพใใๅๅพๅคใไปฅๅคใชใผใ่กจ็คบใฎใใใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๆฑบๅฎใใๅฝ่ฉฒๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎใจใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใซใฆใณใฟ็จใใใใกใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๆฑบๅฎใใใใฎใฏ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใจๅๆงใงใใใ ย ย When a reach other than front / rear out is generated (S505: No), each value of left, middle and right out of symbol counters CL, CM, CR stored in the reach symbol buffer other than front / rear out of RAM 703 is set as a stop symbol command. (S508). Further, a variation pattern for reach display other than front / rear deviation is determined, and the variation pattern is set in a variation pattern command (S509). At this time, the variation pattern is determined based on the values of the variation type counters CS1 and CS2 stored in the counter buffer of the RAM 703, as in the process of S503.
ๅคงๅฝใใใงใชใใชใผใใงใใชใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฎๅ จๅคใๅณๆใใใใกใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅทฆใปไธญใปๅณใฎๅๅคใๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎๅๅคใๅๆญขๅณๆใณใใณใใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใพใใๅฎๅ จๅคใ่กจ็คบใฎใใใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๆฑบๅฎใใๅฝ่ฉฒๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎใจใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใซใฆใณใฟ็จใใใใกใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๆฑบๅฎใใใใฎใฏ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใจๅๆงใงใใใไธ่จใฎ้ใๅคงๅฝใใๆใใชใผใ็บ็ๆใใชใผใ้็บ็ๆใฎใใใใใงๅๆญขๅณๆใณใใณใๅใณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใฎ่จญๅฎใๅฎไบใใใจใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ ย ย If neither big hit nor reach (S501: No, S504: No), the left, middle, and right out symbol counters CL, CM, and CR stored in the complete out symbol buffer of the RAM 703 are stopped. The symbol command is set (S510). Also, a variation pattern for complete out-of-range display is determined, and the variation pattern is set as a variation pattern command (S511). At this time, the variation pattern is determined based on the values of the variation type counters CS1 and CS2 stored in the counter buffer of the RAM 703, as in the process of S503. As described above, when the setting of the stop symbol command and the variation pattern command is completed in any of the big hit, the reach occurrence, and the non-reach occurrence, this processing is ended.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๆๅบใใใณ็บๅฐใฎๅถๅพกใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็ใฏ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆใฎใชใปใใใซใใ่ตทๅใใใใ ย ย Next, with reference to FIG. 51, the payout and launch control executed by the MPU 711 in the payout launch control device 611 will be described. FIG. 51 is a flowchart showing a main process of the payout / discharge control device 611, and this main process is activated by a reset at power-on.
ใพใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅใซไผดใๅๆ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใในใฟใใฏใใคใณใฟใซไบใๆฑบใใใใๆๅฎๅคใ่จญๅฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใๅฒ่พผใฟใขใผใใ่จญๅฎใใใๆฌกใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใๆๅบ่จฑๅฏใณใใณใใฎๅไฟกใๅพ ๆฉใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใใฆใๆๅบ่จฑๅฏใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใขใฏใปในใ่จฑๅฏใใใจๅ ฑใซ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅค้จๅฒ่พผใใฏใฟใฎ่จญๅฎใ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ ย ย First, initial setting processing accompanying power-on is executed (S901). Specifically, a predetermined value determined in advance is set in the stack pointer, and an interrupt mode is set. Next, it waits for reception of the payout permission command transmitted from the main controller 561 (S902: No). When a payout permission command is received (S902: Yes), RAM access is permitted (S903), and an external interrupt vector is set (S904).
ใใฎๅพใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ขใใฆใใผใฟใใใฏใขใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆผใใใฆใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใใใฆใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใใใฏใขใใใใผใฟใใฏใชใข๏ผๆถๅป๏ผใใในใใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใใไธๆนใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใใใฆใใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆดใซ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใใฏใขใใใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถใใใฆใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จๆถใใใฆใใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใใฏใขใใใใผใฟใฏ่จๆถใใใฆใใชใใฎใงใใใฎๅ ดๅใซใใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใใใใใฏใขใใใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถใใใฆใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅคใ็ฎๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฎๅบใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅคใๆญฃๅธธใงใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใก็ฎๅบใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅคใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใซไฟๅญใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅคใจไธ่ดใใชใใใฐใใใใฏใขใใใใใใใผใฟใฏ็ ดๅฃใใใฆใใใฎใงใใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใใใชใใๅ่ฟฐใใ้ใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅคใฏใไพใใฐ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฝๆฅญ้ ๅใขใใฌในใซใใใใใงใใฏใตใ ๅคใงใใใใใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅคใซไปฃใใฆใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅฎใฎใจใชใขใซๆธใ่พผใพใใใญใผใฏใผใใๆญฃใใไฟๅญใใใฆใใใๅฆใใซใใใใใฏใขใใใฎๆๅนๆงใๅคๆญใใใใใซใใฆใ่ฏใใ ย ย Thereafter, data backup processing is executed for the RAM 713 in the MPU 711. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the RAM erase switch 623 provided in the power supply device 612 is pressed (S905). If it is turned on (S905: Yes), the backup data is cleared (erased). The process proceeds to S915. On the other hand, if the RAM erasure switch 623 is not turned on (S905: No), it is further determined whether or not the power interruption occurrence information is stored in the backup area 713a of the RAM 713 (S906). (S906: No), since the backup data is not stored, in this case as well, the process proceeds to S915. If the occurrence information of power shutdown is stored in the backup area 713a (S906: Yes), the RAM judgment value is calculated (S907), and the calculated RAM judgment value is not normal (S908: No), that is, calculated. If the RAM determination value does not match the RAM determination value stored when the power is shut off, the backed up data has been destroyed. In such a case as well, the process proceeds to S915. As described above, the RAM determination value is a checksum value at a work area address of the RAM 713, for example. Instead of the RAM determination value, the validity of the backup may be determined based on whether or not the keyword written in a predetermined area of the RAM 713 is correctly stored.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใฎๅๆๅๅฆ็ใงใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฝฟ็จ้ ๅใ๏ผใซใฏใชใขใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆๅคใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใๅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใฎๅคใฏใ๏ผใใจใใใใใใฎๅพใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅจ่พบใใใคในใฎๅๆ่จญๅฎใ่กใใจๅ ฑใซ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฒ่พผใฟใ่จฑๅฏใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅพ่ฟฐใใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซ็งป่กใใใ ย ย In the RAM initialization process from S915, the used area of the RAM 713 is cleared to 0 (S915), and the initial value of the RAM 713 is set (S916). By the processing of S916, the values of the counters CHK, CHN, and CTK are set to โ0โ. Thereafter, the MPU 711 peripheral device is initialized (S917), an interrupt is permitted (S918), and the process proceeds to a payout launch control process described later.
ไธๆนใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆผใใใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใไธใค๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅค๏ผใใงใใฏใตใ ๅค็ญ๏ผใๆญฃๅธธใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅพฉ้ปๆใฎๅฆ็๏ผ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๅพฉๆงๆใฎๅฆ็๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅณใกใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใฎในใฟใใฏใใคใณใฟใๅพฉๅธฐใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใใฏใชใขใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใพใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅจ่พบใใใคในใฎๅๆ่จญๅฎใ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไฝฟ็จใฌใธในใฟใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใใฏใขใใใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅพฉๅธฐใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆดใซใ้ปๆบๆญๅใซๅฒ่พผใฟใ่จฑๅฏ็ถๆ ใซใใฃใใๅฆใใ็ขบ่ชใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฒ่พผใฟใ่จฑๅฏ็ถๆ ใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฒ่พผใฟใ่จฑๅฏใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธๆนใ้ปๆบๆญๆใซๅฒ่พผใฟใ็ฆๆญข็ถๆ ใซใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฒ่พผใฟใ็ฆๆญขใใใพใพใๅฆ็ใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๅใฎ็ชๅฐใธๆปใใ ย ย On the other hand, if the RAM erase switch 623 has not been pressed (S905: No), the occurrence information of the power shutdown has been set (S906: Yes), and the RAM judgment value (checksum value etc.) is normal ( S908: Yes), processing at power recovery (processing at power-off restoration) is executed. That is, the stack pointer at the time of power shutdown is restored (S909), and the information on occurrence of power shutdown is cleared (S910). Further, the MPU 711 peripheral device is initialized (S911), and the used register is restored from the backup area 713a of the RAM 713 (S912). Further, it is confirmed whether or not the interrupt is permitted before the power is turned off (S913). If the interrupt is permitted (S913: Yes), the interrupt is permitted (S914), while the interrupt is prohibited when the power is turned off. If it is in a state (S913: No), the processing is returned to the address before the power is shut off while the interruption is prohibited.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใญใผใใฃใผใใๅ็ งใใฆใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใ่ชฌๆใใใใใฎๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใฏใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็ใซ็ถใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใงใฏใใพใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎใณใใณใใๅๅพใใ่ณ็ใฎ็ท่ณ็ๅๆฐใ่จๆถใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๆไฝใใณใใซใฎใฟใใใปใณใตใจๅๅ้ใฎ็ถๆ ใจใๆคๅบใใๅฟ ่ฆใซๅฟใใฆ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใๅฑ็ฃใใ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผไปฅ้ใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใ ย ย Next, with reference to the flowchart of FIG. This payout launch control process is executed following the main process of the payout launch control device 611. In the payout launch control process, first, a command from the main control device 561 is acquired, and the total number of prize balls is stored (S1001). Next, the touch control of the operation handle and the state of the rotation amount are detected, and a firing control process for exciting the firing solenoid 92, the electromagnet 104 and the like is performed as necessary (S1002). The firing control process (S1002) will be described later with reference to FIG.
ๆฌกใใงใ็ถๆ ๅพฉๅธฐในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใงใใฏใใ็ตๆใ็ถๆ ๅพฉๅธฐๅไฝ้ๅงใจๅคๅฎใใๅ ดๅใซ็ถๆ ๅพฉๅธฐๅไฝใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ถๆ ใฎๅคๅใซๅฟใใฆไธ็ฟๆบใฟใณ็ถๆ ๅใฏไธ็ฟๆบใฟใณ่งฃ้ค็ถๆ ใฎ่จญๅฎใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณใกใไธ็ฟๆบใฟใณในใคใใใฎๆคๅบไฟกๅทใซใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆบใฟใณ็ถๆ ใๅคๅฅใใไธ็ฟๆบใฟใณใซใชใฃใๆใซใไธ็ฟๆบใฟใณ็ถๆ ใฎ่จญๅฎใๅฎ่กใใไธ็ฟๆบใฟใณใงใชใใชใฃใๆใซใไธ็ฟๆบใฟใณ่งฃ้ค็ถๆ ใฎ่จญๅฎใๅฎ่กใใใใพใใใฟใณใฏ็ใฎ็ถๆ ใฎๅคๅใซๅฟใใฆใฟใณใฏ็็กใ็ถๆ ๅใฏใฟใณใฏ็็กใ่งฃ้ค็ถๆ ใฎ่จญๅฎใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณใกใใฟใณใฏ็็กใในใคใใใฎๆคๅบไฟกๅทใซใใใฟใณใฏ็็กใ็ถๆ ใๅคๅฅใใใฟใณใฏ็็กใใซใชใฃใๆใซใใฟใณใฏ็็กใ็ถๆ ใฎ่จญๅฎใๅฎ่กใใใฟใณใฏ็็กใใงใชใใชใฃใๆใซใใฟใณใฏ็็กใ่งฃ้ค็ถๆ ใฎ่จญๅฎใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๅพใๅ ฑ็ฅใใ็ถๆ ใฎๆ็กใๅคๅฅใใๅ ฑ็ฅใใ็ถๆ ใๆใๅ ดๅใซใฏๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใ๏ผใปใฐใกใณใ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใซใใๅ ฑ็ฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ ย ย Next, as a result of checking the state return switch 621, when it is determined that the state return operation starts, the state return operation is executed (S1003). Thereafter, the setting of the lower plate full state or the lower plate full state is executed according to the change in the state of the lower plate 301 (S1004). That is, when the lower pan 301 is detected based on the detection signal of the lower pan full switch, the lower pan full state is set when the lower pan is full, and when the lower pan full is not reached. , Set the lower pan full release state. Also, the setting of the tank ball absence state or the tank ball absence release state is executed according to the change of the tank ball state (S1005). In other words, the tank ball no switch state is determined based on the detection signal of the tank ball no switch, and when there is no tank ball, the setting of the tank ball no state is executed. Perform configuration. Thereafter, the presence / absence of the state to be notified is determined, and if there is a state to be notified, the 7-segment LED provided in the payout launch control device 611 is notified (S1006).
ๆฌกใซใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅฆ็ใซใใใ่ณ็ๆๅบใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใๅณใกใ่ณ็ใฎๆๅบไธๅฏ็ถๆ ใงใชใไธใค๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง่จๆถใใ็ท่ณ็ๅๆฐใ๏ผใงใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใ่ณ็ๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใ้ๅงใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธๆนใ่ณ็ใฎๆๅบไธๅฏ็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใพใใฏ็ท่ณ็ๅๆฐใ๏ผใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ่ฒธ็ๆๅบใฎๅฆ็ใซ็งป่กใใใใชใใ่ณ็ๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใ ย ย Next, a prize ball payout process is executed by each process of S1007 to S1009. That is, if the prize ball is not paid out and the total number of prize balls stored in the process of S1001 is not 0 (S1007: No, S1008: No), the prize ball control process shown in FIG. 53 is started (S1009). . On the other hand, if the prize ball cannot be paid out (S1007: Yes) or if the total number of prize balls is 0 (S1008: Yes), the process proceeds to the lending and payout process. The prize ball control process will be described later.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฒธ็ๆๅบใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ่ฒธ็ใฎๆๅบไธๅฏ็ถๆ ใงใชใไธใคใซใผใใฆใใใใใใฎ่ฒธ็ๆๅบ่ฆๆฑใๅไฟกใใฆใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใ่ฒธ็ๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใ้ๅงใใใไธๆนใ่ฒธ็ใฎๆๅบไธๅฏ็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใพใใฏ่ฒธ็ๆๅบ่ฆๆฑใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅพ็ถใฎ็ๆใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใใ่ฒธ็ๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใ ย ย In the rental ball payout processing of S1010 to S1012, if the ball payout is not possible and the ball payout request from the card unit is received (S1010: No, S1011: Yes), the ball rental shown in FIG. Control processing is started. On the other hand, if the rental ball cannot be dispensed (S1010: Yes) or if a rental ball dispensing request has not been received (S1011: No), the subsequent ball removal process is executed (S1013). The ball rental control process will be described later.
็ๆใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็ถๆ ๅพฉๅธฐในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใงใใฏใใฆ็ๆใไธๅฏ็ถๆ ใงใชใใใจใๅใณ็ๆใๅไฝ้ๅงใงใชใใใจใๆกไปถใซใๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้งๅใใ็ๆใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ็ถใใฆใ็่ฉฐใพใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใจใๆกไปถใซใใคใใฌใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพก๏ผใใคใใขใผใฟๅถๅพก๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌกใฎๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กใฟใคใใณใฐใซ่ณใฃใใๅฆใใๅณใกๅๅใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็้ๅงใใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใงใฏ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ต้ใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆๅฎๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใพใง๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ็นฐใ่ฟใใๆๅฎๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใจ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใๅ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผไปฅ้ใฎๅๅฆ็ใ็นฐใ่ฟใๅฎ่กใใใ ย ย In the ball removal process (S1013), the state return switch 621 is checked to execute the ball removal process by driving the dispensing motor 658a on the condition that the ball removal disabled state is not set and the ball removal operation is not started. Subsequently, the control of vibrator 660 (vibrating motor control) is executed on the condition that the ball is clogged (S1014). Thereafter, it is determined whether or not the execution timing of the next payout / release control process has been reached, that is, whether or not a predetermined time (4 ms in the present embodiment) has elapsed since the start of the previous processing of S1001 (S1015). The process of S1015 is repeated until elapses. When the predetermined time has elapsed (S1015: Yes), the process proceeds to S1001, and the processes after S1001 described above are repeatedly executed.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใ่ณ็ๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใ่ชฌๆใใใ่ณ็ๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใงใฏใใพใใๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆญฃๆนๅๅ่ปข้งๅใใใฆ่ณ็ใฎๆๅบใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅ่ปขใๆญฃๅธธใงใใใใๆๅบๅ่ปขใปใณใตใฎๆคๅบ็ตๆใซใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆญฃๅธธใงใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้งๅใใใฆใชใใฉใคๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใจๅ ฑใซๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅๆญขๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซๆปใใ ย ย Next, the prize ball control process shown in FIG. 53 will be described. In the winning ball control process, firstly, the payout motor 658a is driven to rotate in the forward direction, and the winning ball is paid out (S1101). Whether the rotation of the payout motor 658a is normal is determined based on the detection result of the payout rotation sensor (S1102). If not normal (S1102: No), the payout motor 658a is driven to execute a retry process and the payout motor 658a. The stop process is executed (S1103), and then the process returns to the payout launch control process of FIG.
ใพใใๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅ่ปขใๆญฃๅธธใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ๆ็ใฎใซใฆใณใใๆญฃๅธธใซ่กใใใฆใใใๅฆใใๆๅบใซใฆใณใในใคใใใฎๆคๅบ็ตๆใซใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ็ใฎใซใฆใณใใๆญฃๅธธใงใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้งๅใใใฆใชใใฉใคๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใจๅ ฑใซๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅๆญขๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซๆปใใ ย ย If the rotation of the payout motor 658a is normal (S1102: Yes), it is determined from the detection result of the payout count switch whether or not the game ball is normally counted (S1104). If the game ball count is not normal (S1104: No), the payout motor 658a is driven to execute a retry process, and the payout motor 658a is stopped (S1105). Return to.
ๆดใซใ้ๆ็ใฎใซใฆใณใใๆญฃๅธธใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆๅบใซใฆใณใในใคใใใซใใ้ๆ็ใฎใซใฆใณใๆฐใ็ท่ณ็ๅๆฐใซ้ใใฆๆๅบใๅฎไบใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆๅบใๅฎไบใใฆใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅๆญขๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซๆปใใไธๆนใๆๅบใๅฎไบใใฆใใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซๆปใใ ย ย Further, if the game ball count is normal (S1104: Yes), it is determined whether or not the game ball count by the payout count switch has reached the total number of prize balls and the payout is completed (S1106). If completed (S1106: Yes), a stop process of the payout motor 658a is executed (S1107), and then the process returns to the payout launch control process of FIG. On the other hand, if the payout has not been completed (S1106: No), the process returns to the payout launch control process of FIG.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใ่ฒธ็ๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใ่ชฌๆใใใ่ฒธ็ๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใงใฏใใพใใๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆนๅๅ่ปข้งๅใใใฆ่ฒธ็ใฎๆๅบใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅ่ปขใๆญฃๅธธใงใใใใๆๅบๅ่ปขใปใณใตใฎๆคๅบ็ตๆใซใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆญฃๅธธใงใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้งๅใใใฆใชใใฉใคๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใจๅ ฑใซๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅๆญขๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซๆปใใ ย ย The lending control process shown in FIG. 54 will be described. In the ball lending control process, firstly, the payout motor 658a is driven to rotate in the reverse direction to pay out a lending ball (S1201). Whether the rotation of the payout motor 658a is normal is determined based on the detection result of the payout rotation sensor (S1202). If not normal (S1202: No), the payout motor 658a is driven to execute a retry process and the payout motor 658a. The stop process is executed (S1203), and then the process returns to the payout / discharge control process of FIG.
ใพใใๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅ่ปขใๆญฃๅธธใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ๆ็ใฎใซใฆใณใใๆญฃๅธธใซ่กใใใฆใใใๅฆใใๆๅบใซใฆใณใในใคใใใฎๆคๅบ็ตๆใซใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ็ใฎใซใฆใณใใๆญฃๅธธใงใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้งๅใใใฆใชใใฉใคๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใจๅ ฑใซๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅๆญขๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซๆปใใ ย ย If the rotation of the payout motor 658a is normal (S1202: Yes), it is determined from the detection result of the payout count switch whether or not the game ball is normally counted (S1204). If the game ball count is not normal (S1204: No), the payout motor 658a is driven to execute a retry process and the payout motor 658a is stopped (S1205). Return to.
ๆดใซใ้ๆ็ใฎใซใฆใณใใๆญฃๅธธใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆๅบใซใฆใณใในใคใใใซใใ้ๆ็ใฎใซใฆใณใๆฐใๆๅฎใฎ่ฒธ็ๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใซ้ใใฆๆๅบใๅฎไบใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆๅบใๅฎไบใใฆใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅๆญขๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซๆปใใไธๆนใๆๅบใๅฎไบใใฆใใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซๆปใใ ย ย Further, if the game ball count is normal (S1204: Yes), it is determined whether or not the game ball count by the payout count switch has reached a predetermined number (25) and the payout is completed ( If payout has been completed (S1206: Yes), stop processing of the payout motor 658a is executed (S1207), and then the payout launch control process of FIG. 52 is returned. On the other hand, if the payout has not been completed (S1206: No), the process returns to the payout launch control process of FIG.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใฎไธญใงๅฎ่กใใใ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ถๆ ใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใ็้ใ็จใฎ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅไฝใๅถๅพกใใๅฆ็ใงใใใ ย ย Next, with reference to FIG. 55, the launch control process (S1002) executed in the payout launch control process will be described. FIG. 55 is a flowchart of the launch control process (S1002). In the firing control process (S1002), the operations of the firing solenoid 92, the ball feeding electromagnet 104, and the ball exit opening / closing motor 251 are controlled based on the state of the operation handle 310.
ใพใ็บๅฐ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใ็ขบ่ชใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใชใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใ๏ผใใงใใใฐๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใณใงใใใๅฆใใ็ขบ่ชใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใณใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็บๅฐ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใซใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใปใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งๅพใซ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใๅฑ็ฃใใฆ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐใ่กใใใใใใซใใใ ย ย First, it is confirmed whether or not the value of the firing interval counter CHK is larger than โ0โ (S1301), and is not larger than โ0โ (S1301: No), that is, if it is โ0โ, is the touch sensor of the operation handle 310 turned on? It is confirmed whether or not (S1302). If the touch sensor is on (S1302), โ150โ is set to the firing interval counter CHK (S1303), and the firing solenoid 92 is excited after 0.6 seconds so that the game ball is fired.
ใพใใ็้ใ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใจใ็บๅฐๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใจใ้่ทฏ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใฎๅๅคใใ๏ผใใซใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏใ้ๆ่ ใ้ๆใๅๆญขใใใฟใคใใณใฐใง็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ้ๆ็ใๅ จใฆๆๅบใใใใใฎๅถๅพกใ่กใใใใใฎใงใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใซไบใๅฎใใๅคใๆธใ่พผใพใใฆ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผไธใซ้ใๅบใ้ๅบๅไฝใจ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผไธใฎ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใ็บๅฐๅไฝใจ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใใใกใผใซ็ใซใใใใใซ็ในใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ชๅบใใใฆ็บๅฐ้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใ้้ใใ้้ๅไฝใจใ่กใใใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ้ๆ็ใๆๅบใใใใใใใใฎๅไฝไธญใซใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใณใจใชใใจใใซใฏใ้ๆ่ ใๅๅบฆ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใใจๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆกใฃใใจๆณๅฎใใใใใใ้ๆ็ใๆๅบใใๅไฝใๅๆญขใใฆ้ๅธธใฎ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใ้ๅงใใใใใใซๅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใฏใชใขใใใ ย ย Further, each value of the ball feeding interval counter CTK, the firing number counter CHN, and the passage closing counter CSS is set to โ0โ (S1304). In the pachinko machine 10, control for discharging all the game balls in the ball launching unit 90 is performed at the timing when the player stops the game, and in this case, the counters CTK, CHN, and CSS are controlled. A predetermined value is written to send out a game ball in the ball launch unit 90 onto the launch rail 93, a launch operation to launch the game ball on the launch rail 93, and a shot game ball to be a foul ball. The ball stopper 261 is protruded to close the launch passage T1, and the game ball in the ball launch unit 90 is discharged. When the touch sensor is turned on during these operations, it is assumed that the player has grasped the operation handle 310 to start the game again. Therefore, the operation of discharging the game ball is stopped and the normal operation of launching the game ball is performed. The counters CTK, CHN, and CSS are cleared to โ0โ so that is started.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ๅพใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณ้่ทฏ้้ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฑ็ฃ็ถๆ ใๅถๅพกใใใฝใฌใใคใๅฑ็ฃๅฆ็ใ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆดใซ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้งๅใๅถๅพกใใๅฆ็๏ผ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ้งๅๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กใฃใฆใ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ตไบใใใ ย ย After the processing of S1304, solenoid excitation processing for controlling the excitation state of the firing solenoid 92, the electromagnet 104 and the passage opening / closing solenoid 262 is performed (S1305), and further, processing for controlling the driving of the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 (ball outlet opening / closing motor driving processing). , S1306) to finish the firing control process (S1002).
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใใใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใใฝใฌใใคใๅฑ็ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ้งๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใฝใฌใใคใๅฑ็ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ้งๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ ย ย Here, the solenoid excitation process (S1305) and the ball outlet opening / closing motor drive process (S1306) will be described with reference to FIGS. 56 is a flowchart of the solenoid excitation process (S1305), and FIG. 57 is a flowchart of the ball outlet opening / closing motor drive process (S1306).
ใฝใฌใใคใๅฑ็ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใ็บๅฐๅฑ็ฃใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใๅฆใใๅคๆญใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใๅฑ็ฃ็ถๆ ใจใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็บๅฐๅฑ็ฃใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใฎๅคใใ๏ผใๆธ็ฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ็บๅฐๅฑ็ฃใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๅฑ็ฃใซใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐๅฑ็ฃใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใๆ้ไธญใซ้ใฃใฆ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฑ็ฃ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใใฝใฌใใคใๅฑ็ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝๆฏใซ๏ผๅใใค่กใใใ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผใคใงใใใฎใงใ็บๅฐๅฑ็ฃใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใซๆธใ่พผใพใใๅคใซ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใไนใใๆๅฎๆ้ๅใ ใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใๅฑ็ฃใใฆ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐๅถๅพกใ่กใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย In the solenoid excitation process (S1305), first, it is determined whether or not the value of the firing excitation counter CHS is larger than โ0โ (S1401). If it is larger than โ0โ (S1401: Yes), the firing solenoid 92 is excited. (S1402), "1" is subtracted from the value of the firing excitation counter CHS (S1403), and the process proceeds to S1411. On the other hand, if the value of the firing excitation counter CHS is โ0โ in the process of S1401 (S1401: No), the firing solenoid 92 is de-energized (S1404), and the process proceeds to S1411. The excitation state of the firing solenoid 92 can be continued only during the period when the value of the firing excitation counter CHS is larger than โ0โ by the processing of S1401 to S1404. Further, since the solenoid excitation process (S1305) is one of the firing control processes (S1002) performed once every 4 ms, the firing solenoid for a predetermined time obtained by multiplying the value written in the firing excitation counter CHS by 4 ms. 92 can be excited to control the launch of the game ball.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ็้ใๅฑ็ฃใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใๅฆใใๅคๆญใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็้ใ็จใฎ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฑ็ฃ็ถๆ ใจใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็้ใๅฑ็ฃใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใฎๅคใใ๏ผใๆธ็ฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ็้ใๅฑ็ฃใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็้ใ็จใฎ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๅฑ็ฃใซใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ็้ใๅฑ็ฃใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใๆ้ไธญใซ้ใฃใฆ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฑ็ฃ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใใพใใ็้ใๅฑ็ฃใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใซๆธใ่พผใพใใๅคใซ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใไนใใๆๅฎๆ้ๅใ ใ็้ใ็จใฎ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฑ็ฃใใฆ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผไธใซ้ๅบใใๅถๅพกใ่กใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย In the process of S1411, it is determined whether or not the value of the ball feed excitation counter COS is greater than โ0โ (S1411). If it is greater than โ0โ (S1411: Yes), the ball feed electromagnet 104 is set to the excited state. (S1412), โ1โ is subtracted from the value of the ball feed excitation counter COS (S1413), and the process proceeds to S1421. On the other hand, if the value of the ball feed excitation counter COS is โ0โ in the process of S1411 (S1411: No), the ball feed electromagnet 104 is de-energized (S1414), and the process proceeds to S1421. The excitation state of the electromagnet 104 is continued only during the period when the value of the ball feed excitation counter COS is larger than โ0โ by the processing of S1411 to S1414, and the value written in the ball feed excitation counter COS is multiplied by 4 ms. It is possible to perform control for exciting the ball-feeding electromagnet 104 for the time and sending the game ball onto the firing rail 93.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ้่ทฏ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใๅฆใใๅคๆญใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ้่ทฏ้้ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฑ็ฃ็ถๆ ใจใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ในใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ็ชๅบใใฆ็บๅฐ้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใ้้ใใใๆดใซใ้่ทฏ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใฎๅคใใ๏ผใๆธ็ฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฝใฌใใคใๅฑ็ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ้่ทฏ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ้่ทฏ้้ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๅฑ็ฃใซใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฝใฌใใคใๅฑ็ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ตไบใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ้่ทฏ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใๆ้ไธญใซ้ใฃใฆ้่ทฏ้้ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฑ็ฃ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใใพใใ้่ทฏ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใซๆธใ่พผใพใใๅคใซ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใไนใใๆๅฎๆ้ๅใ ใ้่ทฏ้้ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฑ็ฃใใฆ็บๅฐ้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใ้้ใใๅถๅพกใ่กใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย In the process of S1421, it is determined whether or not the value of the passage closing counter CSS is greater than โ0โ (S1421). If it is greater than โ0โ (S1421: Yes), the passage opening / closing solenoid 262 is set in an excited state (S1422). Then, the ball stopper 261 (see FIG. 5A) is protruded to close the firing passage T1. Further, โ1โ is subtracted from the value of the passage closing counter CSS (S1423), and the solenoid excitation process (S1305) is terminated. On the other hand, if the value of the passage closing counter CSS is โ0โ in the processing of S1421 (S1421: No), the passage opening / closing solenoid 262 is de-energized (S1424), and the solenoid excitation processing (S1305) is terminated. The excitation state of the passage opening / closing solenoid 262 is continued only during a period when the value of the passage closing counter CSS is larger than โ0โ by the processing of S1421 to S1424, and the value written to the passage closing counter CSS is multiplied by 4 ms. Control can be performed to excite the passage opening / closing solenoid 262 for the amount of time to close the firing passage T1.
็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ้งๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใใพใใ็ๅบๅฃ้ๆพใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใๅฆใใๅคๆญใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ๅบๅฃ้ๆพใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใฟใใใปใณใตใฎ็ถๆ ใ็ขบ่ชใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใณใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณๅใใซๅ่ปขใใใใใซ้งๅใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใๆดใซใ็ๅบๅฃ้ๆพใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ตไบใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆๆฌๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ตไบใใใใใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใใใใชใณใจใชใฃใใฟใคใใณใฐใง็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้งๅใใฆ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใ้ๆ็ใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฐๅ ฅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธๅฐๅ ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใฎๅพใซใฏใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅไฝใซใใฃใฆ้ๆ็ใ็ถ็ถใใฆ็บๅฐใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย In the ball outlet opening / closing motor driving process (S1306), as shown in FIG. 57, first, it is determined whether or not the ball outlet opening flag 713b is on (S1501). If the ball outlet opening flag 713b is off (S1501: No), the state of the touch sensor of the operation handle 310 is confirmed (S1502). If the touch sensor is on (S1502: Yes), the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 is turned off. Driven to rotate clockwise (S1503), the ball outlet 224a is opened, and further, the ball outlet open flag 713b is turned on (S1504), and this processing (S1306) is terminated. If the touch sensor is off in the process of S1502 (S1502: No), the process of S1503 and S1504 is skipped and the process (S1306) is terminated. By the processing from S1502 to S1504, the opening / closing lid 252 is driven by the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 to open the ball outlet 224a at the timing when the touch sensor is turned from OFF to ON, and the game ball is inserted into the inlet 102b of the ball launch unit 90 Thereafter, the game ball can be continuously fired by the operation of the ball launch unit 90.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็ๅบๅฃ้ๆพใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใฟใใใปใณใตใฎ็ถๆ ใ็ขบ่ชใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅทฆๅใใซๅ่ปขใใใใใซ้งๅใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธ้ใใใฆ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใๆดใซใ็ๅบๅฃ้ๆพใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใณใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใณใใใชใใจใชใฃใใฟใคใใณใฐใง็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใฆไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฐๅ ฅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใ้ฎๆญใใฆ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ้ๆ็ใฎๅฐๅ ฅใๅๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย In the process of S1501, if the ball exit opening flag 713b is on (S1501: Yes), the state of the touch sensor of the operation handle 310 is confirmed (S1505), and if the touch sensor is off (S1505: No), the ball The outlet opening / closing motor 251 is driven to rotate counterclockwise (S1506), the opening / closing lid 252 is lowered to close the bulb outlet 224a, and the bulb outlet opening flag 713b is turned off (S1507). Exit. If the touch sensor is turned on in the processing of S1505 (S1505: Yes), the processing of S1506 and S1507 is skipped and this processing is terminated. By the processing from S1505 to S1507, the ball outlet 224a is closed at the timing when the touch sensor is turned off, and the upper plate 201 and the introduction port 102b of the ball launching unit 90 are shut off to play the game to the ball launching unit 90. The introduction of the sphere can be stopped.
ใใฎใใใซใ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ้งๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใฟใใใปใณใตใซใใๅบๅใใใใชใณใชใใฎไฟกๅทใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้งๅใใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใฎ็บๅฐๆไฝใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ปๆฐ็ใซๅไฝใใใฆ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย As described above, the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 is driven based on the on / off signal output from the touch sensor of the operation handle 310 by the ball outlet opening / closing motor driving process (S1306). Therefore, the ball outlet 224a can be opened and closed by electrically operating the opening / closing lid 252 in response to the player's launch operation.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๆปใฃใฆ่ชฌๆใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ็บๅฐ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใจๅคๆญใใใใจ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็บๅฐ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใฎๅคใใ๏ผใๆธ็ฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๆธ็ฎๅพใฎ็บๅฐ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใ็ขบ่ชใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใฆ็บๅฐ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใจๅคๆญใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใฆใฝใฌใใคใๅฑ็ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ้งๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ่กใใ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ตไบใใใ ย ย Returning to FIG. If it is determined in the processing of S1301 that the value of the firing interval counter CHK is larger than โ0โ (S1301: Yes), the value of the firing interval counter CHK is decremented by โ1โ (S1311), and the firing interval counter after the subtraction is performed. It is confirmed whether the value of CHK is larger than โ0โ (S1312). If it is determined in step S1312 that the value of the firing interval counter CHK is greater than โ0โ (S1312: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1305, where solenoid excitation processing (S1305) and ball exit opening / closing motor drive processing are performed. (S1306) is performed, and the firing control process (S1002) is terminated.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็บๅฐ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใชใใๅณใกใ๏ผใใจๅคๆญใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็บๅฐๅฑ็ฃใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใซใ๏ผ๏ผใใๆธใ่พผใฟ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ๅฑ็ฃใใใใใซใใฆ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใใพใใ็้ใๅฑ็ฃใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใซใ๏ผ๏ผใใๆธใ่พผใฟ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็้ใๅฑ็ฃใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใๅฑ็ฃใใฆ็้ใๆฉๆง๏ผ๏ผใซใใๆฌกใซ็บๅฐใ่กใใใ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผไธใธ้ๅบใใใ็บๅฐ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใจใชใใฎใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใฆใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎๅคใๆธใ่พผใพใใฆใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็นฐใ่ฟใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝๆฏใซ่กใใใๅฆ็ใงใใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง็ต้ใใใฟใคใใณใฐใง็บๅฐๅไฝใ่กใใใใใจใจใชใใ ย ย In the process of S1312, when it is determined that the value of the firing interval counter CHK is not larger than โ0โ, that is, โ0โ (S1312: No), โ25โ is written to the firing excitation counter CHS (S1313). A game ball is fired by exciting the firing solenoid 92 for 0.1 second. Further, โ50โ is written in the ball feed excitation counter COS (S1314), the ball feed excitation counter COS is excited, and the ball to be fired next by the ball feed mechanism 94 is sent onto the launch rail 93. The value of the firing interval counter CHK becomes โ0โ at the timing when the process of S1311 is repeated 150 times after the value of โ150โ is written in the process of S1303, and the firing control process (S1002). Is a process performed every 4 ms, the launch operation is performed at the timing when 0.6 seconds have elapsed since the execution of the process of S1303.
ใใฎๅพใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใฆใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใณใๅฆใใๅคๆญใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผ้ๆ่ ใ้ๆใ็ถ็ถไธญใงใใใฎใงใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใใใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใณใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝๅพใซๅใณๅฎ่กใใใ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ็บๅฐ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใณ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใจใชใฃใฆใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใฆ็บๅฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใซๅๅบฆใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆธใ่พผใพใใฆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งๅพใซ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใไปฅ้ใใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใใจใชใใพใง้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใ็ถ็ถใใฆ่กใใใใ ย ย Thereafter, whether or not the touch sensor is turned on is determined in the process of S1315 (S1315). If the touch sensor is turned on (S1315: Yes), the player is continuing the game, and the process proceeds to S1305. When the touch sensor is on, the value of the firing interval counter CHS is โ0โ (S1301: No) and the touch sensor is on (S1302: Yes) in the launch control process (S1002) executed again after 4 ms. In step S1303, โ150โ is written again in the launch counter CHS and the game ball is fired 0.6 seconds later. Thereafter, the game ball is fired until the touch sensor is turned off. Done.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ๆ่ ใฏๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆใ้ขใใฆ้ๆใๅๆญขใใ็ถๆ ใจใชใฃใฆใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็บๅฐๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใซใ๏ผใใใ้่ทฏ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใซใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใ็้ใ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใซใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใใใๆธใ่พผใใง๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใใ ย ย In the process of S1315, if the touch sensor is off (S1315: No), the player has released the operation handle 310 and stopped the game. In this case, โ4โ is written in the firing number counter CHN, โ1000โ is written in the passage closing counter CSS, and โ200โ is written in the ball feed interval counter CTK (S 1316, S 1317, S 1328). The process proceeds to S1305.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็บๅฐๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใฎๅคใ็ขบ่ชใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใชใใๅณใกใ๏ผใใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใใ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่งฆใใฆใชใ้ๆใ่กใใใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใฏใใฟใใใปใณใตใฏใชใใ็บๅฐ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใจ็บๅฐๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใจใฏๅ ฑใซใ๏ผใใจใชใฃใฆใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ ใซๅฆ็ใ่กใใใๅพใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ่กใใใๆตใใงใๅฆ็ใ็นฐใ่ฟใใใใ ย ย In the process of S1302, if the touch sensor is off (S1302: No), the value of the firing number counter CHN is confirmed (S1321), and if the value is not greater than โ0โ, that is, โ0โ (S1321). : No), the process from S1322 to S1328 is skipped, and the process proceeds to S1305. In a state where the player does not touch the operation handle 310 and the game is not being performed, the touch sensor is off, and the firing interval counter CHK and the firing number counter CHN are both โ0โ, and S1301, S1302, and S1321. After the processing is performed in this order, the processing is repeated in the flow in which the processing of S1305 and S1306 is performed.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ็บๅฐๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใจๅคๆญใใใใจ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็้ใ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใ็ขบ่ชใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็้ใ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็้ใใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใฎๅคใใ๏ผใๆธ็ฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใใ็้ใ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใ้ใฏใ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝๆฏใซ็นฐใ่ฟใใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ่กใใใ็้ใ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใจใชใใจ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็บๅฐๅฑ็ฃใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใซใ๏ผ๏ผใใๆธใ่พผใฟ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใ่กใใใฆใใ็บๅฐๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใฎๅคใใ๏ผใๆธ็ฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ ย ย If it is determined in the processing of S1321 that the value of the firing number counter CHN is larger than โ0โ (S1321: Yes), it is confirmed whether the value of the ball feeding interval counter CTK is larger than โ0โ (S1322). If the value of the ball feed interval counter CTK is larger than โ0โ (S1322: Yes), the value of the ball feed counter CTK is decremented by โ1โ (S1323), and the process proceeds to S1305. While the value of the ball feed interval counter CTK is larger than โ0โ, the processing of S1323 is repeated every 4 ms, and when the value of the ball feed interval counter CTK becomes โ0โ (S1322: No), the firing excitation counter โ25โ is written in the CHS (S1324), and the firing solenoid 92 is caused to perform a game ball firing operation, and then the value of the firing number counter CHN is decremented by โ1โ (S1325).
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ๅพใ็บๅฐๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใฎๅคใๅๅบฆ็ขบ่ชใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็้ใๅฑ็ฃใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใซใ๏ผ๏ผใใใปใใใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็้ใ็จใฎ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ๅฑ็ฃใใฆ็้ใๅไฝใ่กใใใใใใซใใๆดใซใ็้ใ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใซใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใปใใใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งๅพใซๅใณ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใ็้ใ็จใฎ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ๅฑ็ฃใใใฆใใใใใฎๅพ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ๅฑ็ฃใฎ็ถๆ ใใใฃใฆใๅๅบฆ็้ใ็จใฎ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ๅฑ็ฃใใใใใจใจใชใใใใฎใใใ็้ใๆฉๆง๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๅบ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ๏ผๅจๆใจใใฆไธไธใซๆบๅใใ้ๅบๅไฝใ่กใใใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผไธใซ้ ๆฌก้ๅบใใใใใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใๅฑ็ฃใใฆ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งๅพใซๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใใใ้ๆ็ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ใง็บๅฐใใใใใจใจใชใใ ย ย After the processing of S1325, the value of the firing number counter CHN is confirmed again (S1326). If the value is larger than โ0โ (S1326: Yes), โ50โ is set to the ball feed excitation counter COS (S1327). Then, the ball feeding electromagnet 104 is excited for 0.2 seconds so that the ball feeding operation is performed, and โ200โ is set to the ball feeding interval counter CTK (S1328), and after 0.8 seconds, S1324 is again performed. To be executed. The ball-feeding electromagnet 104 is excited for 0.2 seconds by the processing of S1327, and then there is a non-excitation state for 0.6 seconds, and the ball-feeding electromagnet 104 is excited again for 0.2 seconds. Become. For this reason, a delivery operation is performed in which the delivery member 105 of the ball feed mechanism 94 swings up and down with one cycle of 0.8 seconds, and the game balls in the ball launch unit 90 are sequentially delivered onto the launch rail 93. In addition, by the process of S1328, the process of exciting the firing solenoid 92 to fire the game ball (S1324) is executed after 0.8 seconds, whereby the game balls are fired at intervals of 0.8 seconds. .
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ็บๅฐๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใจๅคๆญใใใใจ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็้ใๅฑ็ฃใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใจ็้ใ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใฎๅๅคใใ๏ผใใจใใใพใพใงๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใใ็บๅฐๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใซใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆใ๏ผใใฎๅคใๆธใ่พผใพใใใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใ๏ผๅใฎๆดๆฐใ่กใใใๅพใๅณใกใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผๅๅฑ็ฃใใใฆ๏ผๅใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใ่กใใใใจ็บๅฐๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใจใชใฃใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใฏ่กใใใใใใฎๅพใฎ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผไธใธใฎ้ๆ็ใฎ้ๅบใ่กใใใชใใชใใใใฎใใใ้ๆ็ใฎ้ๅบๅไฝใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใ๏ผๅใฎๆดๆฐใ่กใใใใใกใฎ๏ผๅ็ฎใซใฏ่กใใใชใใชใใ็้ใ็จใฎ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผๅๅฑ็ฃใใใฆ๏ผๅใฎ้ๅบๅไฝใ่กใใใใ ย ย If it is determined that the value of the firing number counter CHN is โ0โ in the process of S1326 (S1326: No), the process is performed with the values of the ball feed excitation counter COS and the ball feed interval counter CTK being โ0โ. Migrate to Since the value โ4โ is written to the firing number counter CHN by the process of S1316, after the update is performed four times by the process of S1325, that is, the firing solenoid 92 is excited four times and fired four times. When the operation is performed, the value of the number-of-fires counter CHN becomes โ0โ, and the processing of S1327 is not performed, and thereafter, the game ball is not sent onto the firing rail 93. For this reason, the game ball delivery operation is not performed for the fourth time out of the four updates performed by the processing of S1325, and the ball feeding electromagnet 104 is excited three times to perform the three delivery operations. Is called.
ๆฌกใซใไธ่ฟฐใใ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใณใใใชใใซๅใๆฟใใฃใใจใใซ่กใใใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ้ๆ็ใฎๆๅบใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใณใใใชใใซๅใๆฟใใใจใ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ้งๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฟใใใปใณใตใฎใชใใซ้ฃๅใใฆ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใใใใใฎใใใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฐๅ ฅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธ้ๆ็ใ็ถใใฆใฏๆตๅ ฅใใชใใใใซใชใใใใจใใจ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ้ฒๅ ฅใใ้ๆ็ใ ใใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๆป็้จ๏ผดใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผๅ ใซๆป็ใใ็ถๆ ใจใชใใ ย ย Next, the discharge of the game ball in the ball launch unit 90 performed when the touch sensor is switched from on to off by the above-described launch control process (S1002) will be described. When the touch sensor is switched from on to off, the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 is closed by the opening / closing lid 252 in conjunction with the turning off of the touch sensor by the ball outlet opening / closing motor driving process (S1306). For this reason, the game ball does not continuously flow into the introduction port 102b of the ball launch unit 90, and only the game ball that originally entered the ball launch unit 90 is the ball launch unit 90 (the retention portion T, FIG. ) See)).
ใพใใ็บๅฐๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใซใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใ๏ผใใๆธใ่พผใพใใใใจใซใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็้ใ็จใฎ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผๅๅฑ็ฃใใใฆใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฐๅ ฅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ ใธ้ฒๅ ฅใใ้ๆ็ใซๅฏพใใฆ๏ผๅใฎ้ๅบๅไฝใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ใง่กใใใใพใใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ใง๏ผๅๅฑ็ฃใใใฆ๏ผๅใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใ่กใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฏ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ้ๅบ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๅฐๅ ฅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใฎ้ใฎๆป็้จ๏ผดใซ้ๆ็ใ๏ผ็ใ ใๆป็ใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใ็้ใ็จใฎ้ป็ฃ็ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผๅๅฑ็ฃใใใใจใๅ จใฆใฎ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผไธใซ้ๅบใใใฆ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็บๅฐใใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใ้ๆใ็ตใใฆๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆใ้ขใใๅพใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎๅ จใฆใฎ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็บๅฐใใใใ ย ย Further, โ4โ is written in the firing number counter CHN by the process of S1316, whereby the electromagnet 104 for ball feeding of the ball launching unit 90 is excited three times by the processes of S1321 to S1328, and the ball launching unit 90 The game ball that has entered into the introduction port 102b is sent out three times at intervals of 0.8 seconds, and the firing solenoid 92 is excited four times at intervals of 0.8 seconds, resulting in four firing operations. Is done. In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, only two game balls stay in the stay portion T between the delivery member 105 and the introduction port 102b in the ball launch unit 90, and three ball feeding electromagnets 104 are provided. When excited once, all game balls are delivered onto the firing rail 93 and fired by the firing solenoid 92. Therefore, after the player finishes the game and releases his hand from the operation handle 310, all the game balls in the ball launch unit 90 are fired by the launch solenoid 92.
ใพใใใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใณใใใชใใซๅใๆฟใใฃใใจใใซใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใ้่ทฏ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใซใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎๅคใๆธใ่พผใพใใใ้่ทฏ้้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใซใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎๅคใๆธใ่พผใพใใใจใใฝใฌใใคใๅฑ็ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ้่ทฏ้้ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใซ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใไนใใ๏ผ็ง้ๅฑ็ฃใใใใ้่ทฏ้้ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฑ็ฃใใใใจใ็ในใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏ๏ผๆฌใฎใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ้ใซ็ชๅบใใๅ้ฒไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใ้ๆ้ ๅใธๅใใ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฒ่กใ็ในใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ปๆญขใใใใใกใผใซ็ใจใชใฃใฆใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใ็ต็ฑใใฆๆๅบใใใใใใฎใใใใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใณใใใชใใซใชใฃใๅพใ๏ผ็งไปฅๅ ใซ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใฏใใกใผใซ็ใจใชใฃใฆๆๅบใใใใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฟใใใปใณใตใฎใชใๅพใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ใง๏ผๅๅฑ็ฃใใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใ้ๆใ็ตใใฆๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆใ้ขใใๅพใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใซ๏ผใไนใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใซใใใฃใฆ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใ่กใใใใใใฃใฆใใฟใใใปใณใตใฎใชใๅพใซ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใฏๅ จใฆ็ในใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ฒ่กใ้ปๆญขใใใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใ็ต็ฑใใฆๆๅบใใใใ ย ย When the touch sensor is switched from on to off, a value of โ1000โ is written to the passage closing counter CSS by the processing of S1317. When the value โ1000โ is written in the passage closing counter CSS, the passage opening / closing solenoid 262 is excited for 4 seconds by multiplying โ1000โ by 4 ms by the solenoid excitation processing (S1305). When the passage opening / closing solenoid 262 is energized, the ball stopper 261 is disposed at the forward position protruding between the two rails 61 and 62 (see FIG. 5B), and the progress of the game ball toward the game area is prevented by the ball stopper. It is blocked by H.261 and becomes a foul ball and is discharged via the foul ball passage T2. For this reason, after the touch sensor is turned off from on, the game balls launched within 4 seconds are discharged as foul balls. Since the firing solenoid 92 is excited four times at intervals of 0.8 seconds after the touch sensor is turned off, after the player finishes the game and releases his hand from the operation handle 310, 3 is multiplied by 4 for 0.8 seconds. The firing operation of the firing solenoid 92 is performed for 2 seconds. Therefore, all the game balls fired by the firing solenoid 92 after the touch sensor is turned off are prevented from being advanced by the ball stopper 261, and are discharged through the foul ball passage T2.
ใใฎใใใซใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ้ๆ็ใฏใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆใ้ขใใฆใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใณใใใชใใซๅใๆฟใใใจๅ จใฆใใกใผใซ็ใจใชใฃใฆไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๆๅบใใใใๅพใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆใ้ขใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๆจชใฎ็ๆใใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆผไธๆไฝใใฆไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ้ๆ็ใๆใๅใใจใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซๆป็ใใ้ๆ็ใงใใฃใฆ้ๆ้ ๅใซๆใก่พผใใงใใชใๆชไฝฟ็จใฎใใฎใๅ จใฆๆใๅใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย Thus, the game balls in the ball launching unit 90 are all discharged into the lower plate 301 as foul balls when the hand is released from the operation handle 310 and the touch sensor is switched from on to off. Accordingly, when the player releases his / her hand from the operation handle 310 and depresses the ball removal button 216 beside the upper plate 201 to extract the game ball in the upper plate 201, the game ball stays in the pachinko machine 10 and is played. All unused items that have not been driven into the area can be extracted.
ใใใงใๅพๆฅใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซไธใซ้ๅบใใใ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎใซๆฎใใใใพใพใจใชใฃใใใ็้ใๆฉๆง้จใซ้ๆ็ใๆป็ใใใใใณใณๆฉใใใใใใฎ็จฎใฎใใใณใณๆฉใ่ฃฝ้ ใใๅพใฎๅบ่ทๆคๆปๆใซ็บๅฐๅไฝใฎ็ขบ่ชใ่กใใจใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ๆใๆไฝใใใฆใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซไธใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใๅ ใซ้ๆ็ใๆฎใฃใฆใใพใใใจใใใฃใใ้ๆๅ ดใงใฏๅบๅใ็ณปๅๅใชใฉใไปใใ็ฌ่ชใฎ้ๆ็ใไฝฟ็จใใใใฎใงใใใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผไธใซๆฎใใใ้ๆ็ใ้ๆๅ ดใซใใฎใพใพๆใก่พผใพใใใจ็ฐ็จฎใฎ้ๆ็ใๆททๅจใใฆๅฅฝใพใใใชใใใพใใ้ๆๅ ดใธใฎๆฌ้ไธญใซ็บๅฐใฌใผใซไธใฎ้ๆ็ใใใผใ่ฝใกใใจใไฝๆฅญ่ ใ้ๆ็ใ่ธใๅฑ้บๆงใ็ใใใๆดใซใ้ๆๅ ดใซใใใณใณๆฉใๆฐๅใงๆใก่พผใพใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใฏใ้ๆๅ ดใฎๅบๅกใฏใใใณใณๆฉๅ ใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅใฃใฆใใชใใใจใๅๆใซใใฆไฝๆฅญใ่กใใใใ้ๆ็ใๆฎใใใฆใใใจๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้ๆใซ้ๆ็ใใฌใฉในใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใจ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใจใฎ้ใซๆใพใฃใฆใฌใฉในใๅฒใใฆใใพใใใจใใใฃใใ ย ย Here, conventionally, there is a pachinko machine in which the game ball sent out on the launch rail is left at the launch position or the game ball stays in the ball feed mechanism part, and after manufacturing this kind of pachinko machine When the launching operation is confirmed during the shipping inspection, a game ball may remain on the launching rail or in the ball launching unit even if the ball removing operation of the upper plate 201 is performed. The game hall uses its own game balls with store names, series names, etc. If the game balls left on the launch rail 93 are brought into the game hall as they are, it is not preferable because different types of game balls are mixed. . In addition, if a game ball on the launch rail spills during transportation to the game hall, there is a risk that an operator steps on the game ball. Furthermore, in the state that the pachinko machine has been brought into the game hall as a new product, the store clerk at the game hall will perform work on the assumption that no game ball is in the pachinko machine, so if there is a game ball left, When the frame 14 is opened and closed, the game ball may be sandwiched between the glass unit 17 and the game board 16 to break the glass.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฐใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆๅ ฅใใใ้ๆ็ใฎใใก็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ต็ฑใใฆ้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆป็้จ๏ผดใซ้ๅบใใใ้ๆ็ใฏใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ้ๅบ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๅบๅไฝใจ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใจใ่กใใใฆ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็บๅฐใใใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใ็ต็ฑใใฆใใกใผใซ็ใจใใฆๆๅบใใใใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใใงใใฃใฆๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใ่กใใใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ใซใฆ้ๅบ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๅบๅไฝใจ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใจใ่กใใใใฎใงใ้ๆ่ ใซใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใ่ฆใใใซๆป็้จ๏ผดใซ้ๅบใใใ้ๆ็ใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆๅบใใใใใพใใ้ๅบ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๅบๅไฝใจ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใจใฏใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆป็้จ๏ผด๏ผๅ ใซๆป็ๅฏ่ฝใช๏ผ็ใฎ้ๆ็ใใๅคใ่กใใใใใใฃใฆใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ้ๆ่ ใฎ็บๅฐๆไฝใๅฟ ่ฆใจใใชใใง็้ใๆฉๆง๏ผ๏ผใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผไธใฎ็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ๆ็ใๆฎใใใจใชใ็ฐกๅใซ็ๆใๆไฝใ่กใใใจใใงใใใๅพใฃใฆใ็ๆใๆไฝๅพใซใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผไธใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ้ๆ็ใๆฎใใใฆ็ใๅพใ้ๆๅ ดใธใฎ็ฐ็จฎใฎ้ๆ็ใฎๆตๅ ฅใๆฌ้ไธญ็ญใฎๅฑ้บๆงใ็ฐกๅใใค็ขบๅฎใซๅ้ฟใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย According to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, among the game balls thrown into the upper plate 201, the game balls sent to the staying portion T of the opening / closing member 102 via the ball outlet 224 a are sent by the payout launch control device 611. The delivery operation of the delivery member 105 and the firing operation of the firing solenoid 92 are performed and fired by the firing solenoid 92 and discharged as a foul ball through the foul ball passage T2. The payout launch control device 611 performs the sending operation of the sending member 105 and the firing solenoid 92 in a state where the touch sensor of the operation handle 310 is off and the firing operation is not performed on the operation handle 310 by the launch control process (S1002). Since the launching operation is performed, the game ball sent to the staying portion T without requiring a launch operation by the player is discharged to the lower plate 301 from the foul ball path T2. Further, the delivery operation of the delivery member 105 and the firing operation of the launch solenoid 92 are performed more than two game balls that can stay in the ball launch unit 90 (the stay portion T of the opening / closing member 102). Therefore, it is possible to easily perform the ball removal operation without leaving the game ball at the launch position on the ball feed mechanism 94 or the launch rail 93 without requiring the player's launch operation by the payout launch control device 611. Accordingly, it is possible to easily and surely avoid the danger of inflow or transportation of different kinds of game balls to the game arcade that may occur when game balls are left on the launch rail 93 or in the ball launch unit 90 after the ball removal operation. Can do.
ใพใใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅฎ่กใๆคๅบใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใณใใใชใใซๅใๆฟใใใจใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ๅบ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๅบๅไฝใจ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใจใ่กใใใฆ้ๆ็ใๆๅบใใๅถๅพกใ่กใใฎใงใ้ๆ่ ใฎ็บๅฐๆไฝใจ็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ๅบใใใ้ๆ็ใฎๆๅบใจใ้ฃๅใใใใใจใใงใใใ้ๆ่ ใ้ๆใๅๆญขใใฆใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใใ็งปๅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฟ ใ็บๅฐๆไฝใๅๆญขใใ๏ผ่พใใ๏ผใฎใงใใใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใง็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎ็ญใซ้ๆ็ใๆฎใใชใใใใซๆๅบใใใใจใซใใใ้ๆๆฉใใ็งปๅใใ้ๆ่ ใซใฏใ้ๆ็ใใใ็ขบๅฎใซ่ฟๅดใใใใจใใงใใใใใใงใๅฟ ใใใใฟใใใปใณใตใฎใชใณใชใใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ๆ่ ใฎ็บๅฐๆไฝใๆคๅบใใๅฟ ่ฆใฏใชใใๅฏๅคๆตๆๅจใใๆคๅบใใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅๆไฝ้ใๆๅฎ้ไปฅไธใจใชใใใจใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅๆญขใๆคๅบใใ็ญใๅฅใฎๆนๆณใงใใฃใฆใ่ฏใใ ย ย In addition, when the touch sensor of the operation handle 310 that detects execution of the game ball firing operation is switched from on to off, the payout firing control device 611 performs the delivery operation of the delivery member 105 and the firing operation of the firing solenoid 92. Thus, the control for discharging the game ball is performed, so that the player's launch operation and the discharge of the game ball sent to the launch position can be linked. When the player stops the game and moves from the pachinko machine 10, the firing operation is always stopped (quits), so that the gaming machine is discharged at this timing so that no game ball remains at the firing position. The game ball can be returned more reliably to the player moving from. Here, it is not always necessary to detect the player's firing operation based on the on / off state of the touch sensor, and the firing operation is stopped when the rotation operation amount of the operation handle 310 detected by the variable resistor is equal to or less than a predetermined amount. Another method may be used, such as detecting.
ๆดใซใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใณใฎใจใใซใฏ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใๆชๅฎ่ก๏ผใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใ๏ผใฎใจใใซใฏ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใฆ้ๆ็ใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฐๅ ฅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใฏๆตๅ ฅใใชใใใใซใใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅฎ่กๆ้ไธญใซใฏใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใณใจใชใไธๆนใ็บๅฐๆไฝใๆชๅฎ่กใฎๆ้ไธญใซใฏใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใใจใชใใใใ้ๆ่ ใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใๅใฏใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใฆ้ๆ็ใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฐๅ ฅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใฏๆตๅ ฅใใชใ็ถๆ ใจใชใฃใฆใใใใใฎใใใ้ๆ่ ใ้ๆใ่กใใใใซไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๆๅ ฅใใๅพใๅ จใ้ๆใ่กใใชใใงๅฅใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซ็งปๅใใใใ้ๆใๅๆญขใใฆ้ๆๅ ดใใๅใใ้ๆ็ใ่ฟๅดใใๅ ดๅใ็ๆใใฎใใใซไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๆจชใฎ็ๆใใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆผไธๆไฝใใฆ้้ๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฝใใใใจใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆๅ ฅใใ้ๆ็ใฏ๏ผ็ๆฎใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๆตไธใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซใฏใๆๅ ฅใใ้ๆ็ใฎใใก้ๆ้ ๅใธ็บๅฐใใๅใฎ้ๆ็ใ็ฐกๅใใค็ขบๅฎใซ่ฟๅดใใใใจใใงใใ็ก้งใช้ๆ็ใฎๆถ่ฒปใๆใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย Further, the payout launch control device 611 opens and closes the bulb outlet 224a when the touch sensor is on, and closes the bulb outlet 224a when the launch operation is not performed (touch sensor is off). The game ball is prevented from flowing into the introduction port 102b of the ball launch unit 90. While the touch sensor is turned on during the execution period of the firing operation on the operation handle 310, the touch sensor is turned off during the period when the firing operation is not executed. Therefore, before the player starts the game, the opening / closing lid is opened. 252 closes the ball outlet 224a and the game ball does not flow into the introduction port 102b of the ball launching unit 90. For this reason, after a player puts a game ball into the upper plate 201 in order to play a game, the player moves to another pachinko machine 10 without playing any game, or stops the game and borrows it from the game hall To return the ball, if the closing plate 234 is operated by depressing the ball removal button 216 beside the upper plate 201 to remove the ball, the game ball thrown into the upper plate 201 flows down to the lower plate 301 without remaining one ball. To do. Therefore, it is possible to easily and surely return the game balls before being launched to the game area among the inserted game balls to the player, and it is possible to suppress unnecessary consumption of the game balls.
ๆดใซใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใณใจใชใ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซใฏใ้ๆ็ใฎ้่ทฏใ้ๆพใใฆไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ็้ใๆฉๆง๏ผ๏ผใจใ้ฃ้ใใฆ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐใ่จฑๅฎนใใใไธๆนใใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใใงใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅๆญขไธญใซใฏใ้ๆ็ใฎ้่ทฏใ้ฎๆญใใฆ็้ใๆฉๆง๏ผ๏ผใธ้ๆ็ใๅฐๅ ฅใใใใซ๏ผๅใฎ้ๆ็ใ ใใ็้ใๆฉๆง๏ผ๏ผๅดใธๅฐๅ ฅใใใ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใฎๅพใฎ็้ใๆฉๆง๏ผ๏ผๅดใธใฎ้ๆ็ใฎๆตๅ ฅใ่ฆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ็้ใๆฉๆง๏ผ๏ผๅดใซไบใๆป็ใใ๏ผๅใฎ้ๆ็ใใใณ็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎใซๅพ ๆฉใใใ้ๆ็ใซๅฏพ่ฑกใ็ตใฃใฆ็ๆใใๅฎ่กใใใฐ้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๆป็้จ๏ผด๏ผๅ ใใใณ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผไธใฎ้ๆ็ใๆใๅใใใจใใงใใใๅพใฃใฆใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅใฃใฆใใๅ ดๅใซ็ถ็ถใใฆ้ๆ็ใ็้ใๆฉๆง๏ผ๏ผๅดใซๅฐๅ ฅใใใๅ ดๅใซๆฏ่ผใใฆๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกใ็ฐกๆใซใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย Further, during the execution of the launch operation in which the touch sensor of the operation handle 310 is turned on, the game ball passage is opened and the upper plate 201 and the ball feed mechanism 94 are communicated to allow the game ball to be launched. On the other hand, while the launch operation with the touch sensor off is stopped, the path of the game ball is blocked and the game balls are not introduced into the ball feed mechanism 94, but only two game balls are introduced to the ball feed mechanism 94 side. Thus, the inflow of the game ball to the ball feeding mechanism 94 can be restricted. Therefore, if the ball removal is executed by focusing on two game balls that have been retained in advance on the ball feed mechanism 94 side and game balls that have been waiting at the launch position, the inside of the opening / closing member 102 (the stay portion T) and the launch rail 93 will be described. Game balls can be extracted. Therefore, the control of the payout / release control device 611 can be simplified as compared with the case where the game ball is continuously introduced to the ball feeding mechanism 94 side when the game ball is in the upper plate 201.
ใพใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ็้ใๆฉๆง๏ผ๏ผใจใ้ฃ้ใใ้ๆ็ใฎ้่ทฏใ้ฎๆญใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใ้้ๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฏๆใใใ้ๆ็ใฎใใกๆใไธๆตๅดใซไฝ็ฝฎใใ้ๆ็ใซๅฏพๅใใฆ้ ็ฝฎใใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ้ๆ็ใฎ้่ทฏใ้้ใใใคใค้้ๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใ็ถๆ ใจใชใใจใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใไธๆตๅดใฎๅ จใฆใฎ้ๆ็ใๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆๅบใใใใใใฃใฆใ็บๅฐๆไฝใๅๆญขใใๅพใซไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ๆใๆไฝใ่กใใจใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ้ๆ็ใใๅ จใฆๆใๅใใใจใใงใใใๅพใฃใฆใ้ๆใ็ตใใ้ๆ่ ใซใฏใ็ๆใๆไฝใใใใ ใใงๆช็บๅฐใฎ้ๆ็ใ๏ผ็ๆฎใใๅ จใฆ่ฟๅดใใใใจใใงใใ็ฐกๅใใค็ขบๅฎใช้ๆ็ใฎ่ฟๅดใๅฎ็พใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย The open / close lid 252 that blocks the path of the game ball that communicates the upper plate 201 and the ball feeding mechanism 94 is the most downstream side of the game balls supported by the closing plate 234 that closes the discharge port 201a of the upper plate 201. It is arranged to face the game ball located at the position. Therefore, when the passage of the game ball is closed by the opening / closing lid 252 and the closing plate 234 opens the discharge port 201a of the upper plate 201, all the game balls upstream from the opening / closing lid 252 are placed in the lower plate from the discharge port 201a. It is discharged to 301. Therefore, if the ball removal operation of the upper plate 201 is performed after stopping the firing operation, all the game balls in the upper plate 201 can be extracted. Therefore, the player who has finished the game can return all of the unreleased game balls by simply performing the ball removal operation, and can easily and reliably return the game balls.
ใพใใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฟใใใปใณใตใใชใณใใใชใใซๅใๆฟใใใจ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ๏ผๅใฎ้ๅบๅไฝใจ๏ผๅใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใจใ่กใใใฆ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใๅถๅพกใ่กใใ้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆป็้จ๏ผดๅ ใซๆป็ๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆ็ใฏ๏ผๅใงใใใใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ใๆๅบใใใใใฎ้้ๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใฆๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ใๆๅบใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใฏใ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๆป็ใใ้ๆ็ใๅ จใฆ็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎๅดใธ้ๅบใใใใจใใงใใ็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎๅดใธ้ๅบใใใ้ๆ็ใฏใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใ็ต็ฑใใฆๆๅบใใใใใใฃใฆใ็้ใๆฉๆง๏ผ๏ผใจไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใ้ข้ใใไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ ็ฝฎใใฆ็้ใๆฉๆง๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆตๅดใซ้ๆ็ใๆป็ใใ่จญ่จใฌใคใขใฆใใงใใฃใฆใใ็้ใๆฉๆง๏ผ๏ผใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผไธใฎ็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ๆ็ใๆฎใใใจใชใ็ๆใใ่กใใใจใใงใใใใชใใ้ๆ็ใฎ้ๅบๅไฝใจ็บๅฐๅไฝใจใฏใๅฐใชใใจใ้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๆป็ๅฏ่ฝใชๅๆฐไปฅไธใจใใใใจใๅฅฝใพใใใ้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ๏ผๅไปฅไธใฎ้ๆ็ใๆป็ใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใฎๅๆฐไปฅไธใจใใใใจใๅฅฝใพใใใใพใใ้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๆป็ๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆ็ๆฐใใ๏ผๅใงใๅคใ้ๅบๅไฝใ่กใใใใใจใใ่ฃฝ้ ไธใฎใฐใใคใใ็ใใฆใ็ขบๅฎใซๆป็้จ๏ผดๅ ใฎ้ๆ็ใๅ จใฆ้ๅบใใใใจใใงใใใฎใงๅฅฝ้ฉใงใใใ ย ย In addition, when the touch sensor is switched from on to off, the payout launch control device 611 performs control for launching the game ball by performing three delivery operations and four launch operations by the launch control process (S1002). Since there are two game balls that can stay in the stay portion T of the opening / closing member 102, the closing plate 234 for discharging the game balls on the upper plate 201 is opened, and the game balls on the upper plate 201 are removed from the discharge port 201a. In the discharged state, all the game balls staying in the opening / closing member 102 can be sent to the launch position side by the launch control process (S1002), and the game balls sent to the launch position side pass through the foul ball passage T2. It is discharged via. Therefore, even if the design layout is such that the game ball stays on the upstream side of the ball feed mechanism 94 by disposing the ball feed mechanism 94 and the discharge port 201a of the upper plate 201 apart from each other, The ball can be removed without leaving a game ball at the launch position on 93. In addition, it is preferable that at least the number of game balls that can be accumulated and opened in the opening / closing member 102 be equal to or more than the number of game balls that are accumulated in the opening / closing member 102. It is preferable that In addition, when the number of game balls that can stay in the opening / closing member 102 is increased as much as once, even if there is a manufacturing variation, all the game balls in the stay portion T can be reliably sent out. Therefore, it is preferable.
ใพใใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกใซใใใ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใ็บๅฐๅไฝใฎๅฎ่กๆ้ไธญใซใฏ้่ทฏ้้ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็ในใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ้ฒไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใใฎใงใ็บๅฐ้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใ็ต็ฑใใฆ้ๆ้ ๅใธๅใใ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฒ่กใ็ในใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ปๆญขใใใฆใ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฃใณ้ใใใกใผใซ็ใจใชใใใใซ่ชฟๆดใใใใใใฃใฆใ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅถๅพกใซใใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใ็ขบๅฎใซใใกใผใซ็ใซใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซ่ฟๅดใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย Further, the ball stopper 261 is disposed at the forward position by the passage opening / closing solenoid 262 during the execution period of the firing operation by the processing of S1321 to S1328 of the firing control processing (S1002) by the control of the payout launch control device 611. The progress of the game ball toward the game area via the passage T1 is blocked by the ball stopper 261, and the jump amount of the game ball is adjusted to be a foul ball. Therefore, it is possible to reliably return the game ball that is launched by the control by the launch control process (S1002) to the player as a foul ball.
ใใใงใๅฟ ใใใ็ในใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณ้่ทฏ้้ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผไธฆใณใซ้่ทฏ้้ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้งๅใใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅฆ็ใ่จญใใๅฟ ่ฆใฏใชใใ้ๆ่ ใ็บๅฐๆไฝใๅๆญขใใใฟใคใใณใฐใง๏ผๅใฎ้ๅบๅไฝใจ๏ผๅใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใจใ่กใใใฆ้ๆ็ใใใกใผใซ็ใจใใฆๆๅบใใๅ ดๅใซใ๏ผๅใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใใใกใผใซ็ใจใชใใใใซ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็บๅฐๅใ่ชฟๆดใใๅฅใฎๆๆฎตใ่จญใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆไฝ็ฝฎใซใใใฆ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฃใณ้ใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใจใฎๅๅฒไฝ็ฝฎใ่ถใใใใฎใฎ้ๆ้ ๅใซใฏๅฑใใชใ็ฏๅฒๅ ใๅณใกใ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฃใณ้ใ็บๅฐ้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผไธใงใใฃใฆใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใจใฎๅๅฒไฝ็ฝฎใจ้ๆ้ ๅใจใฎ้๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅบ้๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผใจใชใใใใซๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ่ตใใใๅฏๅคๆตๆๅจใฎๆตๆๅคใ่จญๅฎใใใฆ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็บๅฐๅใ่ชฟๆดใใใฆใใฆใ่ฏใใ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆใ้ขใใจๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅๆไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใ็บๅฐ้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใ็ต็ฑใใฆ้ๆ้ ๅใธๅใใ้ๆ็ใฏ้ๆ้ ๅใซๅฑใใชใใใกใผใซ็ใจใชใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅพๆฅใใ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฃใณ้ใๆๅฐใจใชใๅๆไฝ็ฝฎๅดใธไปๅขใใใใใฎใงใใใฎใงใๅพๆฅใฎๆง้ ใๅฉ็จใใฆไฝใณในใใงใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ้ๆ็ใ้ๆ่ ใซ่ฟๅดใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย Here, it is not always necessary to provide the respective processes of the ball stopper 261, the passage opening / closing solenoid 262, and the dispensing discharge control device 611 that drives the passage opening / closing solenoid 262. When the player stops the launching operation and performs 3 delivery operations and 4 launch operations to discharge the game ball as a foul ball, the game ball fired by the 4 launch operations is a foul. Another means for adjusting the firing force of the firing solenoid 92 so as to form a sphere may be provided. For example, in the initial position of the operating handle 310, the jump amount of the game ball exceeds the branching position with the foul ball passage, but does not reach the game area, that is, the jump amount of the game ball is on the launch passage T1 and the foul The resistance of the variable resistor built in the operation handle 310 is set so as to be between the branch position with the ball passage T2 and the game area (section L1 in FIG. 5A), and the firing force of the firing solenoid 92 is set. May be adjusted. When the player releases his / her hand from the operation handle 310, the operation handle 310 is placed at the initial position, and the game ball that goes to the game area via the launch passage T1 becomes a foul ball that does not reach the game area. Since the operation handle 310 is biased toward the initial position where the flying amount of the game ball is minimized, the operation handle 310 can be used to play the game ball in the ball launching unit 90 at low cost using the conventional structure. Can be returned to the person.
ใพใใ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธญใซใฝใใใฆใงใขๅถๅพกใซใใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็บๅฐๅใ่ชฟๆดใใๅถๅพกใ่จญใใฆใ่ฏใใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็บๅฐๅ๏ผๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฑ็ฃ้ปๆต๏ผใๅถๅพกใใฆ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฃใณ้ใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใจใฎๅๅฒไฝ็ฝฎใ่ถใใใใฎใฎ้ๆ้ ๅใซใฏๅฑใใชใ็ฏๅฒๅ ใจใชใ็บๅฐๅใซๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผไพใใฐใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงๅถๅพกใใๆงๆใจใใฆใ่ฏใใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎใง็บๅฐๅใๅถๅพกใใใใจใซใใใ้ๆ้ ๅใซๅฑใ็บๅฐๅใจใชใไฝ็ฝฎใซๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ็ฝฎ๏ผๅใฏๅบๅฎ็ญ๏ผใใใฆใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆใ้ขใใๅพใซ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใฏ็ขบๅฎใซใใกใผใซ็ใซใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซ่ฟๅดใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย Further, a control for adjusting the firing force of the firing solenoid 92 by software control may be provided in the firing control process (S1002), and the firing force of the firing solenoid 92 (specifically, the exciting current of the firing solenoid 92) A control device (for example, a payout launch control device 611) may be used to control the firing force so that the jumping amount of the game ball exceeds the branching position with the foul ball path but does not reach the game area. . By controlling the firing force with the control device, even if the operation handle 310 is disposed (or fixed) at a position where the firing force reaches the game area, the player is fired after releasing the hand from the operation handle 310. The game ball can be reliably made into a foul ball and returned to the player.
ใพใใ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซใใใ้ๅธธใฎ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐ้้ใงใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใ้ทใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๆ้้้ใ้ใฆใฆ้ๆ็ใๆๅบใใใใใฎ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใ่กใใใใใใใฏใ็บๅฐๆไฝๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็บๅฐ้้ใงใฏใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผๅ ใธ้ๆ็ใๆตๅ ฅใใๅใซใๆฌกใฎ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใฆ้ๆ็ๅๅฃซใ่ก็ชใใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผไธใซ้ๆ็ใๆปใฃใฆใใ็ญใ็บๅฐ้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผๅ ใซ้ๆ็ใๆฎใใใใใจใ้ฒๆญขใใใใใงใใใใใฎๆ้้้ใฎ่จญๅฎใซใใฃใฆใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใธ้ๆ็ใๆตๅ ฅใใๅใซใๆฌกใฎ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใฆ้ๆ็ๅๅฃซใ่ก็ชใใฆใ็บๅฐ้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผๅ ใซ้ๆ็ใๆฎใใใใใจใๆช็ถใซ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย In the launch control process (S1002), the game balls are discharged at a time interval of 0.8 seconds, which is longer than 0.6 seconds, which is a normal game ball launch interval during execution of the launch operation by the player. The firing operation of the firing solenoid 92 is performed. This is because the next game ball is launched and the game balls collide with each other before the game ball flows into the foul ball passage T2 at the launch interval during the launch operation, and the game ball returns to the launch rail 93. This is to prevent the game ball from being left in the launch passage T1. By setting this time interval, before the game ball flows into the foul ball passage T2, the next game ball is launched and the game balls collide with each other, so that the game ball remains in the launch passage T1. Can be prevented.
ใใใงใ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ้้ใๅณใกใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใๅฑ็ฃใใฆ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใๆ้้้๏ผ็บๅฐ้้๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใฎ็บๅฐ้้ใฏใๅพใซ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใใใฎ็ดๅใซ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใซ็บๅฐ้่ทฏๅ ใง่ก็ชใใฆ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐ้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ๏ผ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผไธใซๆฎใใใใใจใใชใใใใซใใๅฟ ่ฆใใใใใใฎใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใ้ๆ็ใๆๅบใใใจใใฎ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐ้้ใฏใ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใฆใใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใซๆตๅ ฅใใใพใงใฎๆ้้้ใใ้ทใ่จญๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใใๅใฏใ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใฆใใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใซๆตๅ ฅใใๅใงใใฃใฆใๆฌกใซ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐ้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใจใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใจใฎๅๅฒไฝ็ฝฎใซๅฐ้ใใใพใงใซใฏๅใซ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใซๆตๅ ฅใๅพใๆ้้้ใซ่จญๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใ ย ย Here, in the launch control process (S1002), an interval at which the process of S1324 is executed by the process of S1328, that is, a time interval (launch interval) at which the launching solenoid 92 is excited to fire the game ball is set. This firing interval needs to prevent a game ball that has been fired later from colliding with a game ball that has been fired immediately before in the launch path and leaving the game ball on the launch path T1 (the launch rail 93). There is. For this reason, the discharge interval of the game ball when discharging the game ball by the processing of S1324 may be set longer than the time interval from when the game ball is launched until it flows into the foul ball passage T2, or Even after the game ball is fired and before it flows into the foul ball passage T2, it is fired before the next game ball reaches the branch position between the launch passage T1 and the foul ball passage T2. The time interval at which the game ball can flow into the foul ball passage T2 may be set.
ใชใใ็บๅฐ้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใจใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใจใฎ้ ็ฝฎไฝ็ฝฎใซใใฃใฆใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซใใใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐ้้ใใ็ญใๆ้้้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ้ใฆใฆ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใ่กใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ๅๅฃซใ่ก็ชใใชใใใจใใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใซใฏ็บๅฐ้้ใ็ญใใใใใจใๅฅฝใพใใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ็ใฎๆๅบใในใ ใผในใซ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ้ๆ่ ใซใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซใใใ้ๅธธใฎ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐ้้ใจๅไธใฎๆ้้้ใ้ใฆใฆ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใ่กใใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใซใฏ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅไฝใไธๅฎใจใชใใใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ก็ใช่ฒ ๆ ใใใใใใจใใชใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฆใฎไฟก้ ผๆงใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย It should be noted that depending on the arrangement position of the launch passage T1 and the foul ball passage T2, the launch solenoid 92 is separated by a time interval (for example, 0.4 seconds) shorter than the launch interval of the game balls during the launch operation by the player. Even if the launching operation is performed, the game balls may not collide with each other. In this case, it is preferable to shorten the firing interval, so that the game ball can be discharged smoothly. Further, the firing operation of the firing solenoid 92 may be performed at the same time interval as the regular game ball firing interval during execution of the launching operation by the player. In this case, the operation of the firing solenoid 92 is constant. Therefore, it is possible to improve the reliability of the pachinko machine 10 without imposing an excessive burden on the launch solenoid 92.
ใพใใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผไธใซใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใ้้ใใ้ๆ็ใๆคๅบใใใใฉใใปใณใตใ่จญใใฆใใใฎใใฉใใปใณใตใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฅ็ถใใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผไธใฎใใฉใใปใณใตใใใกใผใซ็ใๆคๅบใใใใจใๅฅๆฉใจใใฆ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใ่กใใใฆๆฌกใฎ็บๅฐใ่กใใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฉใใปใณใตใซใใใใกใผใซ็ใฎๆคๅบๆๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใ่กใใใใฎใงใ้ๆ็ใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใธๅ ฅใฃใๅพใซ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผใธ้ๆ็ใๆตๅ ฅใใใพใงใฎๆ้้้ใซใฐใใคใใใใฃใฆใใ็บๅฐ้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผๅ ใง้ๆ็ๅๅฃซใ่ก็ชใใฆ็บๅฐ้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผๅ ใซ้ๆ็ใๆฎใใใใใจใ็ขบๅฎใซ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใ้้ใใ้ๆ็ใๆคๅบใใใฎใฏใใฉใใปใณใตใซ้ใใใๆฉๆขฐ็ใซๅฏๅใใๅฏๅ็ใๆใใใใคใฏใญในใคใใใใ็ฃๆฐใปใณใต็ญใฎใใใใฎใใฎใงใใฃใฆใ่ฏใใ ย ย Further, a photo sensor for detecting a game ball passing through the foul ball passage T2 is provided on the foul ball passage T2, and the photo sensor is connected to the payout discharge control device 611. The payout discharge control device 611 is connected to the foul ball passage T2. When the upper photo sensor detects a foul ball, the firing operation of the firing solenoid 92 may be performed to cause the next firing. The payout launch control device 611 performs the firing operation of the firing solenoid 92 based on the detection timing of the foul ball by the photosensor, so that the game ball is fired by the firing solenoid 92 after the game ball enters the foul ball passage T2. Can be made. Therefore, even if the time interval until the game balls flow into the foul ball passage T2 varies, it is possible to reliably prevent the game balls from colliding with each other in the launch passage T1 and remaining in the launch passage T1. can do. Note that the game ball passing through the foul ball passage is not limited to the photo sensor, but may be any one of a micro switch having a movable piece that is mechanically movable, a magnetic sensor, and the like.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐๆไฝไธญใซ้ใฃใฆ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ้้ใฆใใใใฎๆงๆใ็ฐใชใใใฎใงใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้้ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใฟใใใปใณใตใฎใชใณใชใใซ้ฃๅใใ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ้ปๆฐ็ใซ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฝใใใฆ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้้ใ่กใฃใใใใใซๅฏพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้้ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฆๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ฃ็ตใใใๆฉๆงใซใใฃใฆ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅๅไฝใซ้ฃๅใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใไปฅไธใ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ่ชฌๆใซใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅไธใฎ้จๅใซใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใ็ฐใชใ้จๅใฎใฟใ่ชฌๆใใใ ย ย Next, a second embodiment different from the above-described embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. The pachinko machine in the second embodiment is different from the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment in the configuration of a second opening / closing unit for opening the ball outlet 224a only during a game ball launching operation. . In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the second opening / closing unit 250 electrically opens and closes the ball outlet 224a by electrically operating the opening / closing lid 252 by the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 that is interlocked with the on / off of the touch sensor of the operation handle 310. went. On the other hand, the pachinko machine according to the second embodiment is configured such that the opening / closing lid 911 is interlocked with the rotation operation of the operation handle 310 by a mechanism connected to the operation handle 310 as the second opening / closing unit 910. Hereinafter, in the description of the second embodiment, the same parts as those in the first embodiment will be denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted, and only different parts will be described.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉใฎๅ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ขๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆชๆไฝใฎ็ถๆ ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้้ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ถๆ ใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅๅใใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้้ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ถๆ ใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใ ย ย FIG. 58A is a rear view of the front frame 901 and the lower pan unit 902 of the pachinko machine according to the second embodiment, and FIG. 58B is a view of the second opening / closing unit 910 in a state where the operation handle 310 is not operated. FIG. 58C is a diagram showing the state of the second opening / closing unit 910 in a state where the operation handle 310 is rotated.
ไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซใฏใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐๆไฝไธญใซ้ใฃใฆ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ้้ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้้ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ้้ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ฎ่ฝๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใชใฃใฆ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใๅๆๆจน่่ฃฝใฎ่ๆฟใงๅฝขๆใใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏใซไธ็ซฏใ้ฃ็ตใใใใฑใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฑใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไป็ซฏใซ่จญใใใใใญใฃใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใญใฃใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธๆนๅด๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅด๏ผใซไปๅขใใใณใคใซใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅบๅฎใใใฆๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๅ ฑใซๅๅใใฆใญใฃใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆผๅงๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใ้ฃ็ตๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅใใฆใใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ็ฅๆญฃๆนๅฝขใซ้ๅฃๅฝขๆใใใ้ๅฃ็ฉด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ้ๅฃ็ฉด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ้ใชใฃใฆ้ ็ฝฎใใใใจ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใใ็ถๆ ใจใชใใ ย ย A second opening / closing unit 910 for opening the ball outlet 224a is provided on the back side of the lower dish unit 902 only during a game ball launching operation. As shown in FIG. 58A, the second opening / closing unit 910 includes an opening / closing lid 911 formed of a synthetic resin thin plate that overlaps the shielding plate 232 of the first opening / closing unit 230 and opens and closes the ball outlet 224a. A cable 912 having one end connected to the lower end of 911, a cap 913 provided at the other end of the cable 912, a coil spring 914 for biasing the cap 913 to one side (left side in FIG. 58A), and an operation handle. The connecting plate 915 is configured to be fixed to 310 (see FIG. 1), rotate together with the operation handle 310, and press the cap 913. The opening / closing lid 911 is provided with an opening hole 911a formed in a substantially square shape. When the opening hole 911a is disposed so as to overlap the ball outlet 224a, the ball outlet 224a is opened.
ใฑใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ญ็ถใฎใขใฆใฟใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ ใซใไธก็ซฏ้จใๅฑๆฒใใชใ้ๅฑๆฃใงๆงๆใใใไธญ้้จๅใๅฑๆฒๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใใคใณใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆฟ้ใใใใใฎใงใใใใขใฆใฟใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฟ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใธ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใงๅบๅฎใใใใขใฆใฟใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฏพใใฆใคใณใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฏๅๅฏ่ฝใซๆฏๆใใใใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฟ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใใฎใซๅฏพใใฆ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้จไฝใไธๆนใซ็ชๅบใใๆดใซใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅณไธกๅดใซใฆๆญ้ขใณใฎๅญๅฝขใซๆใ่ฟใใฆๅฝขๆใใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅณไธกๅดใๆฏๆใใฆใใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฟ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅทฆๅณไธกๅดใๆฏๆใใใฆไธไธๆนๅใซในใฉใคใ็งปๅๅฏ่ฝใจใใใฆใใใ ย ย The cable 912 is formed by inserting an inner 912b, which is formed of a metal rod whose both ends are not bent and a middle portion thereof is bendable, into a cylindrical outer 912a. The outer 912a is fixed to a sheet metal 921 of the lower plate unit 902 with a screw (not shown), and the inner 912b is movably supported with respect to the outer 912a. The sheet metal 921 of the lower dish unit 902 is formed by projecting the part of the opening / closing lid 911 upward with respect to that in the first embodiment, and further folding back and opening the opening / closing lid 911 into a U-shaped cross section on both the left and right sides. The left and right sides of the lid 911 are supported. The open / close lid 911 is supported on both left and right sides by a sheet metal 921 and is slidable in the vertical direction.
ๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้้ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅไฝใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่งฆใใฆใใชใใจใใซใฏใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ่ตใใใใณใคใซใใใซใใฃใฆๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅๆไฝ็ฝฎใซไปๅขใใใฆใใใใใฎใจใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้้ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใญใฃใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅบๅฎใใใ้ฃ็ตๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆใฑใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅด๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅณๅด๏ผใซๆผๅงใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้้ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใณใคใซใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅง็ธฎใใใใใณใคใซใใใๅง็ธฎใใใๅใ ใใฑใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใคใณใใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใซๆผใๅบใใใ็ถๆ ใจใชใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธๆใใไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธๆไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใใจใใซใฏใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๅฃ็ฉด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธๅดใซใใใฆ้ ็ฝฎใใใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ้้ใใใใ ย ย Next, the operation of the second opening / closing unit 910 will be described. When the player is not touching the operation handle 310, the operation handle 310 is biased to the initial position by a coil spring built in the operation handle 310. At this time, the cap 913 of the second opening / closing unit 910 is pressed toward the cable 912 (on the right side in FIG. 58B) by the connecting plate 915 fixed to the operation handle 310, and the coil spring 914 of the second opening / closing unit 910 is compressed. The The inner portion 912b of the cable 912 is pushed to the opening / closing lid 911 side by the amount corresponding to the compression of the coil spring, and is disposed at a position where the opening / closing lid 911 is raised. When the opening / closing lid 911 is disposed at the raised position, the opening hole 911a of the opening / closing lid 911 is displaced to the upper side of the bulb outlet 224a, and the bulb outlet 224a is closed by the opening / closing lid 911.
้ๆ่ ใ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใจใใซใฏใ้ๆ่ ใฏๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณๅใใซๅๅๆไฝใใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅใซ้ฃๅใใฆ้ฃ็ตๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅๆนๅ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅใ๏ผใซๅๅใใ้ฃ็ตๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใญใฃใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ข้ใใๆนๅใธ็งปๅใใใใญใฃใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใณใคใซใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ้ฃ็ตๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใธๆผใๅบใใใใใฎๆผใๅบใๅไฝใซไผดใฃใฆ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธ้ใใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ้ฃ็ตๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆดใซๅๅใใใใจใใฑใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใขใฆใฟใผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฝๆฅใใฆ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใไธ้ใใ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใฎๅพใฏใใญใฃใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ฃ็ตๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ข้ใใฆ้ฃ็ตๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใฟใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅๅไฝใซ้ฃๅใใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใไธ้ใใไธ้ไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใใจใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๅฃ็ฉด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใไธ่ดใใ็ถๆ ใจใชใใ็ๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใใใ ย ย When the player fires a game ball, the player rotates the operation handle 310 clockwise. In conjunction with the rotation of the operation handle 310, the connecting plate 915 is also rotated in the same direction (counterclockwise in FIG. 58B), and the connecting plate 915 is moved away from the cap 913. The cap 913 is pushed out to the connecting plate 915 side by the coil spring 914, and the opening / closing lid 911 is lowered along with the pushing operation. When the operation handle 310 (connecting plate 915) is further rotated, the open / close lid 911 comes into contact with the outer 912a of the cable 912 so that the open / close lid 911 is lowered most. Thereafter, the connecting plate 915 is separated from the cap 913. Only the connecting plate 915 is interlocked with the turning operation of the operation handle 310. When the opening / closing lid 911 is disposed at the lowest lowered position, the ball outlet 224a and the opening hole 911a of the opening / closing lid 911 coincide with each other, and the ball outlet 224a is opened.
ใใฎใใใซใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฑใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใญใฃใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณ้ฃ็ตๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅๅไฝใซ้ฃๅใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅไฝใๅถๅพกใใ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ้งๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใไธ่ฆใจใชใใใคใพใใ้งๅๆบใจใชใ่ฃ ็ฝฎใใใฎ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฎๅไฝใฎๅถๅพกใไธ่ฆใจใชใใใใใใใณใณๆฉใฎๆงๆใๅ็ดใซใใฆไฝใณในใใงๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ฃๅใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใใใใณใณๆฉใ่ฃฝ้ ใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๅฟ ใใใใฑใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ฃ็ตๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็จใใฆ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใๆงๆใซ้ๅฎใใใใฎใงใฏใชใใใฑใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็จใใใซใชใณใฏๆฉๆงใใซใ ใไฝฟ็จใใ็ญใ้ๆ่ ใฎๅๅๆไฝใซใใฃใฆ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใๅฅใฎๆง้ ใ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใ ย ย As described above, the opening / closing lid 911 is configured to be interlocked with the turning operation of the operation handle 310 via the cable 912, the cap 913 and the connecting plate 915. Therefore, the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 and the ball outlet opening / closing motor driving process (S1306 in FIG. 55) for controlling the operation of the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 in the first embodiment are not required. That is, since it is not necessary to control the drive source device and the operation of the device, it is possible to manufacture a pachinko machine having an open / close lid 911 that interlocks with the operation handle 310 at a low cost by simplifying the configuration of the pachinko machine. . The opening / closing lid 911 is not necessarily limited to the configuration in which the cable 912 or the connecting plate 915 is used, and the opening / closing lid is operated by a player's turning operation such as using a link mechanism or a cam without using the cable 912. Another structure for opening and closing 911 may be used.
ไปฅไธใไธๅฎๆฝใฎๅฝขๆ ใซๅบใฅใๆฌ็บๆใ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌ็บๆใฏไธ่จๅฝขๆ ใซไฝใ้ๅฎใใใใใฎใงใฏใชใใๆฌ็บๆใฎ่ถฃๆจใ้ธ่ฑใใชใ็ฏๅฒๅ ใง็จฎใ ใฎๅคๅฝขๆน่ฏใๅฏ่ฝใงใใใใจใฏๅฎนๆใซๆจๅฏใงใใใใฎใงใใใ ย ย The present invention has been described above based on one embodiment. However, the present invention is not limited to the above embodiment, and various modifications and improvements can be easily made without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Can be inferred.
ไพใใฐใไธ่จๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซ็คบใใใใซใๅ็่กจ็คบใฎไธ็จฎใงใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขไธใง่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใจใใฆใฎๅณๆใ็ธฆๆนๅใซในใฏใญใผใซใใใใใฎใซ้ๅฎใใใใๆจชๆนๅใใใใฏ๏ผฌๅญๅฝข็ญใฎๆๅฎ็ต่ทฏใซๆฒฟใฃใฆๅณๆใ็งปๅ่กจ็คบใใฆ่กใใใฎใงใใฃใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใจใใฆใฏใๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใซ้ใใใใใฎใงใฏใชใใไพใใฐใ๏ผๅใฏ่คๆฐใฎใญใฃใฉใฏใฟใๅณๆใจๅ ฑใซใ่ฅใใใฏใๅณๆใจใฏๅฅใซๅค็จฎๅคๆงใซๅไฝ่กจ็คบใพใใฏๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใใฆ่กใใใๆผๅบ่กจ็คบใชใฉใๅซใพใใใฎใงใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ๏ผๅใฏ่คๆฐใฎใญใฃใฉใฏใฟใใๅณๆใจๅ ฑใซๆใใฏๅณๆใจใฏๅฅใซใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใจใใฆ็จใใใใใ ย ย For example, as shown in the above-described embodiment, the variable display, which is a kind of dynamic display, is not limited to the one in which the symbol as identification information is scrolled in the vertical direction on the display screen of the first symbol display device 81. It may be performed by moving and displaying a symbol along a predetermined route such as a direction or an L shape. In addition, the dynamic display of identification information is not limited to the display of variable symbols. For example, one or a plurality of characters may be displayed in various manners along with or separately from the symbols. The effect display etc. which are displayed are also included. In this case, one or a plurality of characters are used as identification information together with the symbols or separately from the symbols.
ๆฌ็บๆใไธ่จๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจใฏ็ฐใชใใฟใคใใฎใใใณใณๆฉ็ญใซๅฎๆฝใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใ๏ผถใพใผใณ็ญใฎ็นๅฅ้ ๅใๆใใๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎใๆใใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็จฎใใใณใณ้ๆๆฉใชใฉใซๅฎๆฝใใฆใ่ฏใใๆดใซใใใใณใณๆฉไปฅๅคใซใใใขใฌใใใ้็ใชใฉไปใฎ้ๆๆฉใจใใฆๅฎๆฝใใใใใซใใฆใ่ฏใใ ย ย You may implement this invention in the pachinko machine etc. of a type different from the said embodiment. For example, the present invention may be applied to a so-called second type pachinko gaming machine having a winning device having a special area such as a V zone. Further, in addition to the pachinko machine, the game machine may be implemented as another game machine such as an alepacchi or a sparrow ball.
ไปฅไธใซๆฌ็บๆใฎ้ๆๆฉใใใณๅคๅฝขไพใ็คบใใ้ๆ็ใ่ฒฏ็ใใใจๅ ฑใซ้ๆ่ ใฎๆไฝใซใใฃใฆ็ๆใใ่กใใใ็ๅ้จใๅฝขๆใใ็ๅ็ฟ้จๆใจใใใฎ็ๅ็ฟ้จๆใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใ้ๆ็ใ๏ผ็ใใคๆๅฎใฎ็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎใธ้ๅบใใ้ๅบ้จๆใจใใใฎ้ๅบ้จๆใซใใ้ๅบใใใ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใจใใใฎ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใซใใ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใใใฎ็บๅฐๆไฝใ่กใใใๆไฝๆๆฎตใจใๅ่จ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใ้งๅใใฆ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใ่ช้ใซใใๆตไธใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใ้ๆ้ ๅใจใใใฎ้ๆ้ ๅใจๅ่จ็บๅฐไฝ็ฝฎใจใ็นใ็บๅฐ้่ทฏใจใใใฎ็บๅฐ้่ทฏใใๅๅฒใใฆๅฝขๆใใๅ่จ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใซใใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใฎใใกๅ่จ้ๆ้ ๅใซๅฑใใชใ้ๆ็ใใใกใผใซ็ใจใใฆๆๅบใใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใจใๅใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๅ่จ็ๅ็ฟ้จๆใฎ็ๅ้จใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ่จ้ๅบ้จๆๅดใซๅฐๅบใใ็ๅบๅฃใจใใใฎ็ๅบๅฃใจใฏๅฅใฎๅดใซๅๅฒใใฆๅฝขๆใใๅ่จ็ๅ็ฟ้จๆใฎ็ๅ้จใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใ้ๆ็ใๆๅบใใ่ฒฏ็ๆๅบๅฃใจใใใฎ่ฒฏ็ๆๅบๅฃใ้ๆ่ ใฎๆไฝใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆ้้ใใ้้้จๆใจใๅ่จ็ๅบๅฃใจๅ่จ้ๅบ้จๆใจใฎ้ใซๅฐใชใใจใ๏ผไปฅไธใฎ้ๆ็ใๆป็ๅฏ่ฝใชๆป็้จใๅฝขๆใใๆป็้จๅฝขๆ้จๆใจใๅ่จ็ๅบๅฃใ้้ใใฆๅ่จ็ๅ็ฟ้จๆใฎ็ๅ้จใจๅ่จ้ๅบ้จๆใจใ้ฃ้ใใ้ๆ็ใฎ้่ทฏใ้ฎๆญใใใใฎใงใใฃใฆๅ่จ้้้จๆใซๆฏๆใใใ้ๆ็ใฎใใกๆใไธๆตๅดใซไฝ็ฝฎใใ้ๆ็ใซๅฏพๅใใฆ้ ็ฝฎใใใ้ฎๆญ้จๆใจใๅ่จๆไฝๆๆฎตใซๅฏพใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅฎ่กๆ็กใๆคๅบใใ็บๅฐๆไฝๆคๅบๆๆฎตใจใใใฎ็บๅฐๆไฝๆคๅบๆๆฎตใซใใๆคๅบใใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅฎ่กๆ็กใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆๅ่จ้ฎๆญ้จๆใ้งๅใใ้ฎๆญ้จๆ้งๅๆๆฎตใจใๅ่จ็บๅฐๆไฝๆคๅบๆๆฎตใซใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใๅฎ่กไธญใใ้ๅฎ่กใซๅใๆฟใใฃใใใจใๆคๅบใใๅ ดๅใซๅฐใชใใจใๅ่จๆป็้จใซๆป็ๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆ็ใฎๆฐๅไปฅไธๅ่จ้ๅบ้จๆใฎ้ๅบๅไฝใจๅ่จ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใจใ่กใใใฆ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใๅถๅพกใ่กใ้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใจใใใฎ้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎๅถๅพกใซใใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ่จ้ๆ้ ๅใซๅฑใใชใใใใซ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฃใณ้ใ่ชฟๆดใใ้ฃใณ้่ชฟๆดๆๆฎตใจใๅใใฆใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผใ ย ย The gaming machine and modified examples of the present invention are shown below. A ball receiving member that forms a ball receiving portion that stores the game balls and is removed by the player's operation, and a sending member that sends the game balls stored in the ball receiving member one by one to a predetermined launch position A launching means for launching the game ball sent out by the delivery member, an operation means for performing a launching operation for launching the game ball by the launching means, and a game ball launched by driving the launching means A game area in which a game is played by flowing down due to its own weight, a launch path connecting the game area and the launch position, and a game ball among the game balls that are branched from the launch path and launched by the launch means In a gaming machine comprising a foul ball passage for discharging a game ball that does not reach the area as a foul ball, a ball outlet that leads the game ball stored in the ball receiving portion of the ball receiving plate member to the delivery member side, and A storage ball outlet that discharges a game ball that is branched and formed on a side different from the ball outlet and that is stored in the ball receiving portion of the ball tray member, and that corresponds to the player's operation. A closing member that opens and closes, a staying portion forming member that forms a staying portion in which at least one game ball can stay between the ball outlet and the delivery member, and the ball outlet is closed to close the ball receiving member. A blocking member that blocks a path of a game ball that communicates between the ball receiving portion and the delivery member, and that is disposed to face the game ball located on the most downstream side among the game balls supported by the closing member. Firing operation detection means for detecting whether or not a firing operation is performed on the operation means, and a blocking member driving means for driving the blocking member in response to whether or not the firing operation is detected by the firing operation detection means, The firing operation is detected by the firing operation detecting means. When it is detected that the game has been switched from non-execution to a non-execution, the game ball is fired by causing the delivery operation of the delivery member and the firing operation of the launch means to be performed for at least several minutes of the game ball that can stay in the stay portion Non-input launching means for performing control, and jump amount adjusting means for adjusting the jump amount of the game ball so that the game ball launched by the control of the non-input launch means does not reach the game area A gaming machine 1 characterized by the following.
ใชใใ่ซๆฑ้ ๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใใใณ้ๆๆฉ๏ผใซใใใ็ๅ็ฟ้จๆใฎ็ๅ้จใจใใฆใฏใไธ่จๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅบ้ขใใใณๅด้ขใซๅฒใใใ้จไฝใไพ็คบใใใ็บๅฐ้่ทฏใจใใฆใฏไธ่จๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใจ่ชๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใซใใๅฝขๆใใใ้ๆ็ใฎ้่ทฏ๏ผ็บๅฐ้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ๏ผใไพ็คบใใใใใพใใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใฏใ็บๅฐๆใฎๆใกๅบใๅ๏ผ็บๅฐๅ๏ผใๅผฑใใฆๆปใ็้ฒๆญข้จๆใไฝ็ฝฎใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎๅ ฅๅฃใซๅฐ้ใใใซ็บๅฐใฌใผใซๅดใธๆปใฃใ้ๆ็ใๆๅบใใ้่ทฏใใใใไธ่จๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ้่ทฏๅฝขๆ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฝขๆใใใฆ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใจ่ชๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใฎ้ใฎ้้ใจไธ็ฟๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใ็นใ้่ทฏ๏ผใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ๏ผใไพ็คบใใใใใพใใๆป็้จๅฝขๆ้จๆใจใใฆใฏไธ่จๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไพ็คบใใใๆป็้จใจใใฆใฏใไธ่จๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ้้้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๅฝขๆใใใ๏ผๅใฎ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผไธใธใฎ้ๅบใๅพ ๆฉใใ็ถๆ ใง้ๅบ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆตๅดใซๆป็ใใๆป็้จ๏ผดใไพ็คบใใใใ ย ย The gaming machine according to claim 1 and the ball receiving portion of the ball receiving tray member in the gaming machine 1 are exemplified by the portion surrounded by the bottom surface and the side surface of the upper plate 201 in the above embodiment, and the launch passage is described above. The path of the game ball (the launch path T1) formed by the launch rail 93 and the guide rails 61 and 62 in the form is illustrated. Further, the foul ball passage is a passage that discharges a game ball that has returned to the launch rail side without reaching the entrance of the game area where the return ball prevention member is located because the launch force (launch force) at the time of launch is weak, A path (foul ball path T2) formed by the path forming member 36 in the above embodiment and connecting the gap between the firing rail 93 and the guide rails 61 and 62 and the lower dish discharge port 36a is exemplified. Further, the staying portion forming member is exemplified by the opening / closing member 102 in the above embodiment, and the staying portion is formed by the opening / closing member 102 in the above embodiment, and two game balls wait for delivery onto the firing rail 93. An example of the staying portion T is shown in FIG.
ใพใใ่ซๆฑ้ ๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใใใณ้ๆๆฉ๏ผใซใใใ็บๅฐๆไฝๆคๅบๆๆฎตใจใใฆใฏใ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅฎ่กไธญๅใฏ้ๅฎ่ก๏ผๅๆญขไธญ๏ผใฎใใใใไธๆนใฎ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซ้ใฃใฆไฟกๅทใๅบๅใ๏ผๅณใกไฟกๅทๅบๅใใชใณใ๏ผใไปๆนใฎ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซไฟกๅทใๅบๅใใชใ๏ผๅณใกไฟกๅทๅบๅใใชใใใ๏ผใใฎใงใใฃใฆใ่ฏใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅฎ่กไธญใจ้ๅฎ่กใจใฎใใใใใซใใใฆ้ปๅงๅคใ่คๆฐใฎๅ ฅๅ็ซฏๅญใซๅ ฅๅใใไฟกๅทใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใ็ฐใชใ็ญใฎๅฅใ ใฎไฟกๅทใๅบๅใใใใฎใงใใฃใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎ็บๅฐๆไฝๆคๅบๆๆฎตใจใใฆใฏใ็บๅฐๆไฝใ่กใใใๆไฝ้จใซๆฅ่งฆใใฆใใใๅฆใใๆคๅบใใใฟใใใปใณใตใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใจใใฆ็บๅฐๅใ่ชฟๆดใใๆไฝใใณใใซใฎๅๅๆไฝใฎๆไฝ้ใๆคๅบใใๅฏๅคๆตๆๅจ็ญใไพ็คบใใใใ ย ย Further, the gaming machine according to claim 1 and the launching operation detecting means in the gaming machine 1 output a signal only when the launching operation is in execution or non-execution (stopped) state ( That is, the signal output may be turned on), and in the other state, the signal may not be output (that is, the signal output may be turned off). It is also possible to output different signals such as different combinations of signals input to the input terminals. As the firing operation detection means, a touch sensor that detects whether or not the operation unit that performs the firing operation is touched, or a variable that detects the operation amount of the rotation operation of the operation handle that adjusts the firing force as the firing operation. Examples include resistors.
ใพใใ่ซๆฑ้ ๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใใใณ้ๆๆฉ๏ผใซใใใ้ฎๆญ้จๆ้งๅๆๆฎตใจใใฆใฏใไธ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ็ๅบๅฃ้้ใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธฆใณใซใไธ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ้ฃ็ตใใใฑใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใญใฃใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณ้ฃ็ตๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงๆงๆใใใๆฉๆงใไพ็คบใใใใ้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใจใใฆใฏใไธ่จๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไพ็คบใใใใ ย ย In addition, the gaming machine according to claim 1 and the blocking member driving means in the gaming machine 1 include the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 and the payout launch control device 611 in the first embodiment, and the operation in the second embodiment. A mechanism including a cable 912, a cap 913, and a connecting plate 915 that connect the handle 310 and the opening / closing lid 911 is illustrated. As the non-input emission means, the payout emission control device 611 in the above embodiment is exemplified.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จ้ฃใณ้่ชฟๆดๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็บๅฐ้่ทฏไธใงใใฃใฆๅ่จใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใจใฎๅๅฒไฝ็ฝฎใจๅ่จ้ๆ้ ๅใจใฎ้ใซ็ชๅบใใๅ้ฒไฝ็ฝฎใจๅ่จ็บๅฐ้่ทฏใใๅคใใๅพ้ไฝ็ฝฎใจใ็งปๅๅฏ่ฝใซ้ ่จญใใใในใใใ้จๆใจใใใฎในใใใ้จๆใซ้งๅๅใไปไธใใในใใใ้งๅๆๆฎตใจใใใฎในใใใ้งๅๆๆฎตใๅถๅพกใใฆๅ่จ้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใซใใ็บๅฐๅไฝใฎๅฎ่กๆ้ไธญใซใฏๅ่จในใใใ้จๆใๅ่จๅ้ฒไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ ็ฝฎใใในใใใๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใจใๅใใฆใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผใ ย ย In the gaming machine 1, the jump amount adjusting means includes a forward position protruding on the launch path between the branch position of the foul ball path and the game area and a retracted position deviating from the launch path. A stopper member movably disposed, a stopper driving means for applying a driving force to the stopper member, and the stopper member during the period of execution of the firing operation by the non-input firing means by controlling the stopper driving means A gaming machine 2 comprising stopper control means for disposing at a forward position.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผใซใใใฐใในใใใๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใฎๅถๅพกใซใใใ้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใซใใ็บๅฐๅไฝใฎๅฎ่กๆ้ไธญใซใฏในใใใ้งๅๆๆฎตใซใใในใใใ้จๆใๅ้ฒไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใใฎใงใ็บๅฐ้่ทฏใ็ต็ฑใใฆ้ๆ้ ๅใธๅใใ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฒ่กใในใใใ้จๆใซ้ปๆญขใใใฆใ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฃใณ้ใ่ชฟๆดใใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎๅถๅพกใซใใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใ็ขบๅฎใซใใกใผใซ็ใซใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซ่ฟๅดใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย According to the gaming machine 2, the stopper member is disposed at the forward position by the stopper driving means during the execution period of the firing operation by the non-input firing means by the control of the stopper control means. The progress of the game ball toward is prevented by the stopper member, and the jump amount of the game ball is adjusted. Therefore, the game ball fired by the control of the non-input launching means can be surely made a foul ball and returned to the player.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จ้ฃใณ้่ชฟๆดๆๆฎตใฏใ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฃใณ้ใๅ่จใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใจใฎๅๅฒไฝ็ฝฎใ่ถใใใใฎใฎๅ่จ้ๆ้ ๅใซใฏๅฑใใชใ็ฏๅฒๅ ใจใชใ็บๅฐๅใซๅ่จ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎ็บๅฐๅใ่ชฟๆดใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผใ ย ย In the gaming machine 1, the jump amount adjusting means sets the launch force of the launch means to a launch force that falls within a range where the jump amount of the game ball exceeds the branch position with the foul ball passage but does not reach the game area. A gaming machine 3 that is to be adjusted.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ฃใณ้่ชฟๆดๆๆฎตใซใใฃใฆใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใจใฎๅๅฒไฝ็ฝฎใ่ถใใใใฎใฎ้ๆ้ ๅใซใฏๅฑใใชใ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฃใณ้ใจใชใ็บๅฐๅใซ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎ็บๅฐๅใ่ชฟๆดใใใใใใฎใใใ็บๅฐ้่ทฏไธใซใใใใในใใใ้จๆ็ญใฎ้ๅฎณ็ฉใ็ชๅบใใใใใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใซๆฏในใฆใ้ๆ้ ๅใซ้ๆ็ใๅฑใใชใใใใซใใใใใซๅฟ ่ฆใชๆงๆ้จๅใ็ฐก็ฅๅใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใไฝใณในใใง้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎๅถๅพกใซใใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใใใกใผใซ็ใซใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซ่ฟๅดใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย According to the gaming machine 3, the launch force adjusting means adjusts the launch force of the launch means to the launch force that is the jump amount of the game ball that does not reach the game area although it exceeds the branch position with the foul ball passage. For this reason, it is possible to simplify the components necessary to prevent the game ball from reaching the game area, as compared to a case where an obstacle such as a stopper member protrudes on the launch path. . Therefore, it is possible to return the game ball that is launched by the control of the non-input launch means at low cost to the player as a foul ball.
ใชใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผใซใใใ้ฃใณ้่ชฟๆดๆๆฎตใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซใใ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฃใณ้ใ่ชฟๆดใใใใใซๅๅๆไฝใใใใจๅ ฑใซ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฃใณ้ใๆๅฐใจใชใๅๆไฝ็ฝฎใซไปๅขใใใๆไฝใใณใใซใงใใฃใฆใ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฃใณ้ใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใจใฎๅๅฒไฝ็ฝฎใ่ถใใใใฎใฎ้ๆ้ ๅใซใฏๅฑใใชใ็ฏๅฒๅ ใจใชใใใใซๅๆไฝ็ฝฎใ่จญๅฎใใใๆไฝใใณใใซใงใใฃใฆใ่ฏใใ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝใใณใใซใใๆใ้ขใใจๆไฝใใณใใซใๅๆไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใ็บๅฐ้่ทฏใ็ต็ฑใใฆ้ๆ้ ๅใธๅใใ้ๆ็ใฏ้ๆ้ ๅใซๅฑใใชใใงใใกใผใซ็ใจใชใใๆไฝใใณใใซใฎๅๆไฝ็ฝฎใซใใ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฃใณ้ใ่ชฟๆดใใใใฎใงใใใไธ่ฌใซๆไฝใใณใใซใฏใ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฃใณ้ใๆๅฐใจใชใๅๆไฝ็ฝฎๅดใธไปๅขใใใใใฎใงใใใฎใงใๅพๆฅใฎๆง้ ใๅฉ็จใใฆ้ฃใณ้่ชฟๆดๆๆฎตใๆงๆใใใใจใใงใใไฝใณในใใงใ้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎๅถๅพกใซใใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใ็ขบๅฎใซใใกใผใซ็ใซใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซ่ฟๅดใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย The jump amount adjusting means in the gaming machine 3 is an operation handle that is turned by the player to adjust the jump amount of the game ball and is biased to an initial position where the jump amount of the game ball is minimized. In this case, the operation handle may have an initial position so that the amount of game ball jumping exceeds the branching position with the foul ball path but does not reach the game area. When the player releases his / her hand from the operation handle, the operation handle is placed at the initial position, and the game ball going to the game area via the launch path does not reach the game area but becomes a foul ball. The flying amount of the game ball is adjusted by the initial position of the operation handle. In general, since the operation handle is biased toward the initial position where the amount of game ball jump is minimized, the jump amount adjusting means can be configured using a conventional structure. The game ball launched by the control of the input launching means can be surely made into a foul ball and returned to the player.
ใพใใ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใจใใฆใฎใฝใฌใใคใใใขใผใฟ็ญใซๅฑ็ฃใใใ้ปๆตใๅฑ็ฃใใใใฟใคใใณใฐ็ญใๅถๅพกใใฆ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐๅใ่ชฟๆดใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผใซใใใ้ฃใณ้่ชฟๆดๆๆฎตใฏใ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎๅไฝใๅถๅพกใใฆ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฃใณ้ใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใจใฎๅๅฒไฝ็ฝฎใ่ถใใใใฎใฎ้ๆ้ ๅใซใฏๅฑใใชใ็ฏๅฒๅ ใจใชใ็บๅฐๅใซใใ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใงใใฃใฆใ่ฏใใ ย ย Further, when the firing force of the game ball is adjusted by controlling the current excited at the solenoid or the motor as the launching means or the timing of excitation, the jump amount adjusting means in the gaming machine 3 is the launching means. However, it is also possible to use a launch control means for controlling the above-mentioned operation so as to make the launch force within the range in which the jump amount of the game ball exceeds the branch position with the foul ball path but does not reach the game area.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผใใ๏ผใฎใใใใใซใใใฆใๅ่จ้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซใใใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐ้้ใใ้ทใๆ้้้ใงใใฃใฆๅพใซ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใใใฎ็ดๅใซ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใซ็บๅฐ้่ทฏๅ ใง่ก็ชใใชใๆ้้้ใ้ใฆใฆๅ่จ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใ่กใใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผใ ย ย In any one of the gaming machines 1 to 3, the non-input launching unit is configured to launch a game ball that is fired immediately before the non-input launching unit at a time interval longer than a launch interval of game balls during execution of a launch operation by a player. The gaming machine 4 is characterized in that the launching operation of the launching means is performed at a time interval in which the game ball does not collide in the launch path.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆ่ ใซใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซใใใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐ้้ใใ้ทใๆ้้้ใงใใฃใฆๅพใซ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใใใฎ็ดๅใซ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใซ็บๅฐ้่ทฏๅ ใง่ก็ชใใชใๆ้้้ใ้ใฆใฆ้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใ่กใใใใใใฎใใใ็บๅฐๆไฝๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็บๅฐ้้ใงใฏใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏๅ ใธ้ๆ็ใๆตๅ ฅใใๅใซๆฌกใฎ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใฆ้ๆ็ๅๅฃซใ่ก็ชใใ็บๅฐ้่ทฏๅ ใซ้ๆ็ใๆฎใใใใจใใๆง้ ใฎ้ๆๆฉใงใใฃใฆใใ้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎๅถๅพกใซใใ้ๆ็ใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏๅ ใธ้ ๆฌกๆตๅ ฅใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใธ้ๆ็ใๆตๅ ฅใใๅใซใๆฌกใฎ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใฆ้ๆ็ๅๅฃซใ่ก็ชใใฆใ็บๅฐ้่ทฏๅ ใซ้ๆ็ใๆฎใใใใใจใๆช็ถใซ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย According to the gaming machine 4, a game ball that is fired later at a time interval longer than a game ball firing interval during execution of a launch operation by a player does not collide with a game ball fired immediately before in the launch path. The non-input emission means causes the emission means to perform the emission operation at intervals of time. For this reason, at the launch interval during the launch operation, the next game ball is launched before the game ball flows into the foul ball passage, the game balls collide with each other, and the game ball remains in the launch passage. Even in a gaming machine, it is possible to sequentially flow gaming balls into the foul ball passage by controlling the non-input launching means. Therefore, before the game ball flows into the foul ball passage, it is possible to prevent the next game ball from being fired and the game balls colliding with each other and leaving the game ball in the launch passage.
ใชใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผใซใใใใๅพใซ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใใใฎ็ดๅใซ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใซ็บๅฐ้่ทฏๅ ใง่ก็ชใใชใๆ้้้ใใจใฏใ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใฆใใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใซๆตๅ ฅใใใพใงใฎๆ้้้ใฏใใกใใใ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใฆใใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใซๆตๅ ฅใใๅใงใใฃใฆๆฌกใซ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐ้่ทฏใจใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใจใฎๅๅฒไฝ็ฝฎใซๅฐ้ใใใพใงใซใฏใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใซๆตๅ ฅใๅพใๆ้้้ใใๅซใใ ย ย In addition, in the gaming machine 4, โthe time interval in which the game ball launched later does not collide with the game ball launched immediately before in the launch passageโ refers to the time from when the game ball is launched until it flows into the foul ball passage. In addition to the time interval, before the game ball is fired and before it flows into the foul ball passage, the next shot game ball reaches the branch position between the launch passage and the foul ball passage. It also includes the time intervals that can flow.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผใใ๏ผใฎใใใใใซใใใฆใๅ่จ้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซใใใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐ้้ใใ็ญใๆ้้้ใ้ใฆใฆๅ่จ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใ่กใใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผใ ย ย In any one of the gaming machines 1 to 3, the non-input launching unit causes the launching unit to perform the firing operation at a time interval shorter than the launching interval of the game ball during the launching operation by the player. A gaming machine 5 characterized by that.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆ่ ใซใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซใใใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐ้้ใใ็ญใๆ้้้ใ้ใฆใฆ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใ่กใใใใฎใงใ้ๆ็ใฎๆๅบใในใ ใผในใซ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย According to the gaming machine 5, since the launching operation of the launching means is performed at a time interval shorter than the launch interval of the game balls during execution of the launch operation by the player, the game balls can be discharged smoothly. .
้ๆๆฉ๏ผใใ๏ผใฎใใใใใซใใใฆใๅ่จ้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซใใใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐ้้ใจๅไธใฎๆ้้้ใ้ใฆใฆๅ่จ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใ่กใใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผใ ย ย In any one of the gaming machines 1 to 3, the non-input launching means causes the launching means to perform the firing operation at the same time interval as the launching interval of the game balls during execution of the launching operation by the player. A gaming machine 6 characterized by being.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆ่ ใซใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซใใใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐ้้ใจๅไธใฎๆ้้้ใ้ใฆใฆ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใ่กใใใใฎใงใ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎๅไฝใไธๅฎใจใชใใใ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใซ็ก็ใช่ฒ ๆ ใใใใใใจใใชใใ้ๆๆฉใฎไฟก้ ผๆงใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย According to the gaming machine 6, since the firing operation of the launching unit is performed at the same time interval as the game ball launching interval during the execution of the launching operation by the player, since the operation of the launching unit becomes constant, the launching unit The reliability of the gaming machine can be improved without imposing an excessive burden on the game machine.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผใใ๏ผใฎใใใใใซใใใฆใๅ่จใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏไธใซ่จญใใใใฆๅ่จใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใ้้ใใ้ๆ็ใๆคๅบใใใใกใผใซ็ๆคๅบๆๆฎตใๅใใๅ่จ้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฏใ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐๅพใซๅ่จใใกใผใซ็ๆคๅบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใ้้ใใ้ๆ็ใๆคๅบใใๅ ดๅใซๅ่จ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใซใใๆฌกใฎ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใ่กใใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผใ ย ย In any one of the gaming machines 1 to 3, the game machine includes a foul ball detection unit that is provided on the foul ball passage and detects a game ball that passes through the foul ball passage, and the non-input launching unit includes one game ball 8. A gaming machine according to claim 7, wherein when the game ball passing through the foul ball passage is detected by the foul ball detection means after the launch, the launch means causes the next game ball to be launched.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผใซใใใฐใใใกใผใซ็ๆคๅบๆๆฎตใซใใใใกใผใซ็ใฎๆคๅบๆๆใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใ่กใใใใฎใงใๅ ใซ็บๅฐใใ้ๆ็ใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใธๅ ฅใฃใฆใใ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใซใใฃใฆๆฌกใฎ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏใธ้ๆ็ใๆตๅ ฅใใๅใซใๆฌกใฎ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใฆ้ๆ็ๅๅฃซใ่ก็ชใใฆใ็บๅฐ้่ทฏๅ ใซ้ๆ็ใๆฎใใใใจใใไธๅ ทๅใ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย According to the gaming machine 7, the non-input launching means causes the launching means to launch based on the detection time of the foul ball by the foul ball detecting means, so that the previously launched game ball is fired after entering the foul ball passage. The next game ball can be fired by the means. Therefore, before the game ball flows into the foul ball passage, it is possible to prevent a problem that the next game ball is launched and the game balls collide with each other and the game ball remains in the launch passage.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผใใ๏ผใฎใใใใใซใใใฆใๅ่จ้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฏใๅฐใชใใจใๅ่จๆป็้จใซๆป็ใใๆๅคงๆฐใใๅคใๅ่จ้ๅบ้จๆใฎ้ๅบๅไฝใจๅ่จ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใจใ่กใใใฆ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใๅถๅพกใ่กใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผใ ย ย In any one of the gaming machines 1 to 7, the non-input launching means fires a game ball by causing at least the sending operation of the sending member and the firing operation of the launching means to exceed the maximum number of staying in the staying portion. A gaming machine 8 characterized by performing control to be performed.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฏใๆๅบ้งๅๆๆฎตใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใๅฝขๆใใใๅ ดๅใซๅฐใชใใจใๆป็้จใซๆป็ใใๆๅคงๆฐใใๅคใ้ๅบ้จๆใฎ้ๅบๅไฝใจ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใจใ่กใใใใฎใงใ่จญ่จไธใใใๅคใใฎ้ๆ็ใๆป็ใใฆใใใ็ขบๅฎใซๆป็้จๅ ใฎ้ๆ็ใๅ จใฆ้ๅบใใใใจใใงใใใใใฎใใใๆป็้จใๅฝขๆใใ้จๆ่ชไฝใใใฎ้ ็ฝฎไฝ็ฝฎ็ญใฎ็ฒพๅบฆใไฝใๆใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆ็ใฎ้ๅบใซๅฝฑ้ฟใใๅฏธๆณ็ฒพๅบฆใๆๆใฎๅถ้ใ็ทฉๅใใฆไฝใณในใใง้ๆๆฉใ่ฃฝ้ ใใใใจใใงใใใ ย ย According to the gaming machine 8, when the second state is formed by the discharge driving means, the non-input firing means performs at least the delivery operation of the delivery member and the firing operation of the launch means more than the maximum number staying in the staying portion. Therefore, even if more game balls stay than designed, all the game balls in the staying portion can be sent out more reliably. For this reason, it is possible to reduce the accuracy of the member itself forming the staying portion and its arrangement position, etc., and to manufacture the gaming machine at low cost by relaxing the dimensional accuracy and material restrictions that affect the delivery of the game ball. Can do.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผใใ๏ผใฎใใใใใซใใใฆใๅ่จ้ๆๆฉใฏใใใณใณ้ๆๆฉใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผใไธญใงใใใใใณใณ้ๆๆฉใฎๅบๆฌๆงๆใจใใฆใฏๆไฝใใณใใซใๅใใใใฎๆไฝใใณใใซใฎๆไฝใซๅฟใใฆ้ๆ็ใๆๅฎใฎ้ๆ้ ๅใธ็บๅฐใใ้ๆ็ใ้ๆ้ ๅๅ ใฎๆๅฎใฎไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ ่จญใใใไฝๅๅฃใซๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผๅใฏไฝๅๅฃใ้้๏ผใใใใจใๅฟ ่ฆๆกไปถใจใใฆใ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใซใใใฆๅ็่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใๆๅฎๆ้ๅพใซ็ขบๅฎๅๆญขใใใใใฎใๆใใใใใใพใใๆๅฎใฎ้ๆไพกๅคใไปไธใใใๆใซใฏใ้ๆ้ ๅๅ ใฎๆๅฎใฎไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ ่จญใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผใๆๅฎใฎๆ ๆงใง้ๆพใใใฆ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณๅฏ่ฝใจใใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณๅๆฐใซๅฟใใๆไพกไพกๅค๏ผๆฏๅ็ใฎใฟใชใใใ็ฃๆฐใซใผใใธๆธใ่พผใพใใใใผใฟ็ญใๅซใ๏ผใไปไธใใใใใฎใๆใใใใใ ย ย The gaming machine 9 according to any one of the gaming machines 1 to 8, wherein the gaming machine is a pachinko gaming machine. Above all, the basic configuration of a pachinko gaming machine is provided with an operation handle, and according to the operation of the operation handle, a game ball is launched to a predetermined game area, and the game ball is arranged at a predetermined position in the game area As a necessary condition for winning a prize at the mouth (or passing through the operating mouth), the identification information dynamically displayed on the display device is confirmed and stopped after a predetermined time. Further, when a predetermined game value is given, a variable winning device (specific winning port) arranged at a predetermined position in the game area is opened in a predetermined manner so that a game ball can be won, and the number of winning To which a valuable value (including data written on a magnetic card as well as a prize ball) is given.
๏ผ๏ผ ใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ้ๆๆฉ๏ผ
๏ผ๏ผ ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ็บๅฐๆๆฎต๏ผ
๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ้ๅบ้จๆ
๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ไธ็ฟ๏ผ็ๅ็ฟ้จๆ๏ผ
๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ไธ็ฟใฎๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ่ฒฏ็ๆๅบๅฃ๏ผ
๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ็ๅบๅฃ
๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ้้ๆฟ๏ผ้้้จๆ๏ผ
๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ้้่๏ผ้ฎๆญ้จๆ๏ผ
๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผๆไฝๆๆฎต๏ผ
๏ผด ๆป็้จ
๏ผด๏ผ ็บๅฐ้่ทฏ
๏ผด๏ผ ใใกใผใซ็้่ทฏ
10 Pachinko machines (game machines)
92 firing solenoid (launching means)
105 Delivery member 201 Upper plate (ball tray member)
201a Top plate outlet (pickup outlet)
224a Ball outlet 234 Closure plate (closure member)
252,911 Open / close lid (blocking member)
310 Operation handle (operation means)
T staying part T1 firing passage T2 foul ball passage
Claims (4)
ๅ่จ็ๅ็ฟ้จๆใฎ็ๅ้จใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ่จ้ๅบ้จๆๅดใซๅฐๅบใใ็ๅบๅฃใจใ
ใใฎ็ๅบๅฃใจใฏๅฅใฎๅดใซๅๅฒใใฆๅฝขๆใใๅ่จ็ๅ็ฟ้จๆใฎ็ๅ้จใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใ้ๆ็ใๆๅบใใ่ฒฏ็ๆๅบๅฃใจใ
ใใฎ่ฒฏ็ๆๅบๅฃใ้ๆ่ ใฎๆไฝใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆ้้ใใ้้้จๆใจใ
ๅ่จ็ๅบๅฃใจๅ่จ้ๅบ้จๆใจใฎ้ใซๅฐใชใใจใ๏ผไปฅไธใฎ้ๆ็ใๆป็ๅฏ่ฝใชๆป็้จใๅฝขๆใใๆป็้จๅฝขๆ้จๆใจใ
ๅ่จ็ๅบๅฃใ้้ใใฆๅ่จ็ๅ็ฟ้จๆใฎ็ๅ้จใจๅ่จ้ๅบ้จๆใจใ้ฃ้ใใ้ๆ็ใฎ้่ทฏใ้ฎๆญใใใใฎใงใใฃใฆๅ่จ้้้จๆใซๆฏๆใใใ้ๆ็ใฎใใกๆใไธๆตๅดใซไฝ็ฝฎใใ้ๆ็ใซๅฏพๅใใฆ้ ็ฝฎใใใ้ฎๆญ้จๆใจใ
ๅ่จๆไฝๆๆฎตใซๅฏพใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅฎ่กๆ็กใๆคๅบใใ็บๅฐๆไฝๆคๅบๆๆฎตใจใ
ใใฎ็บๅฐๆไฝๆคๅบๆๆฎตใซใใๆคๅบใใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใฎๅฎ่กๆ็กใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆๅ่จ้ฎๆญ้จๆใ้งๅใใ้ฎๆญ้จๆ้งๅๆๆฎตใจใ
ๅ่จ็บๅฐๆไฝๆคๅบๆๆฎตใซใใ็บๅฐๆไฝใๅฎ่กไธญใใ้ๅฎ่กใซๅใๆฟใใฃใใใจใๆคๅบใใๅ ดๅใซๅฐใชใใจใๅ่จๆป็้จใซๆป็ๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆ็ใฎๆฐๅไปฅไธๅ่จ้ๅบ้จๆใฎ้ๅบๅไฝใจๅ่จ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎ็บๅฐๅไฝใจใ่กใใใฆ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใๅถๅพกใ่กใ้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใจใ
ใใฎ้ๅ ฅๅ็บๅฐๆๆฎตใฎๅถๅพกใซใใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ่จ้ๆ้ ๅใซๅฑใใชใใใใซ้ๆ็ใฎ้ฃใณ้ใ่ชฟๆดใใ้ฃใณ้่ชฟๆดๆๆฎตใจใๅใใฆใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉใ A ball receiving member that forms a ball receiving portion that stores the game balls and is removed by the player's operation, and a sending member that sends the game balls stored in the ball receiving member one by one to a predetermined launch position A launching means for launching the game ball sent out by the delivery member, an operation means for performing a launching operation for launching the game ball by the launching means, and a game ball launched by driving the launching means A game area in which a game is played by flowing down due to its own weight, a launch path connecting the game area and the launch position, and a game ball among the game balls that are branched from the launch path and launched by the launch means In a gaming machine equipped with a foul ball passage that discharges game balls that do not reach the area as foul balls,
A ball outlet for deriving the game balls stored in the ball receiving portion of the ball receiving member to the delivery member side;
A storage ball discharge port for discharging the game ball that is formed to be branched to a side different from the ball outlet and is stored in the ball receiving portion of the ball receiving member;
A closing member that opens and closes the storage outlet in response to the player's operation;
A staying part forming member that forms a staying part in which at least one or more game balls can stay between the ball outlet and the delivery member;
The ball outlet is closed to block the path of the game ball that communicates the ball receiving portion of the ball tray member and the delivery member, and is located on the most downstream side of the game balls supported by the closure member. A blocking member disposed opposite to the game ball to be played,
Firing operation detecting means for detecting whether or not a firing operation is performed on the operation means;
A blocking member driving means for driving the blocking member in response to the execution or non-execution of the firing operation detected by the firing operation detecting means;
When the firing operation detecting means detects that the firing operation has been switched from being executed to not being executed, at least the number of game balls that can stay in the staying portion is more than the number of delivery operations of the delivery member and the firing operation of the firing means And non-input launching means for controlling the launching of the game ball.
A game machine comprising jump amount adjusting means for adjusting a jump amount of a game ball so that a game ball launched by control of the non-input launch means does not reach the game area.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2004034841A JP4517663B2 (en) | 2004-02-12 | 2004-02-12 | Game machine |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2004034841A JP4517663B2 (en) | 2004-02-12 | 2004-02-12 | Game machine |
Publications (3)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
JP2005224342A JP2005224342A (en) | 2005-08-25 |
JP2005224342A5 true JP2005224342A5 (en) | 2007-03-22 |
JP4517663B2 JP4517663B2 (en) | 2010-08-04 |
Family
ID=34999510
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
JP2004034841A Expired - Fee Related JP4517663B2 (en) | 2004-02-12 | 2004-02-12 | Game machine |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP4517663B2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP5890959B2 (en) * | 2011-02-17 | 2016-03-22 | ไบฌๆฅฝ็ฃๆฅญ๏ผๆ ชๅผไผ็คพ | Pachinko gaming machine and game department thereof |
Family Cites Families (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS59105181U (en) * | 1982-12-28 | 1984-07-14 | ๆ ชๅผไผ็คพใใฝใใคใข | Pachinko machine supply tray ball extraction device |
JPH0527978Y2 (en) * | 1987-05-28 | 1993-07-16 | ||
JPH07136318A (en) * | 1993-11-16 | 1995-05-30 | Ace Denken:Kk | Pachinko ball discharger |
JP2001314572A (en) * | 2000-05-08 | 2001-11-13 | Kyoraku Sangyo | Ball extractor of remaining game ball in pachinko game machine |
JP2002035247A (en) * | 2000-07-28 | 2002-02-05 | Heiwa Corp | Game machine |
JP3893557B2 (en) * | 2001-03-29 | 2007-03-14 | ใฟใคใจใผใจใฌใใฏๆ ชๅผไผ็คพ | Game machine |
-
2004
- 2004-02-12 JP JP2004034841A patent/JP4517663B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP2006204830A (en) | Game machine | |
JP2006204830A5 (en) | ||
JP4655679B2 (en) | Game machine | |
JP4952806B2 (en) | Game machine | |
JP2011078836A (en) | Game machine | |
JP4736409B2 (en) | Game machine | |
JP2005224343A (en) | Game machine | |
JP2005224343A5 (en) | ||
JP4952805B2 (en) | Game machine | |
JP4483291B2 (en) | Game machine | |
JP4517663B2 (en) | Game machine | |
JP2006026321A (en) | Game machine | |
JP4701711B2 (en) | Game machine | |
JP2016154980A (en) | Game machine | |
JP2006149883A5 (en) | ||
JP4483292B2 (en) | Game machine | |
JP2005192629A5 (en) | ||
JP4609005B2 (en) | Game machine | |
JP2005224342A5 (en) | ||
JP2006025860A (en) | Game machine | |
JP5078221B2 (en) | Game machine | |
JP2014230957A (en) | Game machine | |
JP5268221B2 (en) | Game machine | |
JP2006025860A5 (en) | ||
JP2006116057A (en) | Game machine |